r 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


6( 


L 


Elements  OF  Hebrew 


BY 


AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD 


SEVENTH    EDITION 


WILLIAM   R.  HARPER,  Ph.  D. 

Professor  of  Semitic  Languages  in  Yale  College;  Principal  of  the  Schools 
OF  the  Institute  of  Hebrew 


CHICAGO 

American  Publication  Society  of  Hebrew 

1886 


Copyright  18S6  by 

American  Publicatiox  Society  of  Hebrew 

Chicago. 


/..^ 


TO   THOSE 

WHO  HAVE  STUDIED  OR  WHO  SHALL  STUDY 

IX  THE   SCHOOLS  OF 

THE  INSTITUTE  OF  HEBREW 

THIS  VOLU3IE  IS 
KESPECTFULLY  DEDICATED 


1 972338 


PREFACE  TO  THE  SIXTH  EDITION. 


The  first  edition  of  the  Elejients  was  issued  in  July,  1881 ;  the  second, 
in  October,  1882 ;  the  third,  in  February,  1883 ;  the  fourth,  in  ISTovember, 
1883  ;  the  fifth,  in  jSTovember,  1884.  All  these  editions,  the  first  except- 
ed, were  printed  from  one  set  of  plates,  with  only  such  changes  and 
additions,  from  time  to  time,  as  the  use  of  the  same  plates  would  permit. 
The  peculiar  circumstances  of  publication  explained,  although  they  could 
not  excuse,  the  incomplete,  and  often  imperfect,  treatment  accorded  in 
these  editions  to  very  many  of  the  subjects.  TVlnle  the  present  edition 
lays  no  claim  to  completeness,  or  to  freedom  from  error,  it  will  certainly 
be  found  more  nearly  complete  and  perfect  than  preceding  editions. 
The  author  can  only  regret  that  regular  and  special  duties  of  a  most 
exacting  nature,  have  not  permitted  him  to  give  that  amount  of  time,  or 
that  attention  to  the  preparation  of  the  book,  which  justice  to  the  sub- 
ject, to  those  who  may  use  the  book,  and  to  himself,  demanded. 

The  present  edition,  which  contains  nearly  one  hundred  additional 
pages,  and  is  entirely  re-written,  differs  considerably  from  the  former 
editions,  and  radically  from  other  grammars  now  in  common  use.  Some 
of  the  distinguishing  features  of  the  grammar  deserve,  perhaps,  special 
mention : 

1)  For  the  purpose,  not  of  aiding  the  beginner  to  pronounce,  but  of 
teaching  the  exact  force  and  value  of  the  several  consonant-  and  vowel- 
sounds,  a  minute  system  of  transliteration  has  been  employed,  by  which 
the  attention  of  the  student  is  directed  from  the  very  beginning  to  the 
details  of  the  vowel-system.  Too  little,  by  far,  is  made  in  Hebrew  study, 
of  the  vowel-system,  without  a  correct  knowledge  of  which  all  effort  is 
merely  groping  in  darkness. 

2)  A  tolerably  exhaustive  treatment,  more  complete  perhaps  than  any 
that  has  yet  appeared  in  English,  is  given  of  the  various  vowel-sounds. 
Each  sound  is  treated  separately,  the  laws  which  regulate  its  occurrence 
and  the  grammatical  forms  in  which  it  appears  being  carefully  noted. 

3)  Certain  important  distinctions,  not  heretofore  generally  recognized 
by  American  teachers,  are  indicated  throughout  the  grammar;  e.  g.,  (a) 


4  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW. 

the  tone-long  6  (— ),  heightened  from  a,  which  is  seen  in  Segholates,  in 
n"*?  Imperfects  and  Participles,  and  elsewhere ;  {b)  the  naturally  long  e 
(♦^,)  contracted  from  o.v,  which  occurs  in  plural  nouns  before  the  pro- 
nominal suffixes  n,n-  ^"<^1  ill  certain  Imperfects  before  HJ;  (c)  the  6 
obscured  from  a,  as  distinguished  from  the  6=au\ 

4)  Instead  of  adopting  a  new  Paradigm- word  for  each  class  of  weak 
verbs,  the  verb  '7Dp  is  retained,  with  such  variation  as  the  particular 
Aveak  verb  under  consideration  demanded;  e.  g.,  ^12^:  ^or  the  '£)  gut- 
tural verb.  ODp'  ^oi'  t^ie  ^'y  verb,  "^p  for  the  yy  verb.  There  can 
be  no  objection  to  this  method.  Many  grammarians  have  adopted  it  in 
the  treatment  of  noun-formation.  Experience  has  shown  that,  in  this 
way,  men  learn  the  verb  more  rapidly  and  more  thoroughly. 

5)  In  the  treatment  of  the  strong  verb,  the  student  is  referred,  in 
every  case,  to  the  primary  form  or  ground-form  from  which  the  form  in 
use  has  arisen  in  accordance  with  the  phonetic  laws  of  the  language. 
That  treatment  which  starts  with  stems  having  the  form  which  occurs  in 
the  Perf.  3  m.  sg.,  or  Impf.  3  m.  sg.,  is,  at  the  same  time,  unscientific  and 
imsatisfactory.  The  bugbear  of  Hebrew  grammar  is  the  weak  verb.  Is'or 
will  it  be  otherwise  so  long  as  the  effort  is  made  to  explain  the  forms  of 
weak  verbs  from  those  of  the  strong  verb.  How  absurd,  for  example,  to 
derive  Qip*  from  a  form  like  '^Op*  i  ^iit  how  simple  to  derive  it  from  a 
form  like  '^pp'i  the  ground-form  of  '!?Dp*-  Together  with  the  form  in 
use,  the  student  should  learn  also  the  primary  form  from  which  the 
usual  form  is  derived.  This  method  will  furnish  a  knowledge  of  the 
language,  which  will  be  not  only  more  scientific,  but  also  more  lasting. 

6)  Particular  attention  is  given  to  the  subject  of  noun-formation,  and 
on  this  is  based  tlie  treatment  of  noun-inflection.  The  same  method 
which  would  teach  the  primaiy  forms  of  verbal  stems,  will  also  teach 
the  primary  forms  of  noun-stems. 

7)  That  fiction  of  Hebrew  grammarians,  the  connecting- vowel,  has 
been  practically  discarded.  The  Hebrew  has  no  connecting-vowels.  The 
vowels  incorrectly  called  connecting-vowels  are  the  relics  of  old  case- 
or  stem-endings.  These  case-  or  stem-endings,  summarily  disposed  of 
in  current  gi^ammars  under  the  head  of  "  paragogic"  vowels,  are  restored 
to  the  position  which  their  existence  and  occurrence  demand. 

But  it  is  asked.  What  has  a  beginner  to  do  with  all  this  ?  Why  should 
a  grammar  which  proposes  only  to  consider  the  "  elements"  of  the  lan- 
guage, take  up  these  subjects?  While  this  may  do  for  specialists,  of 
what  service  is  it  to  him  who  studies  Hebrew  only  for  exegetical  pur- 
poses ?    Our  reply  is  this :— 


PREFACE.  5 

1)  The  experiment  of  teaching  men  something  about  Hebrew  gram- 
mar, of  giving  them  only  a  superficial  knowledge,  has  been  tried  for  half 
a  century ;  and  it  has  failed.  Men  instructed  in  this  manner  take  no 
interest  in  the  study,  learn  little  or  nothing  of  the  language,  and  forget, 
almost  before  it  is  learned,  the  little  that  they  may  have  acquired.  If 
for  no  other  reason,  the  adoption  of  a  new  system  is  justified  by  the 
lamentable  failure  of  the  old  to  furnish  any  practical  results. 

2)  Those  who  take  up  the  study  of  Hebrew  are  men,  not  children.  Why 
should  they  not  learn,  as  they  proceed,  the  explanation  of  this  or  that 
fact?  Why  should  the  student  be  told  that  the  Infinitive  Construct 
d'Cp)  is  formed  from  the  Absolute  ('^iDp)  by  rejecting  the  pi-etonic 
qameg  ?  Is  it  not  better  that  he  should  learn  at  once  that  the  o  of  the 
Construct  is  from  ii,  while  the  6  of  the  Absolute  is  from  a,  and  thus  be 
enabled  to  grasp  all  the  more  firmly  those  two  great  phonetic  laws  of  the 
language,  heightening  and  obscuration  f 

3)  The  best  way,  always,  to  learn  a  thing  is  the  right  way,  even  if,  at 
first,  it  is  more  diflicult.  If  there  is  a  difference  between  the  o  of  the 
Imperfect,  Imperative  and  Infinitive  Construct  on  the  one  hand,  and  the 
6  of  the  Infinitive  Absolute  and  Participles  on  the  other,  what  is  gained 
by  passing  over  it  in  silence  ? 

4)  In  order  to  learn  any  subject,  the  student  must  be  interested  in 
that  subject.  Is  he  not  more  likely  to  be  interested  in  an  accurate, 
scientific  treatment,  than  in  an  arbitrary,  supeiiicial  treatment  ? 

The  treatment  adopted  in  the  Ele^ients  is  an  inductive  one,  so  far 
as  it  was  possible  to  make  it  such.  In  the  discussion  of  each  subject 
there  is  first  given  sufficient  data,  either  in  the  way  of  words  taken  from 
the  text,  or  of  Paradigms,  to  form  a  basis  for  the  work.  The  words  cited 
are  from  the  early  chapters  of  Genesis,  with  which  the  student  is  sup- 
posed to  be  familiarizing  himself,  as  the  subjects  are  being  taken  up. 
Where  these  chapters  furnished  no  suitable  example,  a  word  is  taken 
from  some  other  book,  the  chapter  and  verse  being  cited  in  each  case. 
It  is  intended  that  the  student  shall  feel  in  all  his  work  that  he  is  deal- 
ing with  the  actual  facts  of  the  language,  and  not  with  hypothetical 
forms.  After  the  presentation  of  the  "facts,"  the  principles  taught  by 
these  facts  are  stated  as  concisely  as  possible.  While  the  book  is  an 
elementary  treatise,  and  for  this  reason,  does  not  aim  to  take  up  the 
exceptions  and  anomalies  of  the  language,  it  will  be  found  to  contain  a 
treatment  of  all  that  is  essential,  and  to  include  everything  of  import- 
ance which  can  be  classified.  In  the  treatment  of  the  strong  and  weak 
verbs,  a  list  is  given  under  each  class  of  the  more  important  verbs  be- 


6  PREFACE. 

longing  to  this  class.  This  list  may  be  used  as  an  exercise,  or  merely  for 
handy  reference. 

The  author  lays  no  claim  to  originality  so  far  as  concerns  the  material 
employed ;  there  is  indeed  little  room  for  originality  in  this  line.  In  the 
matter,  however,  of  arrangement,  and  of  statement,  he  confidently  be- 
lieves that  a  kind  of  help  is  here  afforded  the  student  which  can  not  be 
found  elsewhere. 

In  the  work  of  preparation,  the  best  and  latest  authorities  have  been 
freely  used.  Special  acknowledgement  is  due  the  grammars  of  J3ickell, 
Gesenius  (Kautzsch)  and  Davidson  ;  but  valuable  aid  has  been  received 
from  those  of  Green,  Nordheimer,  Kalisch,  Land,  Ewald,  Olshausen, 
Kiinig,  Stade,  and  Bottcher. 

For  his  assistance  in  the  preparation  of  the  manuscript  for  the  printer, 
and  for  many  valuable  suggestions,  the  author  is  indebted  to  Mr.  Fred- 
eric J.  Gurney,  of  Morgan  Park.  He  desires  also  to  express  his  thanks  to 
Mr.  C.  E.  Crandall,  of  Milton,  Wis.,  for  aid  rendered  by  him  in  the  veri- 
fication of  references  and  in  the  revision  of  the  proof-sheets,  and  to  Rev. 
John  W.  Payne,  of  Morgan  Park,  111.,  for  the  skill  and  care  exhibited  in 
the  tiT^ographical  finish  and  accuracy  of  tlie  book.  He  is  under  obliga- 
tions, still  further,  to  Professors  C.  R.  Brown,  of  Newton  Centre,  S. 
Bumham,  of  Hamilton,  E.  L.  Curtis,  of  Chicago,  and  F.  B,  Denio,  of 
Bangor,  for  useful  suggestions  and  corrections. 

It  is  generally  conceded  that  in  America  we  are  on  the  eve  of  a  great 
revival  in  the  department  of  Semitic  study.  It  is  the  author's  hope  that 
this  volume  may  contribute  something  toward  this  greatly  needed  awak- 
ening. Trusting  that  the  new  edition  may  be  received  with  the  same 
favor  as  those  which  have  preceded  it,  and  that  its  shortcomings  wall  be 
as  far  as  possible  overlooked,  he  places  the  book,  although  with  many 
misgivings,  in  tlie  hands  of  those  who  favor  the  Inductive  Method. 

Morgan  Park,  III.,  Sept.  1, 1885.  W.  R.  H. 


NOTE  TO  THE  SEVENTH  EDITION. 

In  this  edition  the  changes  from  the  preceding  edition  are  inconsid- 
erable. A  few  typographical  errors  have  been  corrected.  It  was  intended 
to  publish  with  it  an  index.  The  short  time  allowed  for  the  preparatioq 
of  tlie  edition,  however,  has  rendered  this  impossible. 

For  tlie  kind  reception  which  the  book  has  received  at  the  hands  of  all 
who  liave  used  it,  the  author  is  deeply  grateful. 

New  Havkn,  Conn.,  Aug.  1st,  1886.  W.  R.  II. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


PAKT  FIKST— ORTHOGEAPHY. 

See.  I.    THE  LETTERS.  Page 

1.    Alphabet 13 

3.    Remarks  on  the  Pronunciation  of  Letters 14 

3.  Remarks  on  the  Forms  of  Letters 14, 15 

4.  The  Classification  of  Letters 15 

n.    VOWELS. 

5.  The  Vowel-Signs 16 

6.  The  Vowel-Letters 17 

7.  The  Classification  of  the  Vowel-Sounds 18 

8.  The  Names  of  the  Vowels 19 

9.  Simple  and  Compound  S^wa  19 

10.  Initial  and  Medial  Sewa 19,  20 

IL  The  Syllable-Divider 20 

ni.    OTHER  POINTS. 

12.  Daghes-Lene 21 

13.  Daghes-Forte 21,23 

14.  Omission  of  Daghes-Forte 22 

15.  Kinds  of  Daghes-Forte 22,  23 

16.  Mappiq  and  Raphe 23 

17.  Maqqeph 23 

18.  Methegh 24 

19.  Q^riand  Kethibh 24;  25 

IV.    THE  ACCENTS. 

20.  The  Place  of  the  Accent 25 

21.  Shifting  of  the  Tone 26 

22.  The  Table  of  Accents 26,  27 

23.  Remarks  on  the  Table  of  Accents 27 

24.  The  Consecution  of  the  more  common  Accents 28,  29 

25.  A  Table  showing  the  Consecution  of  the  Accents 29,30 

V.    SYLLABLES. 

26.  Kinds  of  Syllables 31 

27.  Syllabication 31 

28.  Quantity  of  the  Vowel  in  Syllables 31,  33 

VI.    EUPHONY  OF  VOWELS. 

29.  Short  Vowels 32,33 

30.  Naturally  Long  Vowels 33-36 

31.  Tone-Long  Vowels 37-39 

32.  Tone-Short  Vowels 39-41 

33.  The  A-Class  Vowels 41 

34.  The  I-Class  Vowels 41,  43 


8  CONTENTS. 

Sec.  Page 

35.  The  r-Class  Vowels 42 

36.  Changes  of  Vowels 42-4.5 

'Mb.  Tallies  of  Vowel-Chaiiges 45,  4G 

87.    New  Vowels 46,  47 

38.    Pause 47 

VII.  EUPHONY  OF  CONSONANTS. 

;iO.    Assiiniliition 48 

40.  Kojoclion 48,49 

41.  Addition.  Transposition,  Commutation 49 

42.  The  Peculiarities  of  Gutturals 49-51 

43.  The  Weakness  of  X  and  n 51,  52 

44.  The  Weakness  of  1  and  ' 52-54 

PART  SECOND— ETYMOLOGY. 

VIII.  INSEPARABLE  PARTICLES. 

4.').    The  Article 57 

46.  He  Interrogative 58 

47.  The  InseparaVile  Prepositions 58,  59 

48.  The  Preposition  jp 59 

49.  Waw  Conjunctive 59 

IX.    PRONOUNS. 

50.  The  Personal  Pronoun 60,  61 

51.  Pronominal  Suffixes 01,  03 

52.  The  Demonstrative  Pronoun 02,  63 

.53.    The  Relative  Pronoun 63 

61.  The  Interrogative  Pronoun 63,  64 

X.    THE  STRONG  VERB. 

5.5.    Eoots 65 

.50.    Classes  of  Verbs  65,  66 

57.    Inflection 66,67 

5S.    The  Simple  Verb-Stem  (Qal) 67 

59,    Intensive  Verb-Stems 08,  69 

00.  Causative  Verb-Stems 69,  70 

01.  The  Ordinary  Passive-Stem 70 

62.  Gemeral  View  of  the  Verb-Stems 71 

63.  The  Qal  Perfect  (Active) 72,  73 

04.    The  Qal  Perfect  (Stat i ve) 73 

6.5.    The  Remaining  Perfects 74 

66.  The  Qal  Imperfect  (Active) 75,  76 

67.  The  Qal  Imperfect  (Stative) 76 

fi«.    The  Remaining  Imperfects 7",  78 

09.    The  Imperatives 79 

70.  The  Infinitives 80,  81 

71.  The  Participles 81,  82 

72.  Special  Forms  of  the  Imperfect  and  Imperative 82,  83 

7.5.    The  Perfect  and  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive 83-85 

74.  The  Verb  with  SulH.xes 85-89 

75.  General  View  of  the  Strong  Verb 89 

70.    The  Most  Common  Strong  Verbs 90 

XI.    THE  WEAK  VERB. 

77.  Weak  Verbs -. 91 

78.  Verbs  '£)  Guttural 92  93 

79.  The  Most  Common  '3  Guttural  Verbs BIj,  94 

80.  Verbs'^'  Guttural 94,  95 

81.  The  Most  Common  'j,r  Guttural  Verbs 95,  96 

82.  Verbs '7  Guttural 9(3  g-j 


CONTENTS.  9 

Sec.  Page 

S3.    The  Most  Common 'S  Guttural  Verbs 98 

SSb.  Verbs  Containing-  Two  Gutturals 98 

84.  Verbs  Pe  Nun  (|  "3) 98,    99 

85.  The  Most  Common  r  "3  Verbs 100 

86.  Verbs  ' Ayin  Doubled  (;"';♦) ,  .100-103 

87.  The  Most  Common  y"i^  Verbs 103 

88.  Verbs  Pe  '  Aleph  (J<  "3) 104 

89.  The  N  "3  Verbs 104 

90.  Verbs  Pe  Waw  n  "3) 104-106 

91.  The  Most  Common  1  "3  Verbs 106, 107 

92.  Verbs  Pe  Yodh  ('  /'3) 107, 108 

93.  The  Pe  Yodh("'3; Verbs 108 

94.  Verbs  'Ayin  Waw  (V'>') 108-113 

M.    TheMost  Common  Verbs 'Ayin  Waw  0">») 113 

96.  Verbs 'Ayin  Yodh  r"^«) 113 

97.  The  'Ayin  Yodh  C"y)  Verbs 113 

98.  Verbs  Lamodh  'Aleph  (}<  "S) 114, 115 

99.  The  Most  Common  Verbs  Lamedh  'Aleph  (X"*?) 115 

100.    Verbs  1  "b  or  '"S,  called  n"b 116-118 

101a.  The  ]Most  Common  Verbs  Lamedh  He  (H "b) 118,  HO 

101b.  Verbs  Lamedh  He  (rr'b)  and,  at  the  same  time, '3  or  'J7  Guttural 119 

103.    Vei-bs  Doubly  Weak 119-121 

103.  Defective  and  Kindred  Verbs 121, 122 

104.  A  Comparative  View  of  the  Strong  and  Weak  Verbs 123-124 

XII.    NOUNS. 

105.  The  Inflection  of  Nouns 125 

106.  Nouns  with  Oue,  Originally  Shoi-t,  Formative  Vowel 125-127 

107.  Nouns  with  Two,  Originally  Short,  Formative  Vowels 127, 128 

108.  Nouns  with  one  Short  and  one  Long  Formative  Vowel 138, 129 

109.  Nouns  with  one  Long  and  one  Short  Formative  Vowel 139 

110.  Nouns  with  the  Second  Radical  Reduplicated 129, 130 

111.  Nouns  with  the  Third  Radical  Reduplicated 131 

112.  Nouns  with  }<,  n  and  "'  Pi-efixed 131 

113.  Nouns  with  "D  Prefixed 133, 133 

114.  The  Signification  of  Nouns  with  0  Prefixed 133 

115.  Nouns  Formed  by  Prefixing  n 133,  134 

116.  Nouns  iormed  by  means  of  Affixes 134 

117.  Nouns  Having  Four  or  Five  Radicals 134,135 

118.  Compound  Nouns  135 

119.  Nouns  Formed  from  Other  Nouns 135 

120.  The  Formation  of  Noun-Stems 136 

131.  The  Formation  of  Cases 136-138 

132.  Affixes  lor  Gender  and  Number 138-140 

123.  The  Absolute  and  Construct  States 140-143 

124.  The  Pronominal  Suffixes 143-144 

125.  Stem-Changes  in  the  Inflection  of  Nouns 144-147 

126.  Classification  of  Noun-Stems 1^",  l-t^ 

127.  Nouns  of  the  First  Class 148-150 

128.  Nouns  of  the  Second  Class 151,153 

139.    Nouns  of  the  Third  Class IJ'^,  153 

130.  Nouns  of  the  Fourth  and  Fifth  Classes 153, 154 

131.  Feminine  Nouns 154-156 

133.  Irregular  Nouns 150, 157 

133.  Numerals 158,159 

XIII.    SEPARATE  PARTICLES. 

134.  Adverbs 160 

135.  Prepositions 161 

136.  Conjunctions 161,  163 

137.  Interjections 163 


CONTENTS. 

PARADIGMS. 

Page 

Paradigm  A.— The  Personal  Pronoun  and  Pronominal  Suffixes 164,165 

Paradigm  B.— The  Strong  Verb 166, 167 

Paradigm  C.-Strong  Verb  with  Suffixes 168. 169 

Paradigm  D.— Verb  PeCtJ)  Guttural 1™ 

Paradigm  E.— Verb 'Ayin  Guttural l^l 

Paradigm  F.— Verb  Lamedh  cS)  Guttural 173 

Paradigm  G.— Verb  Pe  Nun  (J'3> 173 

Paradigm  H.-Verb  < Ayin  Doubled  (yy) 174. 175 

Paradigm  J.— Verb  Pe  'Aleph  («"3) 176 

Paradigm   I.— Verbs  Pe  Yodh  ('"£3)  and  Pe  Waw  (1"3) 176, 177 

Paradigm  K.-Verb  'Ayin  Waw  (1 ' ';•)  and  'Ayin  Yodh  ('";,♦) 178, 179 

Paradigm  L.— Verb  Lamedh  He  (H"!)  •  ■ 180, 181 

Paradigm  M— Verb  Lamedh  'Aleph  (X"^) 182 


PART  FIRST-ORTHOGRAPHY. 


I.      The    Letters. 

7.    Alphabet. 


a;„.,       Equiv-    -NTn^^  Num. 

^'-°-      alent.     ^ame.  yj^,^g_ 


Siffn     Equiv-     vr  Num. 

*'^"-     alent.      ^>a...8.        value. 


1 

N 

' 

'A-leph 

1 

12 

'^ 

1 

La-ruedb 

30 

2 

n 

bh, 

b 

Betli 

2 

13 

D,tD 

m 

Mem 

40 

3 

:i 

gt, 

g 

Gi-mel 

3 

14 

P 

n 

Nun 

50 

4 

1 

dh, 

d 

Da-letli 

4 

15 

D 

s 

Sa-mekb 

60 

5 

n 

h 

He 

5 

16 

:: 

' 

'A-yni 

70 

6 

1 

w 

AA^aw 

6 

17 

n^ 

pb,  p 

Pe 

80 

7 

r 

z 

Za-yin 

7 

18 

rv 

§ 

Ca-dbe 

7 

90 

8 

n 

h 

Hetb 

8 

19 

p 

q 

Qopb 

100 

9 

D 

t 

Teth 

9 

20 

"1 

r 

Kes 

200 

10 

♦ 

y 

Yodh 

10 

21 

^  tr 

s,  s 

Sin,  Sin 

300 

11 

1^ 

kii, 

k 

Kaph 

20 

22 

n 

tb,  t 

Taw 

400 

1.  Tbe  Hebrew  language  has  twenty-two  lettere ;  these  are  consonants 
and  are  written  from  right  to  left. 

2.  The  vowels  in  tbe  "  names  "  of  the  letters,  given  above,  are  sounded 
according  to  the  English  equivalents  given  in  §  5. 

3.  The  equivalent  of  each  sign  is  the  initial  letter  of  its  name. 


14  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [U  2,  3. 

2.    Remarks  on  the  Pronunciation  of  Letters. 

1.  nj<  ==  \-th  (l:l);i   rnXH  =  lia- a-rc§  (1:1);   D^ll'^N  =  "lo-him  (1:1); 

•         ■■  I       VJT     T 

□  inn  =  th'h6ra  (1:2). 

2.  Sj;   =''al   (1:2);    a~)J^  =  'e-rebh   (1:5);    j;*p"}   =   ra-qi(a)'   (1:6). 

3.  -,nX   =   '«^'-b^^lli    (1:5);     rpn   =   ho-Sekh    (1:2);      nfiH")!?   = 

ni'ra-he-pheth  (1:2). 

4.  {^-ip  =  qa-ra'   (1:5);    »-)  =  ki   (1:4);    "IpD  ==  bo-qer   (1:5). 

5.  3lO==t6bh(l:4);  nnnp=niit-ta-hath  (1:7);  fb|Pn=liaq-qa-ton  (1:16). 

6.  n'::'X13  =  b-rO'-sith   (1:1);    t*^^X  ^  way-ya-'as   (1:7);    r^m  = 

ho-sekh  (1:2). 

7.  j*i^  =  'e?   (1:11);    NVln  =  to-^e'   (1:12);    ijD»  =  yi?-gor  (2:21). 

8.  j-)XT=w'"eth  (1:1);  inDJ  =  wa-bho-hu  (1:2);  nn")  =  w^ru(a)h  (1:2). 

1.  {<{(')  is  a  "soft  breathing,"  like  7i  in  hour;  pf  (b)  is  a  "rough 
breathing,"  like  h  in  hoio. 

2.  V  ( ' )  is  a  sound  peculiar  to  the  Semitic,  and  is  so  difficult  of 
utterance  that  no  attempt  is  made  to  reproduce  it.^ 

3.  n  (h)  is  a  deep  guttural,  pronounced  like  ch  in  the  German  Buclu 

4.  p  (q)  is  a  7.;-sound  (not  like  our  qn),  but  pronounced  lower  down  in 
the  throat  than  3  (k). 

5.  D  (t)  is  pronounced  with  the  tip  of  the  tongue  touching  the  palate, 
while,  in  the  pronunciation  of  H  (t),  the  tip  of  the  tongue  touches  the 
tccth.3 

6.  tJ'  (5)  is  pronounced  like  the  English  sli;  \^  (s)  is  an  ordinary 
s-sound. 

7.  V  (9)  is  a  sharp  s-sound,  but  the  traditional  ^s-sound  may  well  be 
given  it  for  the  sake  of  distinction  ;  D  (?)  is  not  to  be  distinguished  ia 
sound  from  jj^  (s). 

8.  ")  (w)  is  pronounced  like  iv  in  water,  and  not  like  our  v. 

3.    Remarks  on  the  Forms  of  Letters. 

2.        »-)  (1:4) )   D\i'?N*  (1:1) )    »^$  (1:2) )     ^^^Q    (1:2)^'  J^VlH  (1:12)  ) 
r]l^n(l:2))     D^0n(l:2))    P5  (1:4)  i  rji^r  (1:20)  S       fj;(i:ii)^ 

1  The  chapter  and  verso  In  Genesis,  in  which  a  given  word  is  found,  are  thus 
Indicated;  1: 1— meaning  chapter  1,  verse  1;  2:3— meaning  chapter  2,  verse  3,  etc. 

5  ;,*  hud  originally  two  sounds:  (1)  that  of  a  sharp  guttural  (related  to  N,  as  n  to  ri); 
(2)  that  of  ft  vibrating  palatal  sound  (cf.  the  French  r). 

'  In  ordinary  practice,  D  and  r\  are  scarcely,  if  at  all,  to  be  distinguished. 


?4.] 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  3IETH0D. 


15 


3.  DO:)l3  (1:16);   n;n:i  (1:28),  ^:Q  (1:2);   -l-l-T  (3:24);    HiTH  (1:2), 

•   T       I  -     :    •  ••    ;  I  vjv  T  :  |T 

rjr'n  (1:2) ;   \nn  (1:3) ;  1^5  (1:4),  ;^nr  (1:11) ;   did  (1:4),  DVJ  (1:2) ; 
1'}D'  (2:21),  D1^  (1:5);    j;^p")   (1:6),  N*Vln   (1:12);    ^C^'H   (1:4), 

:}try_  (1:11). 

1.  Words  are  written  from  right  to  left,  and  maj^  not  be  divided  ;  when 
it  is  necessary  to  fill  out  a  line,  certain  letters  (^^{,  t^,  ^,  C  j~l)  are 
extended. 

2.  Five  letters  O,  ^,  J,  Q,  V)  lia"^e  two  forms  ;  the  second  (*1,  Di  |,  fli  T) 
is  used  at  the  end  of  words. 

3.  Certain  letters,  very  similar  in  form,  are  to  be  carefully  distinguished  : 

a,  D;    JI,  :i;    "T,  %  '-];    H,  H,  ri;    1,  ^    r,  f;    D,  0;    D,  D; 

:;•  V;  tr,  tr'. 

4.     The  Classification  of  Letters. 


1. 


Labials D,    1,    Q,    f} 

Dentals    ) 

or         ^     ?,    D,    V,    C^' 
Sibilants  ) 

Linguals  . . . .  l-  D, '?.  X  H 

Palatals ;i,,    ^    I),    p 

Gutturals... }<,    n,   n,  ^ 

("1  is  treated  as  a  guttural.) 


Weak . . 
Medium 

Strong. .  ■ 


N,  n,  n,  ;ria    rr,    \    ^    d 
r,  D,  V,  tr' 

Radicals J 

1,    r,    n,    D,    D 


D,  5 


i,  n,  'D:;^,   5,   V,    p,   n 


The  letters  may  be  classified  according  to  (1)  their  organic  formation, 
(2)  their  strength,  (3)  their  function  : 

1.  According  to  their  organic  formation: — (1)  Labials,  (2)  Dentals,  or 
Sibilants,  (3)  Linguals,  (4)  Palatals,  (5)  Gutturals. 

2.  According  to  their  strength: — (1)  The  weak  letters  sufi'er  or  occasion 
many  changes  in  the  formation  or  inflection  of  words  ;  (2)  the  tnedium 
suffer  or  occasion  a  fcio  changes  ;  (3)  the  strong  sufi'er  or  occasion  no 
changes. 

Note. — In  ordinary  usage,  the  medium  are  classified  with  the  strong ; 
^,  however,  is  more  frequently  classified  with  the  iceak. 

3.  According  to  their  function : — (1)  The  Serviles  are  used  as  prefixes 
and  sufiixes  in  the  formation  and  inflection  of  words ;  (2)  the  Radicals 
are  found  only  in  roots. 


16  ELEMENTS  OF   HEBREW  [2  5. 

II.     "Vo>vels. 

5.     The  Vowel-Signs.^ 

1.3.  Nn.  c'.  n,  N,  n:^^  ");    c'n,  q,  '?r,  an,  nn,  ip 

2.  iTc*,  D^n.  'H-  '3-  ':'n'  '^;    D''  P'-  np,  pp,  d'?,  t:** 

3.  n.  0.  '?i-   1*5-  p.   t:*' ;     p.-  ^t!v  n^'  :i"i.'  "^p'  ^;^* 

4.  in,   n.   n,    v,    iv,    id,    n ;      "^o,  p'?,  ^>    p:,   '^.^ 

n.  Din.    DV,    ")1N»,    -"'?,     'n,    '?tr;  -'73,    DC^',    DN*,    3)/* 

0.3,    r    ^    £),    i-i,    0;       N,    yl^       iV,    n;       p,    n 

1.  —  (a  sign  resembling  t)  is  pronounced  as  a  m  father  ;  ^  (a  horizontal 
stroke),  like  a  in  hdt.- 

2.  ♦_  (a  point  below  the  line,  followed  by  ^)  is  pronounced  as  /  in 
machine ;  ~^  (i.  e.,  without  a  following  ^),  as  i  in  ^)m.3 

3.  * or (two  points  below,  with  or  without  *)  is  pronounced  as  ey  in 

they  ;  —  (three  points  in  a  cluster),  as  e  in  met. 

4.  1  (1  with  a  point  in  its  bosom)  is  pronounced  as  oo  in  tool ;  —  (three 
points  arranged  in  an  oblique  line),  as  n  in  ]mt? 

5.  i  or  -^  (a  point  with  "),  or  above  a  letter)  is  pronounced  as  o  in  note  ; 
-y  (that  is,  short  o),  as  o  in  not.^ 

6.  o.  —  (two  points  placed  verticallj')  is  a  very  quicklj^  uttered  e-sound, 
as  in  below,  when  the  word  is  pronounced  rapidly,  so  as  to  slur  over  the  e 
and  run  the  h  and  I  almost  (but  not  quite)  together ;  thus — hloio,  not  he- 
low,  nor  blowr 

h.  —  (a  combination  of  ^^  and  —)  is  pronounced  as  a  in  hat,  but 
much  more  hurriedlj'. 

c.  —  (a  combination  of  —  and  — )  is  pronounced  as  c  in  ??^e^  but 
much  more  hurriedly. 

(/.  TT  (a  combination  of  ~  (6)  and  -r]  is  pronounced  as  o  in  7Wt, 
but  much  more  hurriedlv. 


1  All  letters  in  Hebrew  are  consonants;  the  alphabet  contains  no  vowels.  To  supply 
the  lack  of  vowels  the  above  system  of  vowel-signs  was  introduced. 

s  Properly  the  sound  of  -  is  precisely  the  same  as  that  of  -;-,  except  that  it  is 
shorter.  The  difference  between  their  sounds  is  one  of  quantity,  not  of  quality.  In 
practice,  however,  it  is  well  even  to  exaggerate  the  difference,  in  order  that  they  may 
clearly  be  distinguished. 

J  Sometimes  __  is  written  where  '__  was  intended,  and  __,  where  1  was  intended; 
In  such  coses  __  is  pronounced  as  '^  (i  in  inachitic),  and  __  as  1  (oo  in  tool). 

*  It  Is  certainly  strange  that  the  same  sign  was  used  to  represent  longn  and  short 
o.  They  can  easily  be  distinguisheil,  however,  by  the  application  of  the  laws  of  the 
flyllable  (S  38.). 


.g  6.]  BY  AN  IXDUCTIVE  METHOD.  17 

6.     The  Vowel-Letters. 

Before  the  introduction^  of  vowel-signs  (?  5.),  certain  feeble  consonants, 
N)  ill  V  *,  vrere  sometimes  used  to  indicate  tlie  vowel-sounds,  and  hence 
were  called  vowel-letters : — 

1.  Di^p-   =   qam;    HiTH   =  ha-j-tha   (1:2);    .TH   =  My-ya  (1:20). 

2.  inn  =  tho-hu  (1:2) ;  mn  =  ru{a)h  (1:2) ;  m  =  ha-yu  (1:15) ;  niK  = 

'or  (1:3) ;  ^ID  —  tobh  (1:4) ;  DV  =  yom  (1:5). 

3.  DM'^N*  =  '^lo-him  (1:1);   n'u'N*"!  =  re'-sith  (1:1);    ^C*^'^^:^  =  S'li-si 

(1:13) ;  ^J3  =  p'ne  (1:2) ;  ^u'  =  s'ne  (1:16) ;  pi  =  ben  (1:4). 

4.  n^n*  =  yih-ye  (1:29) ;  nipO  =  miq-we  (1:10)  ;  n'?nkS*  =  '^-h^lo  (12:8). 

1.  The  guttural,  or  a-sound,  was  indicated,  when  medial,  by  the  guttural 
J^  ;  when  final,  by  the  guttural  n- 

Kote  1. — Medial  a  (a  or  a)  was  indicated  rarely  ;  final  a  was  generally, 
though  not  uniformly,  indicated.^ 

Note  2. — The  letter  {<{,  when  the  final  letter  of  a  root,  does  not  belong 
here  ;  since,  in  this  case,  it  is  not  a  vowel-letter,  but  has  merely  lost  its 
consonantal  character. 

2.  The  labial  sounds,  u  and  6,  were  indicated  by  the  labial  "). 

Note. — Medial  u  and  6  were  generally  indicated ;  final  u  and  6  were 
always  indicated. 

3.  The  palatal  sounds,  i  and  e,  were  indicated  by  the  palatal  *. 

Note. — Medial  i  and  e  were  generallj'  indicated ;  final  i  and  e  were 
always  indicated. 

4.  The  sounds  e  (?  31.  2),  e  and  6,  when  final,  were  frequently  indicated 
by  the  breathing  n- 

Note  1.— Only  long  vowels  were  thus  indicated,  and,  with  but  few 
exceptions,  besides  a,  only  the  naturally  long  (§  30.  1-6)  vowels. 

Note  2. — Vowels  indicated  thus  are  said  to  be  written  fully ;  when 
not  thus  indicated,  they  are  said  to  be  written  defectivehj. 

Note  3. — Briefly  stated,  the  use  of  the  vowel-letters  may  thus  be  put: 

The  vowels  i  and  e,  medial  and  final,  are  represented  by '>. 

The  vowels  u  and  6,  medial  and  final,  are  represented  hy 1. 

Final  vowels,  except  i  and  u,  are  represented  by H- 

Note  4. — In  the  later  books  of  the  Old  Testament  the  full  writing  is 
more,  common  than  in  the  earlier  books,  the  tone-long  vowels  (§  31.)  being 
often  thus  represented. 

1  These  signs  were  introduced  between  the  sixth  and  eighth  centuries  A.  D. 
2Hos.  10:14.  3Cf.  ^Sp(3:10);  jn'73K(3:ll). 


18 


ELEMENTS   OF  HEBREW  [?  "-^ 

7,     The  Classification  of  the  Vowel-Sounds. 


Class. 

Short. 

Naturally  Long. 

Tone-Long. 

Tone-Short 

Pure. 

Deflected 

Pure. 

Diphthongal 

a  ^r  e  ^T 

A-Class. 

a  ^ 

a  — 

«  —  or  "— 

I-Class. 

t   — 

^  — 

i»^ 

e  »^ 

e  -^ 

'  T'  or  "^TT 

U-Class. 

u  T 

0  — 

u    1 

0  1 

0  " 

'  -r  or  %r 

The  vowel-sounds  may  be   classified  according  to   ( 1 )   their  organic 
formation,  (2)  their  quantity,  (3)  their  nature,  (4)  their  value  :— 

1.  Classified  according  to  their  organic  formation^  they  are  ; 

a.  Gutturals,  or  A-class,  including  the  a-vowels  and  those  derived 
from  them. 

h.  Palatals,  or  I-class,  including  the  i-vowels  and  those  derived  f  ronr 
them. 

c.  Labials,  or  U-class,  including  the  ?<-vowels  and  those  derived  from 
them. 

2.  Classified  according  to  their  quantify,  they  are  ; 

a-class.  t-class.  w-class. 

a.  Short,                    —  ~    ~  —    ~(6>' 

h.  Long,                    _  (—[e])  ♦_.,  ♦_  or  _  1,  1  or  ^ 

c.  Half,                     -f   —  —    —  —         — 

Note. — The  vowels-^ and  — ,  are  sometimes  called  doubtful;  because, 
.not  infrequently,  they  are  a  defective  writing  of  a  long  vowel. 

3.  Classified  according  to  their  origin  or  nature,  they  are  ; 
a.  Pure a ;  i ;  ii. 

h.  Deflected e        from        i ;     6  from  ii. 

c.  Attenuated i    from    a  ; 

d.  Tone-Lonq  )  ^ji  from  a;  -  r.  ^  _  «  u 
/I  •  1  .  A\  }  .  •  \  '  e  ^  e  irom  i ;  o  irom  u. 
(heightened)  S        (  e   irom  a  ;                                 '               . 

e.  Naturalhj  Long  \  ^  ,^  _l.    ).      ^  (=''-+■''  or  y)  ;     il  (=ii-\-u  or  w). 

(contracted)      i ''^     "~r"),     ^  (— ,,_|_j  (jj.  ,y) .     o  (— a-j-«  or  ?c'). 

/.    Tone-Short  }  ,        in.        i  c     «        i   o 

•'     ,     1   .-i-      IX  • '  and     ;  '  and     :  '  and    . 

(volatihzcd)  S 

4.  Classified  according  to  their  value  in  inflection,  they  are  : 

a.  Changeable — viz.,  (1)  all  short  vowels  not  followed  by  a  consonant 
in  the  same  syllable  ;  (2)  tone-long  ;  (3)  tone-short. 

b.  Unchangeable — viz.,  (1)  short  vowels  followed  by  a  consonant  in 
the  ^amc!  syllable  ;  (2)  naturally  long. 


.^g  8.— 10.1  I^Y  AN  INDUCTIVE  3IETHOD. 

8.    The  Names  of  the  Vowels. 


19 


The  following  table  presents  the  arrangement  of  the  vowel-sounds  ac- 
cording to  their  quantity  [I  7.  2.),  and  at  the  same  time  gives  the  technical 
name  of  each  sound. 


Class. 

Long. 

Short. 

Half. 

A-Class. 

T 

a,  a 
e 

Qame§ 

S'ghol 

^ 

a 

Pathah 

- 

•^ 

Simple  S'wa 
Hateph-Pathah 

I-Class. 

— 

i 
e,  e 

Hireq 
Cere 

-7- 

i 
e 

Hireq 
S'ghol 

<= 

Simple  S'wa 
Hateph-S'ghol 

TJ-Class. 

^ 

u 
6,  0 

Sureq 
Holem 

T 

ii 
6 

Qibbu§ 
Qameg-Hatuph 

0 

Simple  S'wa 
Hateph-Qame^ 

9.    Simple  and  Compound  Sew  a. 

1.  1  originally  1 ;  !l  originally  5;  j;^^  (1:15),  but  ;;p-)  (1:6). 

2.  ntr'N  (1:7);  -yV'  (2:24);  D^i'?^<  (1:1);  On^lD  (1:14);  V^Up^l  (2:23). 

V     -:  T  -:|-  •         v:  ■^-.      \  t  )t:|-. 

1.  Simple  S'wa  (— )  represents  the  so-called  "tone-short"  or  "half- 
vowel,"  which  in  every  case  may  be  traced  back  to  an  earlier  full  vowel. 
(For  transliteration  and  pronunciation  see  ?  5.  6.  a.) 

2.  Compound  S'wa  (^,  -^,  -^)  is  a  more  audible  sound  than  simple  S'wa 
{?  o.  6.  h,  c.  d.),  and  is  found,  instead  of  simple  S'wa,  chiefly  under  gut- 
turals. 

W.    Initial  and  Medial  hwA. 

1.  r\'m'^'2  (1:1) ;  Dinn  (i:2) ;  niT-n  (i:2) ;  rr\-\:f'  [im. 

2.  »n-»-l  =  wa-y'hi  (1:3) ;  j;^— 1-3=  bi-r'qi(a)'  (1:15) ;  IJ^-'p-p  =  mi-l'u 

(1:28);   n^-l-^  =  bi-dh'ghath   (1:28);    ':)5-»-1  =  wa-y'khal    (2:2); 
m-^-l?  =  '6-bh'dhah  (2:15). 

3.  -ar-;;-»  =  ya-"'zobh(2:24);  nn-p-'7=lu-q''ha  (2:23);  H':'-;?-' =  ya-"'le 

(2:6). 


20  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  11»' 

1.  The  simple  §'wa,  standing  under  a  letter  which  belongs  exclusiveljr 
to  the  following  syllable,  is  called  initial. 

2.  The  simple  §'wa,  standing  under  a  letter  which  wavers  between  the 
preceding  and  following  syllables,  appearing  to  close  the  former,  yet 
opening  the  latter,  is  called  medial. 

3.  The  compound  S'wa  when  preceded  by  a  short  vowel  is  also  to  be 
treated  as  a  medial  S'wa. 

Remark.— The  medial  §'wa  will  be  found  always  to  follow  a  short 
vowel  (of.  I  'iG.  4.). 

11.     The  Syllable-Divider. 

1.  j^-jp.>T  =  way-yiq-ra  (1:5) ;    '^'ID^I  =  way-yabh-d5l  (1:7) ;    '^H^l-P  = 

mabh-dil  (1:G). 

2.  a.  "^^11(1:4);  :]ra(l:6);  T]'7nn  (2:14). 

h.  flJ!{=  att;  JlflJ  =  na-thatt ;  fiyOp  =  qa-talt. 

Remark.-n»P'^{■^3  (1:1) ;  fOI  (1:4) ;  DID  (1:4);  DV  (1:5);  D^t^'N"!  (2:10).. 

The  simple  S'wa  (t),  aside  from  its  use  to  indicate  a  half-vowel  [I  0.), 
serves  also  as  a  syllable-divider,  i,  e.,  to  separate  a  syllable,  and  some- 
times a  word  from  that  which  follows  it.  When  thus  used  it  is  not  pro- 
nounced.   It  occurs  thus  : — 

1.  Under  all  consonants  standing  in  the  middle  of  a  word  without  a 
vowel  or  a  half-vowel. 

2.  Under  a  final  letter,  when  that  letter 
a.  Is  Kaph  ;  or 

h.  Is  a  consonant  containing  Daghes-forte,  or  preceded  by  another 
consonant  with  S'wa. 

Remark. — The  weak  letters  J<,  n,  \  ^  when  quiescent,  or  used  as 
vowel-letters  (§  6.),  do  not,  of  course,  receive  the  syllable-divider  S'wa. 

Note  1. — S'wa  under  an  initial  consonant,  whether  of  a  word  or  of  a 
syllable,  is  always  a  half-vowel,  and  vocal. 

Note  2. — S'wa  under  a  final  consonant,  whether  of  a  word  or  of  a 
syllable,  is  always  a  syllable-divider,  and  silent. 


U  12,  13.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  21 

m.    other  r»oiiits. 

12.    Daghes-Lene. 

1.  n^:r"N"13(l:l);    Nn3(l:l);    niTrT(l:2);    'irin)(l:2);    t]im(l:6); 

n£)    f;;     (1:11);     'J$-'7;^_  (1:2);     H^   13(1:29);     -ijpM2:21); 
'7nD,p(l:6). 

2.  nJl3  =  bi-dh;ghath(l:28);  mDr'?  =  ^'o-bWliah  (2:15). 

-     :   ■  T  :  ^T  : 

3.  D'7>*3  ■lb'7V5  (1:27) ;  N^D  nDp^l  (1:27) ;  DV^  '5  (2:17) ;  n^-|D  n^ 

(1:28);  f^  D  Ij/^H  (3:3). 

1.  The  letters  3,  j|,  T,  D,  S,  H,  have  two  sounds.  Their  original  hard 
or  unaspirated  sound  (6,  g,  d,  k,  x>,  t)  is  indicated  by  a  point_  called 
Daghes-lene,  which  they  receive  whenever  they  do  not  immediately  fol- 
low a  vowel-sound. 

>^ote. — When  aspirated  they  are  pronounced:  3  =  Z>/t,  as'y;n  = 
till,  as  th  in  this;  Q  =  pli,  as  /  in  fat;  H  =^fJi,  as  th  in  tliin;  ^  {'=^gh) 
and  3  (=  kh)  are  not  in  ordinary  practice  distinguished  from  Jl  (=  ^) 
and  3  (=  Jc). 

2.  Since  an  aspirate  without  Daghes-lene  must  immediately  follow  a 
vowel-sound,  a  preceding  B'wa,  in  such  case,  must  be  vocal  and  a  half- 
vowel. 

3.  When  by  a  disjunctive  accent  (i  23.  2.  a.)  an  aspirate  is  cut  off 
from  whatever  may  precede  it,  as  at  the  beginning  of  a  chapter,  verse 
or  section  of  a  verse,  the  aspirate  does  not  immediately  follow  a  vowel 
and  hence  takes  Daghes-lene. 

J  3.    Daghes-Forte. 

1.  □♦qii^n  =  has-sa-ma-yim  (1:1);    D^/tDn^ham-ma-yim  (1:7) ;    ntJ^3\'l 

=  hay-yab-ba-sa  (1:9) ;  n^lNOH  —  ham-m'o-roth  (1:16). 

2.  n'in  =  haw-wa  (3:20);    jinn!:  ==mit-ta-hath  (1:7) ;    nDn3n==hab- 

T  -  -  J-    •  T    •■     :    - 

biie-ma  (1:25) ;  nj^nPT  =  had-da-'ath  (2:17). 

1.  The  doubling  of  a  letter  is  indicated  by  a  point  in  its  bosom,  called 
Daghes-forte.  Consonants  may  be  doubled,  however,  only  when  they 
immediately  follow  a  full  vowel. 

2.  The  point  in  Waw  and  in  the  aspirates  is  always  Daghes-forte,  if 
preceded  by  a  vowel. 


22  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [R  14,  15. 

Note  1.— DagheS-forte  in  an  aspirate  serves  also  as  Daghes-lene, 
doubling  the  hard,  not  the  soft,  sound  of  the  aspirate. 

Note  2.— A  syllable  whose  final  consonant  is  represented  by  Daghes- 
forte  is  called  sJiarjxued  (§  26.  3). 

Note  3.— A  doubled  letter  is  regularly  preceded  by  a  short  vowel ; 
this  is  generally  a  2>nre  (§  29.  1-3)  vowel,  seldom  a  deflected  (?  29.  4,  5) 
vowel. 

14.    Omission  of  Daghes-Forte. 

1.  '?Dn  (2: 2) /or  ^yV,  W  (2:10) /or  IV'!;   DN*  Z'^''  ^5<  (2:24). 

2.  \T"l(l:3)/or^nn;  IH^H  d  :24)/or  liTH  ;  nHp'?  (2  :  23) /or  nHp'?- 

•      -  •    :  -  :   -  :   -  t  ;t:|-.  t  I  :    •. 

3.  -liNH  (1:4) /or -)1^^^;   r\m'n  [I  A)  for  r\mr\  \   T]'7nn(2:14)/or 


1.  Daghes-forte  is  always  omitted  from  a  final  vowelless  consonant, 
there  being  nothing  in  this  case  to  support  the  doubling.^ 

2.  It  is  often  omitted  from  medial  consonants  which  have  only  a 
half-vowel  (S'wa)  to  support  them.  (But  an  aspirate  may  not  thus  lose 
Daghes-forte.) 

3.  It  is  always  omitted  from  the  gutturals,  ^,  H,  \1,  ^  and  *1. 

Note  1. — When  Daghes-forte  is  omitted  from  a  guttural  and  no 
compensation  made  for  the  loss  by  the  heightening  (§  36.  2)  of  the  preced- 
ing vowel,  the  Daghes  is  said  to  be  implied  or  understood. 

Note  2. — Daghes  may  be  thus  implied  in  H,  H  and  j/,  but  not  in 
X  and  n. 

Note  3. — The  syllable  preceding  a  consonant  in  which  Daghes-forte 
is  thus  implied  is  always  a  half-open  syllable  (?  26.  4). 

75.    Kinds  of  Daghes-Forte. 

1.  nni^*2  (i:7)/ornnn-fp;  np*  (l:0)/or'np4^  ^Dn:  a :  29) /or 

^ninj;   i:pp(3:22)    for    *|J-p-p;    n|PM2 :  21) /or  ^p'7^ 

2.  trnp»  (2  : 3) ;  I'^jp^  (2:1);  IpHi^D  (3 : 8) ;  nNDH  (^ :  7) ;  11 JID  (4  :  21). 

3.  nD-nCT  (1:12);  l'?-ntr);^^  (2:18);  nNT-nfip^  (2:23). 

4.  p'?n  (17:17);   ir^Vn    (Kx.    2:3).;     tTlpP  (Ex.  15 :  17). 

5.  I'T'in  (Judg.  5:7);  I'^nn  (Job  29:21);  im^  (Isa.33:12). 
G.  n'^'N*  (2:4);   ndl  (4:0);   mH  (0:2);    [HtDH]. 

V   J"  T  JT  T  J*  T   J' 

I  The  only  exceptions  to  thfs  statement  are  riK  thou  (f.),  and  r\r\^  thou  if.)  didst  give» 


I?  16,  17.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  23 

1.  When  the  doubling  represents  the  combination  of  two  similar,  or 
the  assimilation  of  two  dissimilar  consonants,  the  Daghes-forte  is  called 
compensative. 

2.  When  the  doubling  is  characteristic  of  a  grammatical  form,  the 
Daghes-forte  is  called  characteristic. 

3.  When  by  its  use  the  initial  letter  of  a  word  is  joined  to  the  final 
vowel  of  a  preceding  word,  the  Daghes-forte  is  called  conjunctive. 

4.  When  it  is  inserted  in  a  consonant  with  S'wa,  which  is  preceded  by 
a  short  vowel,  to  make  the  S"wa  audible,  the  Daghes-forte  is  called 
separative. 

5.  When  the  doubling  strengthens  or  emphasizes  the  final  tone-syllable 
of  a  section  or  verse,  the  Daghes-forte  is  called  emphatic. 

6.  When  the  doubling,  in  the  case  of  liquids,  gives  greater  firmness  to 
the  preceding  vowel,  the  Daghes-forte  is  called  Jirmative. 

16.    Mapp/q  and  Raphe.  ''^- 

1.  riTd?  (1:2-4);   n"lD;r'7   (2: 15);   nnDtr'?  (2: 15);   ntr'^N'?  0:6); 

T*:  t:^:  t:t;  t*: 

nQj;(3:6);  n;;7.  (3:15). 

■2.a'>bb    (1:6);    n^lD    (1:26);     Hllj^^    (2:23);    jria'prTPI    (4:4); 

*in3"inn  (4:8). 

1.  Mappiq  (p*£)D  extender)  is  a  point  placed  in  final  H,  when  this 
letter  is  used  as  a  consonant,  and  not  as  a  vowel-letter. 

Note. — Mappiq  is  written  in  MSS.  also  in  ii},  *\  and  *. 

2.  Raphe  (nCH  ''f*0  is  a  horizontal  stroke  placed  over  a  letter,  to  call 
particular  attention  to  the  ahsence  of  Daghes  or  Mappiq. 

7  7.     Maqqeph. 
1.  *JiD-S^   (1:2);    n^^<-^n;    (1:3);    D"}^-W    (1:5);    'n-linr  (1:11). 

2.  niNn-n}<  (1:4);  t:'£):-'?3  (i:2i);  'n3-'?troM3:i6) ;  nmn-DtT'i 

T  V-IV  T  I  T  T      :    •  ■>■  T  -  |-     : 

(2:13). 

1.  Maqqeph  (flpO  hinder)  is  a  horizontal  stroke  placed  between  two 
words,  to  indicate  that  they  are  to  be  pronounced  together  and  accented 
as  if  they  formed  but  a  single  word. 

2.  If  the  former  of  two  words,  joined  by  Maqqej^h, should  contain  a  long 
vowel  in  a  closed  sj^llable  [I  20.  2),  such  a  vowel  must  be  shortened,  or 
receive  Methegh  (§18.  4). 

1  A  Mappiq  in  X  is  found  in  printed  texts  inGen.  43:2C;  Lev.  23: 17. 


24  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  18,  19» 

75.    Methegh. 

1.  "IIX-W   (1:3);    ;;pnn   (1:7);    n^^ip   (1:9);    D^nDlSH   (1:16); 

D'^nnXn  (18:29). 

'^    T     :   -   IT 

2.  niTn(l:2);  l^ntT' (1:21) ;  nn'?1n(2:4);  DN"l3n3  (2:4) ;  I^D^n 

T  :  |T  :  |T  ;         I  t     :  |t   •     :  :  I 

(3:1). 

a  np7N*n(i:25);  nt;^rp-(i:26);  nitrif*^(2:3);  nf7p^^(2:23);  itrj;! 

(3:7). 

4.  -injn-Dn  (2:13) ;  f^n-f^.(3:2) ;  |Jn-^1n?  (3:3) ;  nilD-nn  (4:12). 

5.  ,TnMl:29);  ?|»nM2:25);  Dnrn3(4:8);  HW  (17:18) ;  n^m(20:7). 

V  :  I-  :  I-  T         :    I-  v  :  I'  ■■  :  |v 

6.  NV'!!  (4 :  16) ;  t>  V'^'i^')_  (24 : 9) ;  D^i!?  n^S  (28  : 2). 

Methegh  (JIJIJS  hrkllc)  is  a  perpendicular  lino  placed  on  the  left  side  of 
a  vowel-point,  to  indicate  that  the  syllable  to  which  it  belongs  has  a 
secondary  accent.^    The  following  are  its  chief  uses : 

1.  On  the  second  syllable  before  the  tone,  but  generally  on  the  third,  if 
the  second  is  closed  (§  26.  2.). 

2.  With  a  long  vowel  followed  by  a  vocal  S'wa  pretonic. 

3.  With  all  vowels  before  compound  S'wa. 

4.  With  a  long  vowel  in  a  closed  syllable,  before  Maqqeph. 

5.  With  the  first  syllable  of  all  forms  of  n^H  and  n^H  in  which  the  H 
and  n  have  Simple  (i.  e.,  silent)  S''wa. 

6.  With  an  unaccented  "^  in  a  final  syllable  ;  and  to  insure  the  distinct 
enunciation  of  a  vowel  which  otherwise  might  be  neglected. 

19.      QeRI  AND   KeWIBH. 
1-  '?N***n::(4:18);  NVin(8:17);  DtT^n  (24:33);  rrT:^(27:3);  IJlD  (30:11). 

2.  '7N^np         NV^'l        Db'Tn  n^y  .    n^  xn 

3.  '7N;*nt:        N*vin        Dtr^n         n-i^V         "i^? 

4.  N*\n  for  Nnn;          ^j-TiV  for  nin*;  D^i'?^*  j'>r  nin» 

T       -;  T       :  ■         v:  v: 

1.  K'thibh  (D*ri3  tcrittcn)  is  a  term  api)licd  to  a  word  as  it  is  jcritten 
in  the  text,  as  contrasted  with  the  marginal  reading  suggested  by  the 
Massorites. 

2.  Q'ri  (np  read)  is  a  term  api)licd  to  the  marginal  reading  substituted 
by  the  Massorites  for  the  textual  reading  (K'thibh). 

I  Mvinuh  ( j)  1b  Bometimes  substituted  for  Methegh. 


§  20.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  25 

3.  In  such  cases  the  vowel-points  given  with  the  K'thibh  (tlie  reading 
in  the  text)  are  intended  to  be  pronounced  with  the  consonants  given  in 
the  Q*ri  (the  marginal  reading) ;  and  if  the  K'thibh  is  pronounced,  other 
vowels,  as  determined  by  the  nature  of  the  grammatical  form,  must  be 
used. 

4.  Some  words  are  always  read  otherwise  than  as  they  are  written  ; 
these  receive  the  pointing  of  the  Q'ri,  while  the  marginal  reading  is 
omitted. 


IV.    Tlie  Accents. 

20.     The  Place  of  the  Accent.^ 

1.  n^^r'Nn  (1:1);  NnS  (1:1);  U'r2^  (1:1);  pNH  (1:1);  ^m  (1:2). 

-J-  ••  JT    T  ■  J-    T  I        VJT    T  I    V        -I 

2.  n^:^\\n  (1:1);    Olp-t:  (1:9);    D^DiT'  (1:1);    D*!D  (1:6);    nHH  (1:9). 

3.  n^jr'NI  (1:1) ;  NID  (1:1) ;  ^'1^2  (1:6) ;  N^p^  (2:2.3) ;  n'^HnD  (3:8). 

;i;»pn  (1:6) ;  in,Nt  (1:5) ;     {^^fp^  (1:5) ;  '7Dt<p  (2:9) ;   (l^OVn  (3:18). 

4.  p}^   (1:10);    ri^'n  (1:2);    mj   (1:11);    p^CT  (1:20);    pj^;.  (2:8). 

^rin  (1:2);    n"}^  (1:5);    Dt^;^.  (1:11);     tr'D^   (1:20);    pN*  (2:12). 

1.  The  accent  or  tone  may  rest  on  the  ultima,  in  which  case  the  word  is 
called  Milra';  or  on  the  penult,  in  which  case  the  word  is  called  Mil'el ; 
but  never  on  the  antepenult. 

2.  So  far  as  the  syllabication  of  a  word  is  concerned,  a  closed  syllable 
with  a  long  vowel,  or  an  open  syllable  with  a  short  vowel,  muat  be 
accented  (?  28.  1.  2). 

3.  Uninflected  words,  and  words  receiving  in  inflection  no  endings,  are 
accented  on  the  ultima. 

4.  Nouns  of  the  class  called  Segholates,  which  are  really  monosyllabic 
(§106.), are  accented  on  the  penult,  and  form  the  only  exception  to  the 
principle  just  stated. 

Note  1. — The  place  of  the  accent  in  wjlected  words,  involving  append- 
ages, must  be  studied  in  connection  with  the  subject  of  verbal  and 
nominal  inflection. 

Note  2. — The  term  "accent"  is  used  of  the  sign  marking  the  syllable 
which  receives  the  stress  of  voice ;  the  term  "tone"  is  used  of  the  stress 
of  voice. 


1  The  place  of  the  accent  is  indicated  in  this  grammar  by  the  use  of  the  accent  —r. 
Words  which  are  not  thus  indicated  are  to  be  accented  on  the  ultima. 


26 


ELE3IENTS  OF  HEBREW 


m  21,  22. 


21.    Shifting  of  the  Tone. 

1.  n'?^'?  Nnp  (1:5);  nS  nC^  (1:11);  on*?  '?DN*n  (3:19). 

I  ;rtT  t|jt  •   :  ■.      J  ■     •  -I 

2.  OJX(3:10);  nnN*(3:ll);  OJN*  (4:9);  nnX(4:ll). 

3.  -ItDXn  (1:3);  -I-lDn  (1:22);  "iV^n  (2:7);  Op^  (4:8). 

4.  n'?DN*"l  (3:18);  ^I^DHI  (Ex.  3:20);  ^IkWlHI,  ^n'^Vn')  (Ex.  Q:6). 

1.  The  tone  is  often  shifted  from  the  ultima  to  the  penult  of  a  word 
which  is  followed  closely  by  a  monosyllable,  or  by  a  dissyllable  accented 
upon  the  penult. 

2.  The  tone  is  sometimes  shifted  in  the  case  of  words  standing  at  the 
end  of  a  clause  or  section,  i.  e.,  in  pause  (§  38.). 

3.  Waw  Consecutive  with  the  Imperfect  causes  shifting  of  the  tone 
from  the  ultima  to  the  penult  when  the  latter  is  an  open  syllable  (?  73.). 

4.  Waw  Consecutive  with  the  Perfect  often  causes  shifting  of  the  tone 
from  the  penult  to  the  ultima  (§  73.). 


22.     The  Table  of  Accents. 
i.  disjunctives. 

Class  I.— Emperors. 


1.  rpi'j'Dsmuq K 

2.  mni<  'Athnah ^< 


3.  Nn'^jp  S'gholta ji 

4.  rhif'llif  Salseleth K 


Class  II.— Kings. 


5.  l^Op  ilpr  Zaqeph  qaton X 

C.  '?nj  :]p\  Zaqeph  gadhol   . . .  N 

Class  III.— Dukes. 

8.  KDP'l)  Pasta j< 

9.  n'iT^Y'thibh X 

10.  NHtJOTiphha {< 

Class  IV.— Counts 


7.  ;;»5n  ii'bhi(a)' K 


11.  n^DnT'bhir j< 

12.  SpirZarqa S 


13.  C'-IJCJeres {< 

14.  D'izn^  G'rasayTm X 

I:')-  I  il'2'^yb  L'gharmehi I  {< 

1  Mude  up  of  Munah  ami  P«siq  (i). 


16.  nrflPazer {< 

QP  op 

17.  ni?  ♦^inp  Q3rne  Phara X 

18.  n'-'M)  Ntr'*'7n  T'liSa 

Gh'dhola ^J 


23.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  SIETHOD.  27 

2.    CONJUNCTIVES. 
Class  T.— Servants. 

24.  HDn^  Mahpakh K 

25.  hrci)  N*t:'^'?n  T'lisa 


19.  NDIDMerka ^{ 

20.  N^IGD  N3")t:  Merka 

K'phula ^{ 

21.  miD  Munah N 

22.  J^'i-nDarga {< 

23.  J^inp  Qadhma K 


Q'tanna ^J 

26.  l!:V?3  HT  Yerah  ben 

V  I  v 

yomo {<■ 

27.  N'?"ND  M''ay-y^lai K 


23.    Remarks  on  the  Table  of  Accents. 

1.  The  ''Accents  "  were  designed  to  have  a  threefold  use  : — 

a.  To  serve  as  musical  notes  in  the  cantillation  of  the  Law  and  the 
Prophets  in  the  synagogue  ; 

b.  To  indicate  the  tone-syllable  (i.  e.,  the  syllable  which  is  to  be  ac- 
cented) of  every  word ; 

c.  To  show  the  relation  sustained  by  each  word  to  the  other  words 
in  a  clause  or  sentence. 

2.  Every  accent  is  used  as  a  sign  of  interpunction  (§  23.  1.  c),  to  sepa- 
rate or  join  the  several  words  of  a  sentence  : 

a.  Disjunctives  (those  numbered  1-18  in  the  Table)  mark  a  separa- 
tion. 

h.  Conjunctives  (those  numbered  19-27  in  the  Table)  mark  a  con- 
nection. 

3.  The  Disjunctives  vary  in  strength  or  power,  and  are  accordingly 
divided  into  four  ranks  :  Emperors,  Kings,  Dukes,  Counts. 

4.  Those  accents  numbered  9  and  18  are  prt-positive,  i.  e.,  written 
only  on  the  first  letter  of  a  word,  wherever  the  tone-syllable  of  that  word 
may  be. 

5.  Those  accents  numbered  3,  8,  12,  25  are  pos^positive,  i.  e.,  written 
only  on  the  last  letter  of  a  word,  wherever  the  tone-syllable  of  that  word 
may  be. 

6.  The  post-positive  accents  are  repeated  whenever  their  word  is  ac- 
cented on  the  Penult,  or  has  Pathah-furtive  (§  42.  2.  d)  under  the  last 
letter. 

7.  Silluq  may  be  distinguished  from  Methegh  (?  IS.),  Pasta  from  Qadh- 
ma,  and  Y'thibh  from  Mahpakh  by  their  position. 


1  Used  for  Methegh  with  words  which  have  Silluq  or  'Athnah. 


28  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  U  24. 

24.    The  Consecution  of  the  more  common  Accents. 
1. :  yii^n g^"-  i-i- 

I        V   |T     T 

:  DW ^^"- 1-2- 

2.  rpi<rj D»n':'iS Gen.l:l. 

:Drpn dm Gen.l:2. 

3.:  I?'- ;!^i?T^ i^^Pin Gen.  1:7. 

iinxn-'?;^ n::oDi ci'n'?^ Gen.i:28. 

1.  Every  verse  (Pasuq)  is  separated  from  the  verse  following  by  the 
sign  J,  called  Soph  Pfisuq  {end  of  the  verse) ;  while  the  last  word  of  every 
verse  has  on  its  tone-syllable  the  accent  ~f,  called  Silluq,  which,  in  form, 
islikeMethegh(U8.). 

Note.— Since  SiUuq  always  stands  on  the  last  tone-syllable  of  a  verse, 
while  Methegh  never  stands  on  a  tone-syllable,  they  are  easily  distin- 
guished. 

2.  If  the  verse  contain  two  primary  sections,  Silluq  marks  the  end  of 
thejirst,  while  the  end  of  the  second  is  indicated  by  tt,  'Athnah. 

Note  1.— In  the  study  of  the  accentuation  of  a  verse  one  must  begin 
with  Silluq,  i.  e.,  at  the  end  of  the  verse. 

Note  2.— These  accents  have  only  relative  power.  The  pauses  marked 
are  logical  pauses. 

3.  If  the  verse  contain  three  primary  sections,  Silluq  marks  the  end  of 
the  first ;  'Athnah,  the  end  of  the  second ;  while  the  end  of  the  third  is 
indicated  by  ' ■ ,  called  S'gholta. 

Note.— For  an  explanation  of  the  repetition  of  ^,  see  §  23.  6. 

4. :  DrtDH D^ri^s* Dinn irihi Gen.  i:2. 

■  IT   -  :■:  rt     :  t 

:  a^d:^ y-iD!: o'Dn D^'^'?^* Gen.  i-.g. 

5.  o.  n^i'^n 'inzn'? tyry^n Gen.  i:i4. 

T  ;at  -  •   ;     -     :  ■    -    t 

h.  nc^yn inx D'n'?^*  "^?n'1 ^«"- 1-^- 

G. ;  y')^r\ D'pii'n D\n'?i\v •  --n^TOi^ cien.  i:i. 

:  '^tynri mxn n'io-^3  'TiN*n-''>* ^^"- 1-^- 

....  □*n'?N •  •  •  •  Dn'N .  •  •  Gen.  1 :28 nXT •  •  •  •  C'mn •  •  •  Gen.  3:14. 

...  .,.  T    T 

4.  "When  a  primary  section  is  large  enough  to  be  divided,  or  to  contain 
a  secondary  section,  the  end  of  this  secondary  section,  whether  it  stand  in 
the  primary  section  ruled  by  Silluq  or 'Athnah,  is  most  frequently  marked 
by  -'  ,  called  Zaqcph  qaton. 


^25.] 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  HIETIIOD. 


29 


5.  a.  In  secondary  sections  containing  but  a  single  word,  where  Zaqepli 
qaton  would  have  been  expected,  Zaqeph  gadh61,  -^,  is  generally  found 
instead. 

h.  A  secondary  section  of  less  importance  than  that  which  is  indicated 
by  Zaqeph  qaton  is  marked  by  -^,  called  R'bhi{a)". 

6.  The  pause  required  by  the  rhythm  before  Silluq  and  'Athnah  is 
marked  by  a  disjunctive  t,  called  Tij^hha ;  that  before  S''gholta,  by  -^, 
called  Zarqa. 

Note. — For  the  consecution  of  the  remaining  disjunctives  see  the 
Table  of  Consecution  of  Accents  {I  25.). 

7- : p.N*n nN*v •  ■■{i-iy, : dw ')^'b:;_- •  -(1:2); : rpm  ppi-  •  •  (i:4). 
8.  D*ri^yNn3....(i:i);  D'inn^^iD-'?;^----(i:2);  n'7^'7Nnp....(i:5). 

r^-         v:         JTT  1^     :      J--   ;  '^-  x  :at  t)-it 

9.  HNT  n^^j;  ^D-  •  •  -(3:14);  jjn-^lin^  "^^^r  ■  •  -(3:3). 

7.  The  Conjunctive  accent  which  always  accompanies  Silluq  is  — , 
called  Merka. 

8.  The  Conjunctive  accent  which  always  accompanies  'Athnah  is  ^r, 
called  Munah. 

9.  The  Conjunctive  accent  which  always  accompanies  S'gholta  is  like- 
wise Munah. 

25.    A  Table  showing  the  Consecution  of  the  Accents. 


Q      /      _P_ 

J        J        J  1  J        J        J 

or  A  or 

_P I      9P   

-I        -1        -1  V  V        -I        -■ 

_q_  /    _p 

J     J      -I  I  -J      -1      J 

or  K  or 

_P I       9P    

-/        -I         J  I,  V         -I         -J 

_5_  /-     j^ 

-i      J      J  I  J      -i      -I 

or  A  or 

9    I     5P   

-I        J        J  V  V        J        J 

_q_ r     _M___   

J       J       J  I  J       J       J 

or  "\  or 

_P_ /       QP 

J         J         -J  V.  V         J         J 

_9_   r     JJ_    

-i      J      J  I  J      J       J 

or  A  or 

_p I    53P ^       

J         J         J  V  V         -I         -I 


30  ELE3IENTS   OF   HEBREW  [§  25. 

REMARKS  ON  THE  TABLE. 

1.  The  Consecution  of  Silluq  and  'Athnah,  with  the  exception  of  the 
first  conjunctive,  is  the  same. 

2.  The  third  disjunctive  preceding  Silluq  and  'Athnah,  the  second  pre- 
ceding S'gholta  and  Zaqeph  qaton,  and  the  first  preceding  R'hhi(a)'  is 
Geres,  after  which  the  consecution  is  the  same  for  all. 

3.  This  Geres  may  be  entirely  omitted,  in  which  case  the  servant  of  the 
preceding  disjunctive  will  be  present  and  will  assume  the  functions  of 
Geres. 

4.  After  Qadhmii  the  consecution  may  proceed  either  with  T'lisa  Q'tan- 
na  (and  its  Munahs)  or,  if  there  is  a  slight  emphasis,  with  the  disjunctive 
T'lisa  Gh'dhola  (and  its  Munah's). 

5.  Words  standing  between  the  Tiisa  Q'tanna  or  the  T'^lisa  Gh'dhola 
and  the  beginning  of  the  section,  will  receive  Milniih  if  thej'  are  closely 
related,  but  Pazer  if  there  is  a  great  emphasis.  Words  standing  between 
Pazer  and  the  beginning  of  the  verse  will  receive  Muuah. 

Note. — Instead  of  Munah,  L'gharmeh  (i.  e.,  Munah  with  P'siq  (I  t]) 
is  substituted  if  there  is  a  slight  emphasis  on  the  word. 

6.  Instead  of  Pazer,  preceded  by  Munah,  there  may  be  substituted 
Qarne  Phara,  which  is  always  preceded  by  Yerah  ben  yomo.  Other 
words  will  have  Munah. 

Note  1. — This  table  exhibits  in  general  the  features  of  the  prose 
system.  There  are,  however,  many  exceptions.  The  poetic  system  is 
entirely  different. 

Note  2.— A  few  accents,  occurring  but  seldom,  are  omitted  from  the 
Table. 

Note  3. — This  very  brief  treatment  of  the  accent  aims  only  to  intro- 
duce the  student  to  a  subject,  which  demands  much  careful  study  and 
investigation  for  its  masterj'. 


§f  26.-28.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  3IETH0D.  31 

V.    Syllables.  ^ 

26.    Kinds  of  Syllables. 

1.  N"l-3  (1:1) ;  in-h  (1:2) ;  ^-^"1  (1:2) ;  »J5  (1:2) ;  ^T  (1:3). 

T       T  J  J        T 

2.  '^n-np  (1:6) ;  ]>2  (1:4) ;  ilD  (1:4) ;  ^^.m^  (1:11) ;  V^'?  (1:18). 

3.  Drt:-^'n(l:l);  D^-;3n(l:6);  'n-pMl:9);  niN-QH  (1:16). 

■  J-      T     -  •     -IT    -  It  •  T    - 

4.  \'7pjl:3);r^^»n-n  (1:4);  ;^_^pn-3  (1:14);  IN'7-P  (1:22);  nt^^^^ 

1.  Syllables  which  end  in  a  vowel-sound  are  called  open. 

2.  Syllables  which  end  in  a  consonant  are  called  closed.  ' 

3.  A  closed  syllable  whose  final  consonant  is  doubled  is  called  sharpened. 

4.  "What  seems  to  be  an  unaccented  open  syllable,  with  a  short  vowel, 
is  of  frequent  occm-rence  ;  it  may  for  convenience  be  called  half-open. 

Note. — The  half-open  syllable  is  always  followed  by  a  consonant  with 
a  medial  S'wa  (?  10.  2),  or  with  Daghes-forte  implied  (?  14.  3.  N.  1). 

27.    Syllabication. 

1.  ntJ^-p-h-n  (1:21) ;  fn-D'p-n-^-l  (4:4) ;  ;;^pn  (1:20) ;  l^;st  (1:7). 

2.  yr\-\lf\  (1:20) ;  iT^-N^D  (1:1) ;  D\T'?N*  (1:1) ;  P^-l  (1:4). 

3.  T)m  (9:21) ;  yV  (1:22)  for  in")* ;  !:");;.  (1:5)  for  ^i;;. 

1.  A  word  contains  as  many  syllables  as  it  has  vowels ;  but  Pathah- 
furtive  [I  42.  2.  (?)  and  the  S'was  (half-vowels)  are  not  sufficiently  vocalic 
to  form  syllables. 

2.  Syllables  must  hegin  with  a  consonant,  the  only  exception  being  the 
prefixed  conjunction  ^  ;  they  may  begin  with  two  consonants,  the  first 
always  having  under  it  a  vocal  S'wa.^ 

3.  Syllables  may  end  in  two  consonants,  but  only  when  these  are  strong. 
The  harshness  resulting  from  this  combination  is  generally  avoided  by 
the  insertion  of  a  vowel  [I  37.  2  and  N.). 

X 
28.    Quantity  of  the  Vowel  in  Syllables. 

1.  ")1{<-n  (1:4) ;  b]:'J2  (1:7) ;  n^t^^-NnS  (1:1) ;  D^'D  (1:6) ;  Wm  (1:1)- 

2.  ^C-m(l:2);  -lp-5(l:5);  '^H'l^O  (1:6) ;  m(l:l);  ':'^-D(l:7). 

3.  D^5-C'n(l:l);  ni:\y'7(2:22);  10{<  (2:24) ;  Dp;.  (4:15). 

4.  \T-1(1:3);  ^:^n-n(l:4);  ;?;|p-|-"}  (1:14) ;  IN"?"!:  (1:22). 

1  There  is  a  single  exception  to  this  remark,  viz.,  ^P^'d  (Gen.  4:19)  in  which  the  S«wa 
is  silent. 


32  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  29. 

1.  The  vowel  of  an  open  s.vllablc  must  be  long,  unless  it  has  the  tone  ; 
when  it  lias  the  tone,  it  may  he  short. 

2.  The  vowel  of  a  closed  s\'llable  must  be  short,  unless  it  has  the  tone  ; 
-when  it  has  the  tone,  it  may  he  long. 

3.  The  vowel  of  the  sharpened  syllable  is  short,  unless  it  has  the  tone  ; 
it  is  pure,  i.  e.,  a,  i,  ii,  and  not  deflected,  i.  e.,  e  or  o. 

4.  The  vowel  of  the  half-open  syllable  is  always  short  (§  26.  4). 


"VI.      Eiiplioiij'   of"  Vowels.i 

29.    Short  Vowels. 

1.  a.  b''\y  (1:^) ;  ntrS^  (1:9) ;  U'r2,'  (1:10) ;  n'n  (1:20) ;  ^HtD  (1:11). 
h.  iTfl  (1:25) ;  DHI  (2:12) ;  fj  (2:8) ;  '^^/^  (1:7) ;  r|J<  (3:1). 

c.  m:r'(2:3);  np'?(2:22);  p^l  (2:24) ;  Hp*?  (3:23) ;  nSD^;M2:9). 

J-  T  |j-T  I     -I-    T  l-J-  •.  -.-    :  - 

d.  nV.^.  (2:23);    ^^1  (2:9);    J»N*  (2:5);    P^^?)?^  ^    '^W*^  ^^-^^^  = 
nr2'm  (15:5);   nn^3  (24:32). 

<^-  ntrj;^f  (1:26);   iDj;^'^  (2:5);   n'7;?»_(2:6) :    ':>'2^p  (2:9). 

2.  a.  mn  (1:29) ;  V^tl^i^  (2:23) ;  iaj<  (2:24) ;  H/tD^^  (3:6) ;  IntT'N  (2:24). 
h.  Nn-pMl:5);  '?^-p'7(l:18);  n^DQn  (2:5);   top];  lllpt);!  (3:5). 

3.  a.  l'?Dn(2:l);  DrtDTI?  (3:7) ;  np'7(3:23);  DpM4:24) ;  [HpH]. 

1.  The  pure  short  a,  from  which  come  all  a-class  vowels,  is  found 
a.  In  unaccented  closed,  or  sharpened  syllables  ;  but  also 

h.  In  the  accented  closed  syllable  of  nouns  in  the  construct  state, 
and  a  few  monosyllabic  nouns  and  particles. 

c.  In  the  accented  closed  syllable  of  many  verbal  forms. 

d.  In  the  accented  open  syllable  (1)  of  guttural  and  *"^  Scgholates 
(?  106.  2.  a.,  (?) ;  (2)  before  the  suffix  *Jl,  and  (3)  sometimes  before  the 
accusative  ending  H • 

T 

e.  In  a  half -open  syllable  with  M^thegh  (§  18.3)  before  a  compound 
JS'wa. 

2.  The  pure  short  i,  from  which  come  all  /-class  vowels,  is  found 

a.  In  unaccented  closed-,  and  especially  sharpened,  syllables  ;  but 


1  This  treatment  is  not  intended  to  te  exhaustive;  it  will  be  found  practically 
complete,  however,  so  far  as  jfcncral  principles  are  concerned. 

2  Short  i  stands  also  in  an  accented  open  syllable,  in  a  few  apocopated  forms,  e.  g.. 


2  30.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  33 

h.  That  i  (— )  which  comes  by  attenuation  or  thinning  (§  36. 4)  from  an 
original  a  must  be  distinguished  from  an  original  i,  although  it  is  sub- 
ject to  the  same  rules  as  the  latter. 

3.  The  pure  short  u,  from  which  come  all  «-class  vowels,  is  found 
a.  Almost  exclusively  in  unaccented  sharpened  syllables. 

4.  a.  -AS*  (1:4);  ^-15^(1:22);  Dtr^  (2:8) ;  J^'W  (3:24) ;  l'?]!!  (4:1). 
h.  ^C*n(l:2);  ::tr:i^.(l:ll);  ^\£[2:m  ;  ^T  11:22) ;  p^T  (2:22). 

c.  -iDnj.  (2:9) ;  ^1^;] ;  ['^toj/jf ;  [DH'^Dji^i ;  ib''o};pi 

.5.  a.  -':'D(1:21);  n'?pNMl:29) ;  "nlin^  (3:21)';  n5nn(6:15);  topn]. 
6.  -'?3  (1:21) ;    n-l5;;(2:15);    HW' (2:15);  '"^Sn  (3:11) ;    "Dji^ 
(2:24). 

4.  The  short  e-sound  —  (e),  deflected  from  and  equally  current  with 
the  pure  i-sound,  is  found  : 

a.  In  unaccented  closed  syllables,  as  a  shortening  of  -^  (e). 

h.  In  unaccented  closed  syllables,  as  a  helping  vowel  in  all  forms  of 
a  Segholate  character  (?  106.), 

c.  In  unaccented  closed  or  half -open  syllables,  depressed  from  —  (i) 
before  gutturals. 

Note  1. — The  e  which  comes  by  heightening  from  a,  represented  in 
transliteration  by  e,  is  really  a  long  vowel  [I  31.). 

Note  2.— The  e  of  DIlN  and  fpi^?,  Dfl  and  fn,  and  D^?  and  p  is  a 
blunting  of  an  original  w-sound  \l  50.  3.  / ). 

Note  3. — There  is  also  to  be  noticed  the  character  of  the  ^r  which 
appears  in  certain  particles,  e.  g.,  p,  "lti^^{,  etc.,  which  perhaps  belong 
under  I  31.  2. 

5.  The  short  o-sound  t  (o),  deflected  from  and  more  common  than  —  (u) 
and  sustaining  to  —  and  -=-  (o)  the  same  relation  that  is  sustained  by 
~  (e)  to  ~^  (i)  and  "^  (e),  is  found 

a.  As  a  blunting  of  the  original  ~  [vl]  in  unaccented  closed  and  half- 
open  syllables. 

h.  As  a  shortening  of  -^  (o)  in  unaccented  closed  syllables. 

30.    Naturally  Long  Vowels. 

1.  a.  ;;iJ=;;j  (4:14)  =  na';n*tr  =  ntr' (4:25)  =  sath;  ['^p  = '7P  =  qSl]. 
h.'2}^=  gannabh  ■}  fflD  =  mattan  ;2  Dil^^  k^thabh  f  ^"in  =  q'rabh.4 
c.  D^ri'?}^  (1:1)  =  '"lohim  for  ''lahim  ;  "IDN^  (1:3)  =  yo'mer /or  ya'mer; 
^-^^  (1:16)  =gadh61/or  gadhal ;  '7'^^  (2:16)  =  'akhol/or  akhal. 


1  Ex.  23:1,  6,  7.  2  Gen.  34:12;  3  Kg-s.  11.18.  3  Esth.  4:8.  ■•  3  Sam.  17:11. 


34  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [2  30.. 

2.  a.  ♦nn  =  »nn(l:6);  1V':.=  "IVV.(2:7);  ]t^';>  =  ]^'\  {2:211 
□pp  =.  D»p,p  =  opp  (9:9) ;  D^^H  =  D^tTn  (6:16). 
i.  rO*  =  ya™i";^  TDn  =  basidh;2  n»^0  =  masi(a)h.3 

r/.  jTC'j^*  (3:13)  for  nv]i  (n^b^ij) ;  'n'lV  (s^i^)  /or  ♦nn.v  (^nn_v)- 

e.  T-jpn  (2:5);   Dt:0'?M3:21);   TJH  (3:11);   N^OT  (3:13);   ^n^i^ 
(1:18). 

3.  a.  Dr'n=ar'n=3it:^'ri  (3:i9);  D.ip!=Dip:=Dipv' 
t.  Dip^Dipi^  inn =inn  (1:2);  inn=in?(i:2). 
c.  ipin=ipin;''  D?prT=np'in];  Dipn=Dpin.i» 

d.  -)nN(3:14);  Dnr(3:l);  n"n3n(4:23);  DinS  (3:24);  jr'lDn(12:5).- 

T  •t  T  - 

Naturally  long  vowels  have  arisen  either  (1)  from  contraction  of  two 
vowels,  or  a  vowel  and  semivowel  (i.  e.,  y  or  w),  or  (2)  as  the  characteris- 
tic of  a  nominal  form,  or  (3)  in  compensation.  The  lengthening  which 
took  place  as  characteristic  of  a  nominal  form  or  in  compensation  belongs 
exclusively  to  the  primitive  Semitic  ;  i.  e.,  such  lengthenings,  found  in  the 
Hebrew,  were  made  before  the  Assyrian,  Arabic,  Hebrew  and  other 
Semitic  languages  became  separate  tongues. 

1.  Naturally  long  a  (-^-,  seldom  X ),  comparatively  rare,  is  found  : — 

o.  In  1"^  and  ♦"^  forms  in  which,  1  or  *  having  been  dropped,  two 

a-sounds  have  come  together  and  have  been  contracted  (§  94.  1.  c). 

h.  In  certain  nominal  forms,  in  which  it  is  characteristic  (?§  108, 
109.). 

c.  Naturally  long  a,  in  the  great  majority  of  instances,  was  obscured 
to  6  (§  30.  6). 

2.  Naturally  long  i  (* ,  sometimes ),  is  found  : — 

a.  As  the  contraction  of  iy  (?  90. 2.  b)  and  sometimes  oi  yi  (§  94. 1.  Z>), 

h.  In  certain  nominal  forms  in  which  it  is  characteristic  (§  108.). 

c.  In  certain  nominal  forms  in  which  it  is  compensative  (?  109.). 

<l.  As  a  thinning  of  e,  in  H"/  forms,  before  consonant-additions 
(§  100.  3.  h). 

c.  In  Hiph'il  forms,  in  which  e  would  naturally  have  been  expected  ^ 
this  i  is  entirely  anomalous  [l  00.  1.  h.  (1) ). 

3.  Naturally  long  u  (1,  sometimes  -r )  is  found : — 


1  Gen.  13:9.       2  Ps.  30:5.       3 1  Sam.  2:10.         *  Gen.  19:28.        8  Hos.  9:6,  cf.  Isa.  34:13, 
«  Josh.  13:3;  Isa.  23:3;  Jer.  2:18.      'Ex. 21:19.      8Gen.l3:17.      9Ezra3:ll.     loEx.  40:17, 


4  30.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE   METHOD.  86 

a.  As  the  contraction  of  tou,  in  V'p  forms  (?  94.  1.  a). 
h.  As  the  contraction  of  uw,  in  V'^  forms,  and  whenever  the  combi- 
nation 711V  would  be  final. 

c.  As  the  contraction  of  tm  in  V'fi  Iloph'al  forms  (2  00.  3.  c) ;  and 
in  V'^  and  ^"^  Hoph'al  forms,  which  seem  to  follow  the  analogy  of  V'fl 
^orms. 

d.  In  certain  nominal  forms,  including?  the  Qal  passive  participle,  in 
-which  it  is  original  and  characteristic  (?  108.). 

4.  a.  p5  (1 :4)  =  ben  from  ^3  ;  fl^^^  =  beth  from  H^J ;  DO^^^.  (3:6). 

b.  a^P^n(4:7)  =  tetibh/romn^P*n;    np^^:i\n  (21:7) /rom  Hj^^m 

c.  ntri^  (6:14)  =  "se  from  '>'^^-,    HpO  (1:10)  =  mtqwe /rom  npp. 

^.  ^TDn-Aom^n^Dn;  wv^//-om»rinv;  nw,7;[cf.  wv(3:ii)]. 

e.  ♦J5(l:2)  =  p'ne//-om»:£);  ^^tJ^' (1:16);  »J»;^  (3:7);  ^^^  (4:10). 

/.  DD^p•V/•«/^DO'^;fi7NVror/^fn*^^:  -i^>nv^o»o^>o. 
5.  a.  nrtr;^n;^  nr3an;=^  morion  i^'^  ny'-^'inp  nr<;iDn.i2 

t.  :r]^;n  (3:14) ;  ITJ^SN  (3:19) ;  !r]\33  f4:6) ;  [(TDIDl 

4.  Xaturally  long  e  (written  *_,  yet  sometimes and  n_)  como.s  from 

the  contraction  of  ay  or  a?',  and  is  found  : — 

a.  In  the  inflection  of  ♦"^  Segholates  f?  lOG.  2.  ri). 
6.  In  the  Hiph'il  forms  of  verbs  orij-'inally  *  "^  f?  92.  2). 
c.  In  the  Imperative  f2  m.  sg.)  of  verbs  H  '?  ^?  1^^^«  1-  /);  and  in 
the  construct  state  of  nouns  ending?  in  H    ^  (e)  (?  124.  2). 

<Z.  In  n  '!'  perfects  before  consonant  additions  f?  100.  .3.  a). 

e.  In  the  plural  construct  ending  of  masc.  nouns.  *__  (},  124.  4). 
/.  In  the  penult  of  a  few  nominal  formations  f?  114.). 

Note. — The  e  of  d  very  frequently  passes  over  into  i,  especially  in 
native  perfects. 

5.  Besides  e,  there  is  another  naturally  long  e-sound,  which  likewise 

arises  out  of  ay.    It  is  written  ♦ and  may,  for  the  sake  of  distinction, 

1)6  transliterated  by  an  italicized  e.    It  is  found  : — 

a.  In  n"*7  Imperfects  and  Imv's  before  the  fern,  plur.  termination 
nj  (1 100.  3.  c) ;  and.  after  the  analogy  of  these  forms,  also  as  a  separ- 

T 

ating  vowel  in  similar  V'J^  and  JT'J^  forms. 

6.  In  the  forms  of  plural  nouns  before  the  pronominal  suffixes  ?l 
andn(U24.  .3.c). 


1  Gen.  13:15.        i  Ex.  3:10.        »I>t-3:fL        «I>t.4i35.       t|  Sam.  15:9.       •G«D.«:^ 
-133.26:7.       il>t.  1:U.       >  Both  1:9.        i*  Gen.  37:7.       ulSaiD.3:ll.       i3Zecb.»:7, 


36 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  U  30.. 


6.  a.  W^J^  (2:10)  =  "akhol   for    akhiil ;     {<y»  (2:10)  =  y6§e,  for  ya^e  > 

b*^^(l:26)  =  r6mes  for  rames  ;  35iD(2:13)  =  s6bhebh  for  sabhebh, 
h.  1!2N**  (1:3)  =y6'mer/or  ya'mer ;  ['?''lp^=  yiqqol  for  yiqqal  =  -qawal]. 

c.  D*n'?N*(l:l)="lolum;  nn  (6:9) ;  DVI;^  (3:22) ;  Dl'?:^' (26:31). 

d.  f]5'i;?»  (1 :20)  =  y''ophoph  ;  ICT'Dn*  (2:25)  =  yithbosasu. 

e.  ♦nbpn(6:18);  :]ra*C*,n  (28:15) ;  TOD  ;^  Hl^pp-^ 

7.  a.  DV  (l:5)  =  y6m/o;-  DVj  ^IH  (1:C)  =  th6kh/rom  Tjin* 

h.  w^ph  (4:2)  =  toseph  =  tawseph ;  H^'pin  (5:4) ;  [I'p'lJ  =  n'pi^]. 

c.  nn'?in  (2:4) /or  nn'?")n ;  nj;iQ  (1:14)/oj-  -f;;."iD. 

f?.  lr-P'7(l:ll)/oOnrp'7;  13(1:11);  1;?nr(l:ll);  riSpTN*  (12:8). 

6.  Naturally  long  6,  for  tbe  most  part  written  defectively,  is  in  many 
cases  only  the  obscuring  of  a  naturally  long  a  (§  30.  1).  This  is  the 
case : — 

a.  In  the  forms  of  the  Infinitive  Absolute  (§  70.  1.  I),  and  in  the 
Qal  Active  Participle  (?  71.  1.  a). 

h.  In  the  Qal  Imperfect  of  verbs  }<"5  (I  88.  1),  and  in  the  Niph'al 
of  verbs  r';;(§94.  I.e.  (2)). 

c.  In  a  large  number  of  nominal  formations  (§?  108,  109.). 

d.  In  so-called  Polel  (or  Po'el),  and  Hithpolel  (or  Hithpo'el)  forms. 

e.  In  the  separating  vowel  used  before  consonant  terminations  in 
the  Perfects  of  verbs  p'y  and  )'y  [U  86.  4,  94.  4). 

7.  There  is,  however,  a  second  naturally  long  6,  which  is  the  result  of 
the  contraction  of  au  or  aiv.     This  is  found  :— 

a.  In  a  large  number  of  V'J/  Segholatcs  (§  106.  2.  d), 

b.  In  the  Hiph'il  of  verbs  originally  V'D  (^  '^0.  3.  h);  also  in  Niph. 

c.  In  many  V'fi  nominal  formations  {H  llo,  116.). 

d.  In  the  contraction  of  ahu  =  6  (seldom  written  H)- 

Note  1. — Naturally  long  vowels  are  usuallj'  written  fully  (?  6.4.  N.  2  )^ 
and  are  thus  distinguished  from  tone-long  vowels.  There  are  many  cases, 
however,  in  which  the  distinction  can  be  determined  only  from  a  knowl- 
edge of  the  grammatical  form  in  which  the  vowel  stands. 

Note  2. — Naturally  long  vowels  are  iinchangeable.  The  exceptions- 
to  this  rule  are  so  few  as  scarcely  to  deserve  notice. 


>1  Sam.  22:23.       2Nahuml:14. 


g  31.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  37 

57.    Tone-Long  Vowels. 

1.  a.  DIN*  (1:26) ;  nHN  (1:5) ;  DHt  (2:11) ;  ph>'2^  (3:11) ;  HDV*  (2:5). 

-IT   T  TV  T   T  T      :     |T     T  ^T     :     " 

h.  ^^r\  whence  r]1n  (1:6);    nuy  (1:9);    nOn^  (1:26);    n;r?  (1:28) 
[cf.  n-ni;    NnS  (1:1);   N-)p  (1:10);    Nnp»  (1:5);    HpCT  (2:6); 

—  JT  T  -itIt  jt)  :    •  Jjt:      ■ 

•TH  (2:10). 

-IT  T 

c.  Nn-!1  (l:l)/or  J^-l!l;  n\X-n  (l:4)/or-)lNn;  T?'^  (l:6)/o?- TO^. 

JT        T  -IT  -  -IT  -         '^-    I  J-  T  ^_     )    .       _ 

D^^-Cr'  (l:l)/or  D*!:-t:';  Dp-!:  (l:0)/or  Dp!:;  D^-tr'  (l:14)/or 

•-I-  T  -J-  -  l-l  T  )  -  -I-         T 

D*JC^;"llN*-p(l:16)/o,--11N*!:;  '^yj  (l:16)/o;-'?lJ  ;  fDp(l:16) 
fbp;  n^nj^Sn  (3:7);  N^;^^  (2:23);  mi  (1:2);  D.p'?  (1:6); 
Dl^'n  (3:19). 

f?.  n'?::N*  (3:ii) ;  n^ir;^  (3:i4) ;  nnnj  (3:i2) ;  ^^r\'n  (3:ii) ;  r^'n^ 

T    :    It     T  T      -1-    "^T  T  J-    T  I     -I-        ■   •  T  -I  V  T 

n:^r]T)i^r\  (3:7) ;  n'?*':'  (i:5) ;  njbi;  (i3:i4);  na*  (i3:i4) ;  nr2'M 

T    :  I  J"T     •  T  :at  t  -I  t  tjt  t  -.a-  t 

(15:5). 

2. «.  ^;l^'7^Nn(3:l7)/o?•^-J-':5;)^^■rl;  'i:it3it:^'n(3:i5)/or^Tj-f|itr'r). 

&.  nn;^  (1:5);    N*::n(l:ll);    r"ir(l:ll);    ntDHIO  (1:2) ;    n'^TOD 
(1:16);  nLr';^(l:ll);   nWMl:26);   ,TnMl:29);  mtT  (2:5) ;  HB 

-IV  "^  -I.-  '^:|-  JV  :    •  JVT  -IV 

(cf.  4:11) ;  r^y^rspT)  ;-jNvp ;'  n:N*b'n  ^^fN^iP ;'  '^'^)^)l^-  (3:i7); 

rir}tr>{(3:17);  ^TD  (4:11) ;  nr(5:l)  =  ze;  ,1,^(4:10). 
c.  n;;:^  (9: 13, 14, 16);  Dn;^rr  (19:25,29);  -inN*(l:5);  Vnk^(9:22). 

I  T^T  |V  -1  ^T  |-.-  T     V  T     V 

A  short  vowel  (^^,  -^,  ~),  when  it  would  stand  in  close  proximity  to 
the  tone,  becomes  long,  a  becoming  a  or  e,  i  becoming  e,  ii  becoming  o. 
These  vowels  are  called,  from  their  origin,  ^one-long ;  and  the  change  is 
called  heightening  (§  36.  2).  The  a-class  has  two  tone-long  vowels  ;  the 
i-class  and  M-class  have  each  one. 

1.  Tone-long  a,  instead  of  an  original  a,  is  found : — 
a.  In  a  closed  ^o/ic-syllable, 

(1)  in  the  absolute  state  of  nouns  ; 

(2)  in  pause  [i  38.  1,  2). 
h.  In  an  open  ^j«e-syllable, 

(1)  in  a  few  Vj;  Segholates  [l  lOG.  2.  d) ; 

(2)  in  the  more  recent  feminine  ending  H (from  ath)(§  122. 2.  h) ; 

(3)  in  ^"^  and  ,1"'?  verbal  forms  [U  OS.  1,  100.  1.  a). 

1  Kuth  1 :3.       2  Kuth  1 :20.       3  Ruth  1 :9. 


38  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  31. 

c.  In  an  open  _?)?r^o?ic-syllable  ;  ahcnys,  except  as  indicated  in  §  32. 2. 

d.  In  an  open  jjos/^o/ic-sj'llable, 

(1)  in  the  case  of  the  pronominal  ending  Jl,  and  frequently  tlie 
suffixes  n  and  H. 

(2)  in  the  feminine  plural  termination  HJ,  and  the  old  accusative 
ending,  ,1-  {directive)  (2  121.  3.  h).  " 

2.  Tone-long  e,  instead  of  an  original  a,  is  found : — 

a.  In  a  closed  foif-syllable  :  in  the  demonstrative  syllable  J__.i 
h.  In  an  open  fone-syllable, 

(1)  in  rt-class  Segholates  (I  106.  1)  and  Segholate  formations  ; 

(2)  in  many  H"'?  verbal  and  nominal  forms  (?  100.  1.  h) ; 

(3)  in  ^"^  Impf's  and  Imv's  before  the  ending  nJ(?  98.  3.  c). 

(4)  in  pausal  forms  arising  out  of  —  (which  was  originally  — ). 

(5)  in  the  pronouns  ni;  («  52.  1.  a)  and  HD  (H^)  (§  54.  2.  d). 

c.  In  an  open  pretone-  (or  antejyretone-)  syllable,  before  a  guttural, 
with  T,  in  which  Daghes-forte  is  implied, 

(1)  in  the  case  of  the  Article  and  He  Interrogative  (§H5»  4,  46.3); 

(2)  in  nominal  forms. 

Note. — A  careful  distinction  must  be  made  between  the  heightened  e 
coming  from  a,  and  the  deflected  e,  coming  from  i ;  the  former  is  long, 
the  latter,  short. 

3.  a.  [p;  \:;2'7;  l^y];   TO^  (1:26);  rph  (2:14);   DDD  (2:11);  ?n» 

(1:17);  nPi  (4:12);  m  (4:42)  ;2  J<\f»  (4:16);  2^  (4:16);  DtT' 
(20:15);  tr"lp|  (2:3);  '7;i5»  (1:4);  f5^>  (3:24);  NgflH^  (3:8); 
r]yr\nD  (3:8);  fpr(19:4);  ^i^y  (3:15) ;  ^D  (15:1);  '^^j;  (17:14) ; 
D^:^' (15:16);  y^  {2:16)-  DC^' (2:11) ;  JIN  (1:1);  p  (1:7) ;  |5  (4:25); 

Y\:{-i:s). 

h.  aty^  (1:11);  nr;;;.  (2:18);  n|)p  (5:1);  ")VM6:5);  p;^.  (2:8). 
c.  ':5];D  (1:7);    fljl^P  (2:10);    ni^nri  (1:9);    N?fl(<  (3:10);   rj^H"!. 
(4:14);  H^H^  (1:24);  H^pJ  (1:27);   HD^nn  (2:21);   '^2^  (Dt. 

_jT  ■'    :  -IT  /••  :  JT    •■    ;    -  _jt  •* 

28:28);  ♦:itr'  (1:8);  ^J^f»  (4:16);  :3t!t^>1  (4:16) /or  ^t^^^  ;;i»  (4:17) 

/or  ]:y. 

4.  a.  "^TO  (1:18) ;  iW  (3:24) ;  J^hp  (4:26) ;  h^tr*  (2:2) ;  ijp»  (2:21); 

^nJtOp  (32:11);  ^fl'^b^  (30:8);  DIN*  (25:30);  T^^):-?  '?b  (1:30). 
1  Cf.  the  -  in  nan.       2  3  Kgs.       s  Lev.  13:3. 


I  32.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  39 

h.  inn  (1:2);    ihD   (1:2);    rpVl  (1:2);   "|p3  (1:5);    On^'  (2:12). 
c.   It^^ijl^  =  go-r'su  ;    T|i^*p2  =  u^^bto-rakh  ;   TjiDV^ 

3.  Tone-long  ^^,  instead  of  short  -^  or  "v,  is  found  : — 

a.  In  a  closed  ^o«e-syllable ;  always,  except  in  a  few  monosyllabic 
particles.    Worthy  of  notice  is  its  occurrence, 

(1)  in  the  Qal  Perfect  of  many  stative  verbs  [I  64.  2),  and  in  the 
Qal  Active  Participle  {I  71.  1.  a); 

(2)  in  the  Qal  Imperfect  and  Imperative  of  fflJ,  (§  84.  2.  R.  3), 
and  of  verbs  originally  V'^  [l  90.  2.  a)  ; 

(3)  in  Niph'al,  Pi'el,  Hiph'il  and  Hithpa'el  forms  in  which  the  i, 
whence  e  comes,  was  originally  a  [11  59.  1.  h,  60.  1.  h) ; 

(4)  in  many  monosyllabic  and  dissj'llabic  nominal  formations. 

h.  In  an  open  #o?ze-sj'llable ;  for  the  most  part  in  t-class  Segholates 
(§  106.  1.  h). 

c.  In  an  open  pretone  (or  ante-pretone)  syllable,  always  instead  of  i,  as 

(1)  when  a  Daghes-forte  is  rejected  from  a  guttural(?  42.  1.  a)  ; 

(2)  in  nominal  formations  ; 

(3)  in  the  preformative  of  the  Qal  Impf.  of  V'5  verbs  (§  90.  2.  a). 

4.  Tone-long  -^  (o),  instead  of  Xj  is  found  : — 

a.  In  a  closed  fo?ie-syllable.    Worthy  of  notice  is  its  occurrence, 

(1)  in  the  Qal  Infinitive  Construct,  Imperative,  and    Imperfect 
(§66.  R.  2); 

(2)  in  the  Qal  Perfect  of  a  few  stative  verbs  (?  64.  3) ; 

(3)  in  a  few  nominal  forms  [I  107.  1.  c). 

b.  In  an  open  ^one-syllable,  in  i^-class  Segholates  ; 

c.  In  an  open  p?'e^one-syllable,  always  instead  of  — . 

Note  1. — Tone-long  vowels  are  correctly  written  defectively ,  in  the 
later  language  the  incorrect/i/7Z  writing  is  frequent. 

Note  2. — The  tone-long  vowel,  arising  from  the  rejection  of  Daghes- 
forte  from  a  following  guttural,  is  unchangeable. 

32.    Tone-Short  Vowels. 

1.  a.  D^'T'TJI  (1:16)  from  ^1'}  ;  h'-\iiD  (1:16)  from  nlJ^'X:  ;  'IT^from 

h.  □n^c'-;;^ /or  Dn^tr-;;;  any }^' for  D^yy- 
c.  i;i-i-n  (4:25) /or  'iy-^Tf ;  ri*n'?i<-JVo/-  ri'^'^'N-Ji. 

-IT-:  -I-      T  I    -I-         -       :  I       ■    :    -      T 

1  Ex.  12:39.      2  Num.  22:6.      3  2  Sam.  7:29.      4  Ruth  1:8.      s  Ruth  2:16.      6  Ruth  3:13, 


40  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [I  32. 

2.  a.  nn'n  (1:2)  for  HiTH :    inC'*  (1:20)  for  1V-|tr»;   n^lT)  (3:16) 

T   :  It  jt  -  t  ;   :     •  -i  :     •  '   ;    I 

for  n'?n  ;   nilJ  (3:12)  /o;-  H^HJ. 

J T      :   |T  JT     -    T 

h.  );>p-\  {1:20)  from  ^^^p^ ;   ^^5  (1:2);   ♦JC^'  (1:16)  ♦t?';!  (4:10). 

c.   D^pl^y  (4:10) /w»i  p;?V;   *;;l;  (3:5) //-om  J^iV 

r?.  !r]'75NM2:17);    DD'?5NM3:5);    :|'7p(3:10);   ^Tj^lh^  (3:14) ;    ^;j;n_r 

(3:15). 

Remark.  —*J  originallj'  3 ;  *7  *^"S-  *? ;   3  orig.  3 ;  1  orig.  X 

3.  «.  nni-IN  (3:17);    D^H'T'N*  (1:1);  "Iti'l^  (1:7);    H.tSlN*  (2:6);   »^j;y 

T         -:  v:  •■     -:  t     t  -:  •  "r:|T 

&.  nnp'?  (2:23) /or  nnp'?;  ^'?3jr;2  inv'^xn-,^  n-i^rorj.^ 

t|t:|\  t|:    '-.  ••  -:  •  ■■-:|-     :  t'^t  t;  - 

^-  ^ri'?'?)7  (27:13);  DlDD^;^  O'^^lD;''  DH'^iD-' 

fZ.  ann  (2:12);  '7n:inb'\  (1:18);   nptr'l  (27:26);   '^IpV 

A  short  vowel,  or  a  tone-long  vowel,  becomes  a  half-vowel  when  it 
would  stand  in  an  open  syllable  at  a  distance  from  the  tone.  This  half- 
vowel  is  either  simjile  or  compound  S'wa.  It  is  called,  from  its  origin, 
tone-short;  and  the  change  is  called  volatilization  (§  36.  3).  The  tone- 
short  vowels  are  found  : — 

1.  In  what  would  be  the  mitepretone-syWahle, 

a.  In  the  inflection  of  nouns  (?  36.  3.  h). 

b.  Before  the  grave  termination  in  the  inflection  of  verbs  (?  63.  R.  4). 

c.  In  many  verbal  forms  to  which  a  pronominal  suffix  is  attached. 

2.  In  what  would  be  the  pre^ojie-syllable, 

a.  In  the  inflection  of  verbs,  before  H— ^  1  and  '> (§  36.  3.  o). 

t 

b.  In  the  formation  of  the  construct  state  of  nouns  (sg.  and  pi.). 

c.  In  the  nominal  inflection  of  participial  forms. 

d.  Before  the  suffixes  !ri,  DD  a»<l  Oi  when  attached  to  nouns  and  to 
certain  verbal  forms. 

Remark.  —  In  many  particles  which  originally  had  ^-,  there  is 
found  — ,  but  this  before  the  tone  often  becomes  ^r  (§§  47.  5,  49.  4). 

3.  The  simple  b'wa  (?  9.  1)  may  represent  the  tone-short  vowel-sound 
of  any  class.  But  the  compound  S'wa  (§  9.  2  )  has  three  distinct  forms^ 
one  for  each  class,  and  is  found : — 

a.  Chiefly  under  gutturals  (§  42.  3).    But  sometimes  also, 

b.  Under  a  letter  which  is,  or  should  be,  doubled. 

1  Ruth  1:2.     2Zoch.  4:12.     s  Judg.  16: 16.      JSKgs.  2:1.      5Deut.  33:2.      s  Ex.  37: 9, 
'Pb.  68:7.         «P9.  55:22. 


§  33,  34.]  BY  AN  IXDUCTIVE  3IETH0D.  41 

c.  Under  a  letter  which  is  followed  by  the  same  letter. 

d.  Under  a  letter  preceded  bj'  the  prefix  % 

Note  1. — The  terms  S'wa,  half -vowel,  tone-short  vowel  are  sj-n- 
onj'mous. 

Note  2. — The  tone-short  vowel  under  a  guttural  must  be  compound 
S'wa  ;  since  a  simple  S'wa  standing  under  a  guttural  is  alicays  a  syllable- 
divider. 

33.    The  A -Class  Vowels. 

In  accordance  with  the  foregoing  statements  [II  29.-32.)  it  is  seen  that 
the  A-class  or  guttural  class  of  vowels  includes  : — 

1.  The  pure  short ^^  (a),  from  which  are  derived  all  other  vowels  and 

half-vowels  of  this  class. 

2.  The  attenuated -^  (i),  arising  in  unaccented  closed,  and  especially 

sharpened,  syllables. 

3.  The  naturally  long  t'  (a),  which  has  come  from  the  contraction  of 
a-\-a,  or,  in  i^rimitive  Semitic,  from  compensative  lengthening,  or  from  a 
lengthening  characteristic  of  nominal  forms. 

4.  The  naturally  long  —  (6),  which  has  come  by  obscuration  from  a 
naturall}'  long  a. 

5.  The  tone-long ^r  (a),  which    has    arisen    from    an    original   a 

through  the  influence  of  the  tone. 

6.  The  tone-long ^r  (e),  which,  likewise,  comes  from  -^  through 

the  influence  of  the  tone. 

7.  The  tone-short —  ('),  which  is  a  volatilization  of  ^  or  — ,  through 

the  influence  of  the  tone. 

8.  The  tone-short ^r  (*),  which  occurs  instead  of  t  according  to 

the  usage  mentioned  in  I  32.  3.  a.-d. 

34.     The  I -Class  Vowels. 

In  accordance  with  the  foregoing  statements  (?§  29.-32.)  it  is  seen 
that  the  I-class  or  palatal  class  of  vowels  includes  : — 

1.  The  pure  short ^  (i),  now  found  chieflj'  in  unaccented  closed, 

and  especially  sharpened,  syllables,  and  from  which  are  derived  all  other 
vowels  and  half-vowels  of  this  class. 

2.  The  deflected —  (e),  occurring  chiefly  as  a  shortening  of  -^  (e), 

and  found  in  unaccented  closed  syllables. 

3.  The  naturally  long  ♦ (i),  from  iy  or  yi;  see  a,  I  33.  3. 

4.  The  naturally  long  ♦ (e),  which   is   diphthongal   in   its   character, 

coming,  as  it  always  does,  from  the  contraction  of  ai  or  ay. 


42  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [U  35.  36. 

5.  The  naturally  long  ^^{e),  see  ?  30.  5. 

6.  The  tone-long ~  (e),  which  has  come  from  an  original -^,  or 

T^,  through  the  influence  of  the  tone. 

7.  The  tone-short —  ('),  cf.  ?  33.  7. 

8.  The  tone-short —  {*),  occurring  instead  of  —  chiefly  under  gut- 
turals. 

35.  The  U -Class  Vowels. 

In  accordance  with  the  foregoing  statements  (§§  29.-32.),  it  is  seen  that 
the  U-class  or  Lahial  class  of  vowels  includes  : — 

1.  The  pure  short -\  (ii),  now  found  chiefly  in  sharpened  syllables, 

from  which  are  derived  all  other  vowels  and  half-vowels  of  this  class. 

2.  The  deflected t  (6),  found  chiefly  in  unaccented  closed  sylla- 
bles, and  most  frequently  as  the  shortening  of  o. 

3.  The  naturally  long  ^  (u),  from  wu  and  uw;  and  see  a,  ?  33.  3. 

4.  The  naturally  long  i  (6),  which  is  diphthongal  in  its  character,  com- 
ing, as  it  always  does,  from  the  contraction  of  au  or  aw.  [On  the  6  ob- 
scured from  a,  see  §  33.  4]. 

5.  The  tone-long —  (o),  which  has  arisen  from  an  original  Xi  or 

from  T  (o),  through  the  influence  of  the  tone. 

6.  The  tone-short —  ['),  see  I  33.  7. 

7.  The  tone-short "vr  (°),  occurring  instead  of  —  chiefly  under  gut- 
turals. 

Note.— Those  cases  of  ~  which  have  come  from  u  (see  I  29.  4.  N.  2.) 
are  worthy  of  note. 

36.  Changes  of  Vowels. 

1. «.  n'iN*rT-a>Mi:4);  t:'5r'7D(i:2i);  tr\s*-:irifM2:24) ;  Dtrn(4:i6). 
/'.  ■•in-;3N'?p(2:2)/romnD-kS'7,p;  in-:r'j<(2:24)/romnt^\x. 

c.  )n'n\:l\)  hut  ■i;r-|r  (1:11);  -IS-D  (5:1)  [hut  n-GDl;  dl"^  hut 
■'I!:-'7V(1:27). 
2.  a.  TNn{l:15)^r-)nN*n;  inn  (4:25) /o/'i-Jinn;  ♦'?N(4:10). 

•    T  •   :    -  T  ":  _  ^  _    .. 

h.  1(^1^T\  (1:1);  Tli^n  (1:4);  ;^;pnrr  (1:7);  HNinni  (1:9) ;  ^").5»  (1:22). 

c.  arS'Z  (1:1);  Nnp»  (1:5);  A^np  (17:10);  ^jlNnin  (6:7). 

TT  T|:   •  T        jt|t  •        jt  t 

d.  QrpS(l:6);  D^OIT' (1:17) ;  n!:VM2:5);  nHN  (3:11). 


g  36.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  43 

3.  a.  p^'  hut  1\f-|^'  (1:21);  ^"2^  (2:16)  hut  t>'2^T\  (3:1);  \r\0\  (1:20); 
I'pn  hut  n'pn  (3:16);  -3'in!^««"inn'lM4:8);  OnnM4:14). 

h.  D^;|)Z''*«^;55(i:2);  ;;^p"i^'»<j;^pn(i:20);  [D5'?i«o5'7];  '?i^^ 

hut  Q'"?-!"!  (1:16);  llND  Z'"^  illND  (1:16);  "ib'^  /-'"^  nt:^3  (2:23). 

;  T  :  T     T  •  T      : 

In  the  formation  of  stems  and  the  inflection  of  words,  the  following 
vowel-changes  occur : — 

1.  Sliortening  takes  place, 

a.  When  an  accented  closed  syllable,  containing  a  tone-long  vowel, 
loses  its  tone. 

h.  When  an  unaccented  open  syllable,  containing  a  tone-long  vowel, 
becomes  closed. 

c.  When  the  accented  open  syllable  of  a  Segholate  becomes  unac- 
cented closed. 

Note. — Here  a  and  e  become  a  ;  e  and  o  become  e  and  6  in  closed,  but 
i  and  u  in  sharpened  syllables  (?  28.  2.  3). 

2.  ITetghtening^  takes  place, 

a.  When  an  unaccented  closed  syllable  hecomes  ojyen.'^ 
h.  When  a  following  Daghes-forte  has  been  rejected  from  a  guttural 
(?  42.  1.  a). 

c.  When  a  following  weak  consonant  loses  its  consonantal  character 
and  hecomes  quiescent. 

d.  When  a  short  vowel  comes  to  stand  in  pause  (?  38.  1,  2). 
Note. — Here  a  becomes  a  or  e  ;  i  and  e,  e  ;  ii  and  o,  o. 

3.  Volatilization^  takes  place  : — 

a.  Of  an  ultimate  ~^  (a),  "^  (e),  -^  (o),  when,  in  the  inflection  of 
verbs,  these  vowels  no  longer  stand  with  the  tone  ;  as  when  personal  ter- 
minations consisting  of  a  vowel,  or  pronominal  suffixes  connected  by  a 
vowel,  are  added. 

h.  Of  a  penultimate  t"  (a)  and  ^^  (e),  when,  in  inflection  of  nouns, 
these  vowels  no  longer  stand  immediately  before  the  tone,  as  in  the  for- 


1  Heightening  is  a  mechanical  strengthening  of  a  vowel-sound  by  the  introduction 
of  a  foreign  element,  viz.,  an  a-sound ;  it  is  seen  in  the  German  Manii,  Macnner,  English 
man,  men.  One  may  also  compare  the  Latin  facio,  feci;  the  Greek  and  Latin  Trapd 
and  per,  {ipaxvi  and  brevis;  and  the  Greek  erpanuv,  but  Tpimo. 

2  Cf.  the  Latin  ablative  ending  a  for  at. 

3  Cf.  heaven,  pronounced  hev'n,  but  Anglo-Saxon /leo/oii;  even,  pronounced  ev'n, 
but  Anglo-Saxon  efen,  Old  Saxon  ehhan.  Also  the  initial  a  in  America,  when  the  word 
is  pronounced  hurriedly. 


44  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  36. 

niation  of  the  construct  state,  wlien  teniiinations  of  gender  and  number 
are  appended,  and  wlien  pronominal  suffixes  are  added. 

>'ote  1.— Herein  consists  the  great  difference  between  verbal  and 
nominal  inflection,  that  in  verbal,  the  ultimate  vowel,  in  nominal,  the 
penultim'ate  vowel  is  changed. 

Note  2. — In  some  verbal  forms,  the  vowel  of  whose  ultima  is  un- 
changeable, the  penultimate  vowel  is  volatilized. 

Note  3. — In  some  nominal  forms,  the  vowel  cf  whose  penultima  is 
unchangeable,  the  ultimate  vowel  is  volatilized. 

Note  4. — Onb'  short  or  tone-long  vowels  standing  in  an  open  sjllable 
may  be  volatilized. 

4.  a.  ri^iy^,   (2:2)  originally  '^>;    topi  originally  'pj];    '7n'2n  hut 
Hnan  (1:18). 
h.  [Spp,  hut  ytSp*];  tr'ip  hut  t:np^  (2:3);  r\2'  hut  TO.2 

c.  !n»nn'?^3;  D3Di(9:5)/orDD!:i;  nni  (24:30) /o.nni. 
5.  a.  i5;£)n;4  n'7DiNt(i:29)/orn'7:?N;  tepn/«/-'7ppn]. 

6.  a.  riN  ('^•'^^').  ■i>*  (4:1);  nriN*  (6:18)  ^  Dp^  =  Dp^^=  Dp.*  (4:15). 

7.  a.  r\Tt:h  (1:24)  M  r\TD^  ;    "l^  (4:12)  =  nadh  for  na-adh  for  nawiidh. 

T      •    :  T  T      •     :  T 

h.  »nn.  (1:6)  for  ♦nn  =  wYy-hty  ;  IPin  (1:2)  for  iriil  =-  thohiiw. 
c.  f5  (1:4) /or  J'5  =  bay(i)n;  Dt  (l:5)/or  DV  =yawm  ;  M'?  (1:11) 
for  in^D'?;  13  {l-n)for  ina  etc.,  etc. 

-IT      •    :  T 

8.  a.  '?pp  for  qa-tal  for  qa-ta-la  =  'T'Dp  '■>   cf.  ''!^'jlD'p  for  qf.-ta-la-ni ; 

7l3P*  for  yaq-tiil  for  yaq-tii-lu ;   cf.  *^7pp^  for  yaq-t'le-ni ;  -e-ni 
here,  =  -i-ni  =  -u-ni.   0)0  for  susii  {nom.),  or  susii  {ace),  or  susi  [gen.). 
h.  \*lMl:3)/or,Tn^  trj;Ml:7)/(»- nt^I^;.;  kVlMl:4)/ornNn\ 

4.  Attemiatloifi  of  ~^  (a)  to  -^  (i)  has  taken  place,  -^ 

a.  In  closed  syllables  containing  preformatives :  as  in  the  Qal  Im- 
perfect, the  Niph'al  and  Iliph'il  Perfects. 

h.  In  sharpened  syllables  :  as  in  the  Pi'el  Perfect,  and  various  nom- 
inal formations. 


1  Ex.  2:1.       2  Ruth  2:8.        3Ps.2:7.       •iPs.  1:2. 

t>Ci.aang,  einu;   tango,  attinfjo;  daKTv/.og  and  digitus ;  facilis,  difflcilis. 


§  366.] 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  >tETnOD. 


45 


c.  In  closed  and  half-open  syllables  wliicli  have  lost  the  tone,  es- 
pecially in  the  construct  plural  of  nouns  and  before  grave  suffixes. 

5.  Deflect lon^  of  "^  (i)  to  e,  and  of  ~  (ii)  to  o  often  takes  place, 
a.  When  they  would  stand  in  an  unaccented  closed  syllable. 

Ii.  When  they  would  stand  before  a  guttural  in  a  closed  or  half-open 
syllable.        i 

6.  Sliarpening  of  —  (e)  and  of  ~  (o)  to  their  original  -^  (i)  and  —  (ii) 
takes  place, 

a.  Especially  when  they  would  stand  in  a  sharpened  syllable. 

7.  Lengthening  (or  contraction)  takes  place, 

a.  When  two  similar  vowels,  generally  by  the  dropping  of  a  consonant, 
come  together. 

Jj.  When  a  vowel  and  a  semi-vowel  come  together ;  then  i-\-y  =  i, 
u-\-w  =  u. 

c.  When  a  or  a  is  followed  by  i  or  y,  or  by  ii  or  w ;  then  a-\'i  or  y 
=^e,  a-\-u  or  iv  =  o. 

8.  Loss  of  a  vowel  takes  place,  in  the  case  of 

a.  The  original  final  short  vowel  in  all  nominal  and  verbal  forms. 

I).  Certain  final  vowels  in  apocopated  forms  (§  100.  5). 

Note. — In  the  original  Semitic  all  forms,  except  the  Imv.  and  the 
Perf.  3  f.  sg.,  ended  in  a  vowel;  but  in  Hebrew  all  these  final  vowels,  when 
short,  have  fallen  away,  except  when  protected  by  a  suffix,  in  which  case 
they  still  exist  under  the  incorrect  name  of  connecting  vowel. 


86b.     Tables  of  Vowel-Changes. 

The  following  tables  will  present  to  the  eye  the  various  possible  vowel- 
changes  : — 

TABLE  I  . 

I :  I  c^:^ '■ i z'+i  or  i-{-y  or  y-\-i —  i 

ay...  .a-\-y =  ay 

"e  (i) . a-\-!.  or  a+y =  e  (i) 

^e a-\-y ==  e 

.  ___          '6 .  .  .  .  a-\-a =  6 

^a . . .  .  a-\-a =  a 

^aw  . .  .fi-\-iv =:  aw 

,0 . . . .  a+M  or  a-\-io =  6 

TJ U u. . .  Ai-\-u  or  u-\-io  or  ic-\-u =  u 

1  Cf.    mihi  and   meus;  bulbus  and  /?o/l/3of ;  nummus  and  v6/iog. 


46 


ELE3IENTS   OF   HEBREW  [?  37. 

TABLE    II. 

g        original  i  deflected  to e 

^         original  i  retained  as i 

g         original  i  heightened  to ie 

original  i  volatilized  to ' 

^ «         original  i  volatilized  to ' 

'a         attenuated  i  volatilized  to ' 

original  a  attenuated  to  i  which 
then  is  treated  like  an  original . . . .  i 

original  a  retained  as a 

original  a  heightened  to a 

original  a  heightened  to 6 

original  a  volatilized  to * 

original  a  volatilized  to * 

original  «  deflected  to 6 

original  u  retained  as u 

original  u  heightened  to 6 

original  u  volatilized  to ' 

orieinal  u  volatilized  to " 


37.    New  Vowels. 

1.  rp-l--l(l:14);  nnkVp-'7{l:15);  nJT3(l-26);  IlinT^  (1=26). 

■.■:|v  ^:|-  *:|-  •  t:|t 

2.  a.  anj^.(l:5);  N^""!  (1:11);  ;rnr(l:ll)-,  "Ip3(l:5);  Dj/S  (2:23). 

I.  risnnp  (1:2) /or  fiiDrnp ;  r\^p:2'o  (i:i6)  m  ri'p^'P?- 

c.  tri^n,  (1:7) /or  tri^n;  ^IMl— )/«'•  37''  pM2:22) /or  ^^V 

3.  im"inM4:8)/o;-!in;i"i,T;  [n'?L:;^j/o'-n'?D;^j]. 

Under  certain  circumstances  a  new  vowel  may  be  said  to  arise.  This 
takes  place, 

1.  At  the  beginning  of  a  word  when,  in  inflection  or  composition,  two 
S'was  would  come  together.  The  new  vowel  is  generally  ~:"  (i),  but  if 
either  S'wa  is  a  compound  one.  the  new  vowel  must  correspond  to  it. 

>'ote  1.— As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  insertion  of  a  new  vowel  is  only 
apparent,  since  in  these  cases  we  have  merely  the  retention  of  an  original 
vowel,  perhaps  attenuated  or  deflected. 


Ex.  11:8. 


?  38.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  47 

Note  2.— The  syllable,  thus  formed,  is  usually  a  half-open  syllable 
(§  26.  4). 

2.  At  the  end  of  a  word,^  when  two  S'was  would  come  together.  The 
new  vowel  in  this  case  is  generally  —  (e),  but  before  or  under  a  guttural 
it  is  -^.    The  most  common  instances  of  this  are, 

a.  The  large  class  of  nouns  called  Segholates  (§  106.). 

b.  A  class  of  feminine  formations  resembling  Segholates. 

c.  Certain  apocopated  verbal  forms  (?  100.  5). 

Note. — The  concurrence  of  two  vowelless  consonants  at  the  end 
of  a  word  is  admissible,  but  only  when  the  second  is  a  strong  consonant 
(p)  D)  or  ^^  aspirate.2 

3.  1)1  the  middle  of  a  loord,  when  a  compound  S'wa  comes  to  stand  before 
a  simple  S'wa.  The  former  is,  in  every  case,  changed  to  its  corresponding 
short  vowel. 

38.    Pause. 

1.  *i::»fi''3nM2:25);  in|lt];i{7:ll);  ^n'lDj;3(3:17);  :rintr'N  (3:17). 

2.  DrtDH  (1:2);   H'?^'?  (1:5);   U'W  (1:8);  n'7DN(3:ll);   n!:«;M2:5); 

;;nr  (1:29)  for  ^-^i  (= ;rnr) ;  '^^n  (4:2)  for  '^nn  (-  'pnn). 
3.  rrni<  (3:ii)/o.  nn^;  ^5is*  (3:io)/o;-  ^^is*. 

T   AT  -IT      -  •     J      T  J-  |T 

4.  JITtDn  (2:17);  hut  n!2n  (11:28);  and  nb^l  (5:5,  8,  11,  14, 17,  etc.). 

I        T  TJT-  I     T- 

The  iDause  at  the  end  of  a  verse  or  clause,  indicated  by  the  more  power- 
ful accents  [I  23.  3),  causes  certain  changes  : — 

1.  A  half -vowel  is  restored  to  its  original  vowel,  and  this,  if  short,  is 
heightened  and  accented. 

Note. — The  half-vowel  standing  before  the  suffix  H,  which  is  from 
"^,  becomes  e  (§  31.  2). 

2.  A  short  vowel  is  heightened  to  its  corresponding  tone-long.  The  -^ 
which  in  Segholates  has  already  been  heightened  to  e,  in  pause  becomes  ^r. 

3.  The  tone  is  frequently  shifted  from  the  ultima  to  the  penult. 

4.  The  tone  which,  in  apocopated  forms,  has  been  drawn  to  the  penult 
is  restored  to  the  ultima. 


1  Cf .  Peter  =  Petr  from  Petrus;  bible  (German,  Bibel)  =  bibl  from  biblia, 

2  Cf .  fact,  tacu 


48  ELEMENTS   OF   HEBREW  [U  39}  4rO. 

"\ni.    Eiiplioii;>-    of"  Consonants. 

89.    Assimilation. 

1.  nnnp  (1:T)  m  nnn-;!? ;  -'?3.p  i--^)  m  -'75-fp ;  o-ij^p  (2:8). 

fn*  (1:17) /o?-  fnr  ;  n?^  (2:7)/o/-  nS^*  ;  r^l'  (2:8)/or  ;?d^\ 

2.  ID^pi/oz-n^inp;  nn^n  (35:2);  n^^{(2:21)/or;;l-]^N. 

3.  npM2:15)/ornp'7*;  niPM^8:4) ;  p■^;«  (28:18) /or  pS*|\ 


Assimilation  of  the  final  consonant  of  a  closed  syllable  to  the  initial 
consonant  of  the  following  syllable  takes  place  : — 

1.  In  the  case  of  the  weak  J,  of  the  preposition  ?p  (§  48.  1),  and  of  the 
first  radical  of  verbs  ["£)  (§  84.  2). 

2.  In  the  case  of  jl  of  r\T\  (§  *>9«  5.  h)  and  rarely  of  "], 

3.  In  the  case  of  ':'  in 'HP'?  to  take  [I  84.  2.  R.  2)  and  » in  a  few  »"£3 
verbs  (§  90.  4). 

Remark. — The  letter  ^  is  not  assimilated  when  it  stands  (1)  in  an 
accented  syllable,  or  (2)  before  a  guttural  (except  H);  or  (3)  after  the 
preposition  7. 

Xote. — Assimilation  is  indicated  by  a  Daghes-forte  in  the  following 
consonant,  which,  however,  is  rejected  from  final  consonants  (§  14.  1). 

40.    Rejection. 

1.  a.  nna)  (4:12) ;  nHp]'?)  (4:11) ;  "Cfp)  (19:9) ;  nj<^(J)  (4:7). 
I.  n'Dbp)  (11:31) ;  r\y_y)  (2:9) ;  ^^IJ^)  (20:7) ;  prhi')  (4:2). 

c.  •i:nM42:ll)/or1Jr7>N5;  b'2^^ prohahly for'-)'^^r2^ 

2.  TlX'?(l:5)/.rniN*n'?;  '?inMl:7)/o;-'7lDn^  l'7DM2:l). 

3.  innn  (42:20)  t»<  nnnn  (3:3) ;  [nni;^  (i:2) ;  n\i  (2:io)/or  »^'^. 

T  )  :  ••  :  T  T  -  T 

The  consonants  most  liable  to  rejection  are  the  breathings  ^  and  pf, 
the  liquids  ^  and  J,  and  the  vowel-letters  ")  and  *>.  These  are  often  re- 
jected : — 

1.  From  the  beginning  of  a  word  when  there  is  no  vowel  beneath  to 
sustain  them  : 

a.  In  the  case  of  J  of  verbs  T't)  (?  84.  1)  and  of  ^  in  Hp'?  in  the 
Qal  Imv.  and  Infinitive  Construct. 

1  Num.  7:89.       2  In  Baer  and  Delitzsch's  Genesis,  pi"..       3  Ex.  25:8.       <  Num.  14:3. 
BE.V.  3:2.  ' 


M  41)  42.]  BY  AX  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  49 

h.  In  the  case  of  1  or  *  of  verbs  \'Q  in  the  same  forms, 
c.  In  a  few  isolated  cases. 

2.  From  the  middle  of  a  word  when  preceded  onlj^  bj'  a  S'wa. 

3.  From  the  end  of  a  word,  by  ordinary  attrition,  as  in  the  case  of  D 

and  7  of  the  plural  endings  Q^ and  p  ;  and  of  a  final  '>  in  verbs  Jl"'? 

(UOO.). 

Note  1. — On  the  rejection  of  X  and  Hj  see  also  §  43. 
Kote  2. — On  the  rejection  of  ")  and  *,  see  also  §  44. 

41.    Addition,  Transposition,  Commutation. 

h.  DNI^n  (2:4) ;  -Tj'pnrin  (6:9). 

z>.  "iVM2:8)/oovj;  D.^pvo'-D.ip;  nir;;"/o^i*it:^;j. 

1.  The  addition  of  a  letter  sometimes  takes  place  at  the  beginning  of  a 
word  to  avoid  harshness  in  pronunciation,  as  in  the  case  of 

a.  ^,  called  prosthetic,  when  used  in  the  formation  of  nouns. 
h.  H)  called  prosthetic,  when  used  as  a  prefix  in  the  formation  of 
Niph'al  and  Hithpa'el  stems. 

2.  The  transposition  of  letters,  of  frequent  occurrence  in  the  province 
of  the  lexicon,  occurs  in  the  grammar  only  in  the  case  of  JH  of  the  Hith- 
pa'el of  verbs  when  it  would  stand  before  a  sibilant. 

3.  The  commutation  of  letters,  of  frequent  occurrence  in  the  province 
of  the  lexicon,  occurs  in  the  grammar  in  the  case  of 

a.  jl  and  J3  in  the  Hithpa'el  stem. 

h.  1  and  ^  in  ^"5,  V'J^  and  H"'?  forms  (see  §  44.  1.  a — e). 

42.     The  Peculiarities  of  Gutturals. 

1-  «■  ;^'pin  (1:7);  n;)lNn  (1:25);  f]i;^n  (1:22);  nj^nni  (1:9). 

h.  n£)n"iq(i:2);  {^inn  (2:i2);  n;nn(i:2i);  ipma-A)\  ['?;;3]. 

2.  a.  NT1(1:4);  n'7IfM2:6);  IDJ^^  (2:5);  Ht^I^J  (1:26);  -^rj^M2:24). 
h.  n£)M2:7);  ;;t3M2:8);  HDV!  (2:9);  ;^T(4:25);  [n'O-pl 

1  Ex.  6:6.       2Jer.  33:21.       3  Lev.  2:3.       4  Gen.  14:13.       s  Deut.  2:3:19.       eMic.  6:16. 
1  Gen.  22:5.       8  Gen. 44:16.  9  Josh.  9:13.  lo  Ruth  4:7.  u  Ex.  3:16. 


50  ELEMENTS  OF  IIE15REW  [2  42r 

c.  -f!:nj  (2:9);  pm*  (41:56);  ^^npi'}  ^Z^H  (47:21). 
cL  111-1(1:2);  ^Tp^J^-^y,  j/pr^  d^lD;  j^ir  (1:29);  j;»p-)  (1:15). 
3.  a.  n'?Nu*-/'-o>»  Su'ala  ;  D\'1'?J<  (l:l)Ao»i 'ilah  ;  ''^fl^  from  holi. 
h.  1D1*(2:5);  nitTi*  (2:4);   itDN  (1:22);   n1\':7  (2:18);  cf.  nN"!.)  (12:2). 

nt:'rj(i:26);  n'?i?;_(2:6);  nt^jL^N* (2:18);  rp};^;*  [':'PJ^^^]. 

Remarks. -n^P'*  (2:2)   Z>»«  'DtJ^J,  (2:24) ;    "Tpn^  (2:9) ;    m^H^  for 

in:n.T (4:8);  yD};n' and ni^^yn'^ hut t\i*2V\^v 

The  gutturals,  in  the  order  of  their  strength  beginning  with  the  weakest^ 
arc  X-  ")•  ^:  ill  H-     They  have  the  following  peculiarities  : — 

1.  The}-  refuse  to  be  doubled  (i.  e.,  to  receive  Daghes-forte).    But  here 
a  distinction  must  be  made  between 

a.  X  and  "H,  which  entirelj^  reject  the  doubling,  and  require  the 
heightening  of  the  preceding  vowel  [l  36.  2.  h) ;  and 

h.  J/,  n,  and  n,  of  which  ^  sometimes,  H  and  H  nearly  always, re- 
ceive a  so-called  DagheS-forte  implied,  and  allow  a  preceding  vowel  to 
remain  short  in  a  half-open  syllable  [I  26.  4). 

Note  1. — On  the  heightening  to  e  of  a  when  standing  before  a  gut- 
tural, with  —  (a)  or  tt  (°),  in  which  Daghes-forte  is  implied,  see  I  31.  2.c 

2.  They  take,  particularly  before  them,  the  guttural  or  a-vowels  ;  hence 
a.  The  vowel  ^^  (a)  is  chosen  instead  of  ~^  (i)  or  t  (e),  especiallj'- 

when  a  was  the  original  vowel. 

h.  The  vowel  -^  (a)  is  chosen  instead  of  -^  (e)  or  -^  (o),  especially 
when  a  was  a  collateral  form. 

c.  The  vowel  ~  (e),  arising  by  depression  from  an  attenuated  ~^  (i), 
is  often  chosen  instead  of  -^  (a),  for  the  sake  of  dissimilarity. 

d.  The  vowel  ^^  steals  in  between  a  heterogeneous  long  vowel  and  a 
final  guttural  as  an  aid  in  pronunciation.  This  ~^  is  called  V&i\iSi\-furtive; 
it  is  a  mere  transition-sound  and  does  not  make  a  syllable.  It  disappears 
when  the  guttural  ceases  to  be  final. 

Note  1. — The  letter  "I  (1)  does  not  receive  Daghes-forte,  and  (2)  often 
shows  a  preference  for  -^,  and  is  consequently  classed  with  the  gutturals. 

Note  2. — A  final  {<{  is  not  a  consonant,  nor  is  final  H)  unless  it  con- 
tain Mappiq  (§  16.  1). 

3.  They  have  a  decided  preference  for  compound  S'wa.    Hence  there 
is  found  under  gutturals 


iDt.  23:23.       2  Ex.  3:22.       a  Dt.  28:61.      ■<  Ruth  2:12.       &  Num.  5:18,  30.       eps.  31:9, 
'Num. 3:6;  8:13. 


?  43.]  BY  AN  IXDUCTIVli  METHOD.  51 

a.  A  compound  S'wa,  rather  than  a  simple  S'wa,  in  the  place  of  an 
original  vowel ;  and  in  this  case  the  compound  S'wa  of  the  class  to  which 
the  original  vowel  belonged,  is  used. 

h.  An  inserted  compound  S'wa  for  facilitating  the  pronunciation  ;  and 
here       (1)  an  initial  guttural  takes  — ,  except  in  the  case  of  }<,  and  of  ,1 
and  n  in  the  verbs  H^H  and  ,1*11,  which  prefer  — . 
(2)  a  medial  guttural  takes  that  S'wa  which  corresponds  to  the  pre- 
ceding vowel. 

Remark  1.— Thus  where  in  strong  forms  there  is  found  a  closed 
syllable,  in  guttural  forms,  there  is  often  found  a  half-open  syllable. 

Remark  2.— Under  the  strong  gutturals,  especially  fl,  the  use  of 
the  compound  S'wa  for  the  facilitation  of  pronunciation  is  not  so  usual. 

Remark  3. — "When  a  compound  S'wa  comes  to  stand  before  a  simple 
S'wa,  the  former  is  always  changed  to  a  vowel  [l  37.  3). 

Remark  4. — The  combination  ttt^  often  becomes  -^rp-,  when  re- 
moved to  a  distance  from  the  tone. 

43.    The  Weakness  of  n  and  n. 

1.  a.  J^n^  (1:1);  J^ip  (1:5);  K")p»  (1:5);  N*y,p  (2:20);  ^^V1il  (1:24). 

h.  iTjr'kS"!  (1:1)  for  iT^N");    D*CW  (2:10)/or  D^t^W ;  nN")n'7 
(15:10) /or  njSt"lp'7  ;   itDK'?  (l:22)/oriDN|7;   D^H'^NS  (3:5)/or 

n'rii^;^ ;  npN*  [i:i)for  i!dn*\ 

Remarks.-}<T1  (1:4);    Npfl  ;i    b^i<  (3:12)  for  '?DJ<K ;  jl^^T /or 

2.  a.  -llJ<'?(l:5)/or-)1XnS;  ^TJl  [l^  for 'Tprypb  \  DT^5  (1:18). 
6.  '?'7.;i!  (1:7) /or  'l'-\:2n\ ;  HNIp  (l:9)/or  ^^^1^^ 

c.  lrD'7(l:n)/orinrO'?;  13  (1:11) /or  1,13;   1]!?^  (2:3)/or  inDN*. 

■    :  T      •    :  T  jT 

The  letters  }>}  and  ,1,  being  exceedingly  weak,  not  only  occasion  change, 
but  likewise  suffer  change  : 

1.  Ji{  loses  its  consonantal  power  and  is  said  to  quiesce  or  to  he  silent: 
a.  Always,  when  it  stands  at  the  end  of  a  word ;   here  belong  all 
forms  of  a  ^"/  character. 

I).  Often,  when  it  stands  in  the  middle  of  a  word  ;  as, 

(1)  when  a  preceding  vowelless  consonant  steals  its  vowel ; 

(2)  when  a  preceding  short  vowel  absorbs  its  compound  S'wa. 

iDeut.  13:9.       2Deut.  11:12. 


62  ELEIVEENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  44^ 

Remark  1. — A  final  ^f,  preceded  by  a  simple  S'wa  is  termed  otiant. 
Remark  2. — A  quiescent  }<  is  frequently  elided  from  the  middle  of 
a  word. 

2.  n  almost  never  loses  its  power  at  the  end  of  a  word.  It  is  always 
distinguished  from  the  vowel-letter  H  by  the  presence  of  a  Mappiq 
{1 16.  1).    But  on  account  of  its  weakness  it  is  often  entirely  lost : 

a.  In  the  case  of  the  article  after  an  inseparable  preposition  (H"«  4), 

h.  In  Niph'al,  Hiph'il,  Hoph'al  and  Hithpa'el  verbal  forms  after  a 
preformative  of  gender  or  person. 

c.  From  between  two  vowels,  which  then  contract. 

Note. — The  jl  of  H"'?  verbs  and  nouns  (§  100.)  is  aZw;a?/s  a  vowel- 
letter  and  has  no  connection  with  the  H  here  considered. 

44.    The  Weakness  of  1  and  \ 

1.  a.  nS^  (4:23) /or  n':?1  (cf.  "l':?!  11:30) ;     DCJ^*  [in  '2W''  (4:16)]  for  '^tlfV 

'.J-.-  V-IV  T    T  "     T  '.J'  -     T 

h.  D.^pi ;  •n'p^T-  ^««  cf.  r*11iin  (45:1). 

c.  ntr;;^ ;  rs'p^ifor  n'^i^^ifor  T})P)l  ■  p3-)\4 

d.  fg^>M2:21)/orf^V;  nV;M2:7)/or  nVV. 

c.  N^an  (4:4)  for  N^^JH  for  J^i;:.'! ;  "l^NH  (1:17)  for  ysi^'n, 

2.  «•  n;;jl(3:22)/or;;i1;  K^  (8:16)/or  NV]  I  NV!  (4:16) /or  N^VV. 

^-  11^^  (41:32)  =  nakhon  =  nakhan  =  nakhan  /or  nakh-wan  =  pD^»^ 

DlpO  ( 1 :9)  =  maq 6m  =  maqam  =  maqam /or  maqwam  =  Q^p^, 
c.  nC^  (4:25)  =  sath /or  sa-yath  ;  "1^  (4:14)  =  nadh /or  nawadh. 

T  T 

I'^D*  (2:1)  =  y'khiillu/or  y'khulPwu  ;  11[p»  (1:9) /or  Tn[p\ 
<^.  n*n  (2:10)  =  haya /or  hayawa  ;  Ii'T'X^*  (2:6)  =  ya'le /or  ya lawu. 

T  T  V    -:|- 

'n'D'^7}  (2:6)  =  hisqa /or  hasqawa  ;  iVTV  (1 :29)  =  yihye  for  yahyawii. 

The  semi-vowels,  or  vowel-consonants,  1  and  ^  occasion  a  very  large 
number  of  changes  : — 

1.   Commutation  of)  into  *  takes  place, 

a.  Almost  always  at  the  beginning  of  a  word,  the  exceptions  being 
very  few. 

h.  Frequently  in  the  Pi'el  of  1"^  verbs,  and  generally  in  V'fi  verbs 
after  ilH  of  the  Ilithpa'el. 


1  Ruth  4:7.       2  Num.  1:18       a  Ex.  3:16.       4  0001.8:13. 


§  44.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  63 

c.  Whenever  it  is  retained  as  the  third  radical  in  verbs  H"'?)  both 
when  final  and  when  medial  (^  100.  3). 

d.  When  it  would  follow  i  in  a  closed  syllable,  as  in  the  Qal  Imper- 
fect of  verbs  V'^  which  have  a  *"5  treatment  [l  90.  2.  h). 

e.  When  it  would  be  followed  by  i  in  a  closed  syllable  as  in  Hiph'il 
forms  of  verbs  V';^  (94.  1.  b). 

Note. — Commutation  of  *  into  1  is  of  rare  occurrence. 
2.  Elision  takes  place, 

a.  Of  an  initial  1  when  supported  only  by  S'wa,  as  in  certain  V'£) 
Inf's  Construct  and  Imv's  (§  90.  2.  a)  ;  and  also  when  in  the  Qal  Impf. 
the  \  following  i,  does  not  go  over  to  *,  according  to  §  44.  1.  d. 

h.  Of  a  medial  1  and  ^,  whenever,  following  a  consonant,  they  precede 
the  vowel  a  [I  94.  1.  c.  (2) ) ;  in  this  case  the  a  becomes  in  comi^ensation 
a,  and  this,  6 ;  as  in  the  V'^  and  ''"^  Niph'al  and  nominal  forms. 

c.  Of  a  medial  1  and  *,  whenever  they  stand  between  two  vowels,  or 
between  a  half -vowel  and  a  vowel. 

d.  Of  a  final  1  and  ♦  in  verbs  called  H"/,  the  original  vowel  fol- 
lowing them  having  been  previously  lost ;  in  this  case  the  vowel  preced- 
ing, nearly  always  a,  is  heightened  to  a  in  Perfects,  to  e  in  Imperfects 
and  Participles  (see  for  details,  ?  100.  1-3). 

3.  a.  r]ln  (1:6) /or  ^iri;  f»5(l:4)/orf»5;  n»5  (12:15) /or  fl^^. 

;r-I1J  (41:21);  ^^1^  (1:11)  for  J^vjil  I  M^H  (4:7)/or  n^D^n. 
^?W^  ''  ^!v'^  (3:14) /or  hay-yay-ka  ;  r\'Qi^  (3:19). 

b.  nt^JL^  (6:14)  =  '*se/or  '>\^^  ;  »J|)  (1:2)  -  p'ne /or  ^^Q, 

c.  -ipi.T/orlpin;  f;r'»M2:21) /or  f^l^^f^'V;  nV^M2:7) /or  ^if^^ 
Dip  (13:17) /o^-pp! 

d.  !l')JJ^'n(3:19)/ortas-wiibh;  Dipf  =  Dip!  =  D.lp!- 
D^trn  (6:16) /or  tas-yim  ;  D^pD  (9:9)  =  D^.p  =  D"lp,p. 

4.  a.  pni  (1:4);  IJ^'^QI  (1:22);  Hipp'?'!  (1:10);  nDp^l  (1:27). 

h.  irin  (i:2)/or^;7n;*  ^nm'm■.'i)for^r^m'  (n),rrw>). 
c.  vn;fpir¥/orin'n-;  r|)NM2:7) /or  in|3N*;  v^|)(4:5). 

5.  a.  l'?^  (4:26) ;  ;;T  (4:1) ;  "1^^  (4:18) ;  'Ti''  (2:8) ;  Hp^  (1:9). 

^      -T  -T  |TT  It  • 

h.  ^iti^J/  ;^  ^IJ  -^  see  also  the  cases  under  4.  c,  above, 
c.  n'7lM4:18)  ;  nin  (3:20) ;  '>r\t>0^^ 


iDeut.  1:44.       2  Ezra  3:11.       3  Ex.  21:19. 

i  It  may  be  said  that  in  this  case  a  helping  -  is  inserted  (§  30.  3.  h). 

sDeut.  1:17.       6  Ex.  3:16.       ^Deut.  4:7.       s  Job  3:26. 


54  KLEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [2  44. 

3.  Contraction  takes  j^lace, 

a.  Of  ")  or  ♦  witli  a  preceding  a,  when  a  consonant  follows,  as 

(1)  in  y'X"  and  ^'y  Segholates  (§  106.  2.  J); 

(2)  in  the  V'3  Niph'al  and  Hiph'il  (^  90.  3.  i),  and  the  V'ij  Hiph'il 
(?02.  2); 

(3)  before  ,1^  in  H"'?  Imperfects  and  Imv's,  and  before  T|  and  |1 
in  plural  of  nouns  (?  30.  5) ;  here  ay  gives  »__  (e). 

h.  Of  1  or  ♦  with  a  preceding  a,  when  a  consonant  does  not  follow,  as 

(1)  in  the  Imperative  of  verbs  H"'?  (?  100.  1./); 

(2)  in  the  Construct  plural  ending  *_  (=  ay)  (§  124.  4). 

c.  Of  1  or  *  with  a  preceding  u  or  i  respectively,  when  a  consonant 
follows,  as 

(1)  in  the  T'fi  Hoph'al  (?  90.  3.  c),  and  by  analogy  the  V')^  and 
^'y  Hoph  als; 

(2)  in  the  Qal  Imperfect  of  verbs  ^"^  (§  92.  1),  and  of  those  verbs 
V'£3  whose  1  becomes  » (§  90.  2.  h); 

(3)  in  the  Qal  Inf.  const,  and  Imv.  of  verbs  \y  (g  94.  1.  a.  (1)) 
and  yy  (§  96.  1). 

d.  Of  1  or  ^  with  a  following  u  or  i  respectively,  when  a  consonant 
follows,  as 

(1)  in  the  Qal  Imperfect  of  verbs  V';;  (?  94.  1.  a.  (1)); 

(2)  in  the  Qal  Imperfect  of  verbs  ^'y  (?  96.  1)  and  in  the  Hiph'il 
of  verbs  yy  {§  94.  1.  h). 

4.  Vocalization  of  *\  to  ^  takes  place, 

a.  At  the  beginning  of  a  word  in  the  case  of  the  conjunction  ^  (§  49. 2). 
h.  At  the  end  of  a  word,  whenever  *1  would  be  preceded  by  a  con- 
sonant, as 

(1)  in  the  case  of  H"'?  (or  V'^)  Segholates  (?  106.  2.  e); 

(2)  in  certain  apocopated  verbal  forms.     But 

c.  The  reverse  takes  place,  viz.,  change  of  ^  to  1,  especially  in  the 
case  of  the  suffix  Ipf,  when  it  is  attached 

(1)  to  verbal  forms  ending  in  a  vowel,  and 

(2)  to  the  plural  ending  used  before  suffixes,  viz.,  *__,  of  which, 
however,  the  *  is  lost  (being  only  orthographically  retained), 
and  the  a  heightened  to  a  (§  127.). 

5.  The  consonantal  force  of  ^  or  ^  is  retained, 

a.  When  as  radicals  they  stand  at  the  beginning  of  sj'Uables. 
h.  When  a  heterogeneous  vowel,  except  a,  precedes. 
c.  When  they  would  receive  Daghes-forte  (?  90.  3.  a),  and  in  a  few 
exceptional  cases. 


PART  SECOND-ETYMOLOGY. 


"Vnr.     Xnsepai'able    Pai'ticles. 

45.     The  Article. 

1.  D\t:tr'n  (i:i) ;  d^dh  (1:2)  ;  n:r':n\*i  (i:9) ;  nvn  (i:i4) ;  rii'^iri  (i:i4). 

•J-     T        -  'IT     -  T       T -  T    :AT    - 

2.  rpm  (1:4) ;  H^m  (1:21) ;  D^'^Hp  (2:9);  J^inH  (2:12);  Tj^np  (2:14). 
3-  p.N*n  (1:1) ;  niN*n  (1:4) ;  ;;p-in  (1:7) ;  f]1;^n  (1:22) ;  J^j;n  (1:29). 

4.  jnp  ;^  prnp  ;^  onnn  -  ponp  -  pijp  ?  p^n.^ 

Remark  l.-Hl'^^^^n^/^r  ni'^rtDH ;  HiNNT/o^-  ni?^\n. 

;-;-  :-;-  tj:-  tj:- 

Remark  2.-pXn(l:l)/orpNn;  '^'Hrt  for  ^'HT^  \  Drn^V'o/- D^^H. 

I        -.-IT     T  I       ■.•-!■.•    T  TT  ~~  TT  '^T 

Remark  S.-^N'?  (1:5) /or  IINH+'p  ;  ^mb  (l:5)/or  r|tr'nn+'7. 

The  Article  was  originally  '^jl,  but  the  ^  is  always  assimilated  (?  39.) ; 
hence, 

1.  The  usual  form  of  the  Article  is  H  with  a  Daghes-forte  in  the 
following  letter *T} 

2.  Before  the  strong  gutturals  H  and  (1  which  may  be  doubled 

by  implication  {?  42.  1.  &),  it  is H 

3.  Before  the  weak  gutturals  J«{  and  1,  and  generally  before  ^, 
which  cannot  be  doubled  [l  42.  1.  a),  —  is  heightened  to  — PT 

T 

4.  Before  H,  and  before  an  unaccented  H,  V,  the  ^  is  heightened 

to  —  (e)  (§  31.  2.  c),  for  the  sake  of  dissimilarity H 

Remark  1. — The  Dagheis-forte  of  the  Article  may  of  course  be  omit- 
ted from  vowelless  consonants  (§  14.  2). 

Remark  2.— The  words  for  earth,  mountain,  people  irregularly  change 
their  vowel  after  the  Article. 

Remark  3. — The  H  of  the  Article  is  elided  after  the  prepositions  3, 

3,  b  (?  43.  2.  a),  and  the  vowel  is  given  to  the  preposition. 

UKgs.  8:65.  2  Num.  13:18.  3  Gen.  7:19.  -118301.4:14.  b1  Sam.  25:24. 

6  Ex.  13:22.       i  Ex.  1:19.  s  Ex.  1:23.  s  Ex.  3:12.  i«  Gen.  14:16. 


58  ELEMENTS   OF  HEBREW  [U  46,  4.7. 

46.    He  Interrogative. 

1.  (?)  n'?;)N*-  •  •  ■]y.r\-]*2r\  oiid;  (?) »±x  ^hn*  '^r2'^*n  (4:9). 

2.  (?)  ^p'\v-nN  ^nnp  D>!pn  ooiis);  (?)  nc>*  rp  ^n.^'^pi  ^^stp.^ 

3.  n::xn ;-  nn\-in  ;=^  (?)  i'?v  nut^  nxt:  n'^n  (it:17). 

-TV  T    :  |T     V  ••    T-  T  T  T     ••         I  V    . 

In  direct,  and  likewise  indirect,  interrogation,  a  particle  is  used  called 
He  Interrogative : — 

1.  It  is  usually  written  with  Hateph  Pathah H 

2.  Before  vowelless  consonants,  and  gutturals,  it  is  written H 

3.  Before  gutturals  with  — ,  it  is  written  (2  31.  2.  c) Jl 

while  rarely,  especially  with  letters  which  have  simple  S'wa,  it  is 

written  with  Daghes-forte  separative  (§  15.  4) -Tl 

Note.— The  syllable  formed,  when  the  pointing  is—,  is  the  half-open 
syllable,  and  the  following  S'wa  is  always  vocal  (§  26.  4). 

•f 

47.    The  Inseparable  Prepositions. 

1.  DTN^?  (1:1);  niri5  (1:6);  M'?  (1:11);  '7n^n'7  (i:i4);  h™"? 

(1:14). 
2-  ^;pi?  (1:14) ;  nnlN*p'7  (1:15) ;  '^tr'p'?  (1:18) ;  II^ID"!?  (1:26). 

3.  nitr;;'?  (2:3) ;  ID;^'?  (2:5) ;  inks'? /or  "IDN'?  (1:22) ;  nHp.' 

4.  -|'1N"7  (1:5) ;  r^m^y  (1:5) ;  ^^^p^iy  d  :7) ;  n^'D^"?  (1:10) ;  Dl^5  (1:18). 

5.  D*5'?  (1:6) ;  D^b  (1:29) ;  n;^!':?  (3:22) ;  nnp"?  (4:11). 
Remark  I.-'^IN*"?  (18:30,  32) ;  D^H'^ND  (3:5) ;  D^H'^K'?  (17:7, 8). 
Remark  2.— nlH''?  (4:3) /or  ^i'^iO  ;  l^ropcr  writing  ^^^\^b' 

Three  prepositions,  3,  3,  7,  are  always  prefixed  to  the  words  which 
they  govern.  Their  vowel  was,  originally,  ^^;  but  now,  they  are  found 
written : — 

1.  Ordinarily,  with  simple  §'wa T 

2.  Before  consonants  having  simple  S'wa,  with  -^  (§  37.  1) -^ 

3.  Before  gutturals  having  compound  S'wa,  with  the  correspond- 
ing short  vowel  (?  37. 1) ^^,  ~,  ~  (o) 

4.  Before  the  Article,  with  the  vowel  of  the  Article, -^or  ~  (a) 

5.  Before  a  tone-syllable,  sometimes  with  tone-long T  {a) 

1  Ex.  2:7.       2  Job  34:31.       3  Joel  1:2.       <  Ex.  11:8. 


?§  48,  49.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  59 

Remark  1.— The  {<  of  Ol^{  Lord  and  D^H'^N  God  loses  its  conso- 
nantal force  after  the  prepositions  (§  43.  1.  b). 

Remark  2. — The  word  niil*,  which  is  written  nlH*  Jehovah,  i.  e., 
with  the  vowels  of  ^JlXi  rather  than  ^l^^\''  as  it  should  be  written,  ap- 
pears with  the  preposition  as  nlH*'?  (cf.  ^J"TN'?). 

T  -  T  - 

Sote  1. — The  original  -^  of  the  prepositions  is  usuallj^  volatilized 
(§  36.  3.  a)  to—,  or  heightened  (?  36.  2.  a)  to  -r  (a);  it  is  retained  before 
gutturals  with  ^r,  but  assimilated  to  ^r  before  tt,  and  to  -r  (o)  before  -^r. 

Note  2. — For  prepositions  with  pronominal  suffixes,  see  §  51.  3,  4. 

48.    The  Preposition  [p. 

!•  p.^JOI'r'  ^2:6);  mm  for  nnr)-]*2  a-.n,  DlJ^p  {2:S)/or  D"Ig-|!?. 
2.  pnp  (6:14);  ^7:10  (!:')/«''  '^^rp  ;  ^''N*P  (2:23) /or  U^i^-p, 

The  preposition  |p  from,  really  the  construct  state  of  the  noun  7pi 
pa7-t,  is  written  separatelj',  chiefly  before  the  Article ;  elsewhere  it  is 
prefixed  and  appears  : — 

1.  Usually  with  its  J  assimilated  (§  39.  1) •f2 

2.  Before  H,  rarely  with  Daghes-forte  imi)lied  (§  42.  l.h) Q 

but  before  other  gutturals,  with^  heightened  (§  36.  2.  h) p 

Note. — On  the  reduplication  of  7p  before  pronominal  suffixes,  see 
§  51.  5. 

49.    Waw  Conjunctive. 

1.  AV"!  (1:1);  pN*m  (1:2);  r|C^'n'?1  (1:5);  DOCT'I  (1:14);  DW1  (2:4). 

2.  [01  (1:4);  IkV'ppi  (1:22);  tjl;;^'!  (1:26);  nijpp'?!  (1:10);  nDp^l  (1:27). 
3-  ntr;^1_(24:12);  n^"?).  (12:2) /or  ,^0);  DriTj;^:;   *1N|}.(6:17). 

4.  inni  (1:2);  rani  (1:24);  );'l^  (2:9);  IJI  (4:12). 

-J    T  '.•  J-.T  ^       TT  TT 

The  conjunction  and,  originally  X  is  now  found  written  : — 

1.  Ordinarily  with  simple  S'wa  (§  32.  2.  E,.) ^ 

2.  Before  D,  Di  Q  (?  44.  4.  a),  and  vowelless  consonants 1 

3.  Before  gutturals  having  compound  S'^wa,  with  the  correspond- 
ing short  vowel  (§  37.  1) ^^,  ~,  "¥"  (6) 

4.  Before  a  tone-syllable,  sometimes  with  tone-long  (§  31.  1.  c). . .  -^  (a) 
Note  1.— •)  with  ^T  gives  \nn.  (1:6). 

Note  2. — On  0,  the  strengthened  form  of  "),  which  is  called  Waw 
Consecutive  and  is  used  with  the  Imperfect,  see  ?  73. 

1  Cf.  -n  from  \2.       2  Deut.  4:6, 16,  23,  25. 


IX.    Pr-onoiins. 

50.    The  Personal  Pronoun. 

1.  The  following  are  tlie  forms  of  the  Personal  Pronoun  :— 
He  Nin  They  (m.)     DH,  n^H 

She       ^>n  They  (f.)    [H,  n|n 

T'Aoitif.) 'riK  Ye[t)    ;as*,  mm 

J-       |T  •  -:  ■■-'--■  ■■■'- 

2.  The  following  are  pausal  forms:— 

oj)^<,  *JN* ;       r\r\^  and  nnji ;       i^m^. 

•   A  T  -AT  T  AT  T    -  :  At  -: 

3.  The   following  remarks  on  the  forms  of  the  Pronouns  are  to  be 
noted  : — 

a.  ^{\1  she  is  written  XIJl  ii^  the  Pentateuch,  except  eleven  times. 
h.  nni^  fhoa  (m.)  is  written  five  times  defectively  UN* 

c.  riN  ffioi''  (f-)  ^^'^s  originally  ^^l^{  or  p^l^J  ;  seven  times  K'thibh 
has   ^ri^J,  which  would  be  pronounced  atti. 

d.  ♦JK  -^(c.)  is  more  common  than  the  longer  form  ^^^ii, 

c-  T\'^T\  t^^cy  (f-)  is  more  common  than  7,*!,  the  latter  occurring  only 
with  prefixes. 

/•  DriJSt  ye  (m-)  is  for  an  original  U\T<^  (see  I  29.  4.  N.  2). 

r/-  IHN  y  (f-),  for  ?'^f^^J-  occurs  but  once,i  il^riji},  but  four  times.2 

h.  ijnJJ^  ^t-'c  is  the  usual  form,  ^Jfl^  occurring  but  six  times ,^  and  a 
form  ^J^{  but  once.* 

Note  1.— The  H which  appears  in  several  of  the  forms  was  prob- 

T 

ably  originally  demonstrative,  but  has  lost  its  force. 

Note  2. — The  following  comparative  table  of  the  Personal  Pronouns 
in  the  more  important  Semitic  languages  will  be  of  interest: 

lEzek.  34:31.       sGon.  31:6;  Ezek.  13:11,  20;  34:17. 

3  Gen.  43:11;  Ex.  16:7,  8;  Num.  32:32;  3  Sam.  17:12;  Lam.  3:42. 

4  Jer.  42:6(K«thibh). 


^51.] 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


61 


Arabic. 

Assyrian. 

Aramaic. 

Hebrew. 

huwa 

su 

Nirr 

j^in 

hiya 

si 

N^n 

^<»^ 

anta 
anti 

atta 
atti 

1       m  or  ^;iN 

ana 

anaku 

n:in 

»ri:ij< 

hum 

sunu 

pJiN,  pDn 

on,  nDH 

T  J" 

hunna 

sina 

V-^^ 

fn,  rr|n 

antum 

attuna 

pn^N 

DriN 

antunna 

atti  n  a 

^^;J^^ 

pN,  njpN 

nahnu 

anini 

»  N:mK 

i:imN,  i:im 

57.    Pronominal  Suffixes. 
tabular  view. 


1. 

Separate  Forms. 

2. 

With  m. 

3. 

With  3  and  S. 

4. 
With  2. 

5. 

3  m.    in 

iriK 

Singular. 

13 

J      T 

1J1QD 

-IV     ■ 

3f.    n 

T 

T 

n:3 

T 

niDD 

T        J     T 

T-JV     • 

2  m.      T\ 
2f.       T| 
1  c.     * or 

^;i 

'3 

^103 

♦J'133 

J       T 

3  m.  on  or 
3  f.      jn  or 
2  m.   D5 

D 

* 

T 

Plural. 

-.•     T                   T 

D33 

'.'    T 

DrrD.DrriD? 

D3P 

I 

D5?.  D?'i't:?._ 

2f-       |5 
Ic.       1^ 

m 

1J3 

J'.'  • 

J      T 

When  a  pronoun  is  to  be  governed  bj^  a  verb,  a  noun  or  a  preposition, 
a  shortened  form  must  be  used  : — 

1.  The  "  separate  foi-ms,"  given  above,  are  the  fragments  of  the  pro- 
nouns which  are  thus  used.  Thej'  are  attached  directly  to  nominal  and 
verbal  forms  ending  in  a  vowel,  but  a  so-called  connecting-vowel  is  em- 
ployed with  forms  ending  in  a  consonant.  This  connecting-vowel  is 
strictly  a  part  of  the  stem  or  verbal  form  to  which  the  suffix  is  attached. 


62  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBKEW  [§  62» 

a.  In  the  second  person,  sing,  and  plur.,  the  palatal  or  7c-sound,  is 
substituted  for  the  lingual  or  ^sound. 

b.  The  suffixes  DD;  D;  DH  'inJ  |n  alwaj^s  receive  the  accent  and 
are  termed  grave;  all  others  are  light. 

c.  * is  used  with  nouns  ;  ^J)  with  verbs. 

d.  on  and  TH  are  used  with  plural  nouns  ;  D  and  |  are  used  with 
verbs  and  singular  nouns. 

Note. — On  the  union  of  verbs  with  suffixes,  see  ?  74. ;  on  the  union 
of  nouns  with  suffixes,  see  U  124,  125. 

2.  When  for  any  reason  it  is  impossible,  or  undesirable,  to  attach  the 
suffix  directlj'  to  a  governing  verb,  it  may  be  written  in  connection  with 
jnj<,  the  sign  of  the  definite  accusative,  which,  however,  except  before 
DO,  assumes  the  form  jlN  or  illt^  ('6th). 

Note. — The  original  'oth  (=  'uth)  was  confused  with  'oth  which,  short- 
ened to  'lith,  gave  rise  to  'eth,  as  DIDN  became  DHN,  etc.  {?  29.  4.  N.  2). 

3.  The  prepositions  3  and  ^  restore  and  heighten  their  original  -^ 
before  the  suffixes  (except  ♦ and  T\) ;   this  vowel  (a) 

a.  Contracts  with  1,1  and  forms  (ahu  =)  i  (6) ;  with  pf  and  forms 
(aha=)  (1 (ah) ;  but  elsewhere, 

T 

h.  Appears  either  before  or  under  the  tone. 

Note. — While  either  D3  or  DPfO  may  be  used,  only  OtT?  is  found. 

T  V    T  V     T 

4.  Between  the  preposition  3  and  the  suffixes,  there  is  generally  found 
an  insei'ted  syllable  1^.  This  syllable,  found  in  poetry  also  after 
0  and  ^,  is  a  form  of  the  pronoun  HO  ichat. 

T 

5.  The  preposition  |p  is  reduplicated  before  most  of  the  suffixes  ;  in  , 
some  cases, 

a.  The  final  ^  is  assimilated  :  l^^t:  for  I^QD  ;    *3JDD  for  ^JJOD  ; 

t|jV  t|  :-!■.■  -iv    •  •  :  jv    • 

1l!D-!2  (from  vs)for  ^JJ.tDD. 

h.  The  consonant  of  the  suffix  is  assimilated  backwards  and  repre- 
sented in  i  :  Ijpp  [frcmi  Mm)  for  IHJDp  ;  nyO'Ofor  n.3DP« 

Note  1.— Tiie  —  in  ^I^QQ,  etc.,  is  deflected  from  -^  (29.  4). 

Note  2. — Several  variant  forms,  besides  those  given,  are  found,  es- 
pecially in  poetry. 

52.    The  Demonstrative  Pronoun. 

1.     r^m)tMs{m.)  r\^Uhis[l)  rij^i'j^)  these  {m.ovt) 

{  on  or  r\i^'r\  those  (m.) 

(  fii  or  r\yr\  those  (f.) 

3.    T\flT}  yonder  (m.)  If'^H  yonder  (f.)  ^"^H  yonder  (c.) 


U  53,  54.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  3IETH0D.  63 

1.  a.  nr  =  ze,  heightened  from  za  (ace). 

h.  ^t  is  poetic,  and  used  more  frequently  like  a  relative  ;  it  is  really 
a  sort  of  nominative  to  n?' 

c.  ilXr  =  zoth,  for  zath  (^  30.  6),  i.  e.,  ^^t  with  feminine  ending  jl, 

d.  n'75*?  has  Daghes-forte  ./irma^ire;  ^^  occurs  only  eight  times,  and 
then  always  in  the  Pentateuch  and  with  the  article. 

2.  The  personal  pronouns  of  the  third  person  are  used  as  remote  de- 
monstratives. 

.3.  The  forms  translated  yonder  are  stronger  than  the  usual  remote 
demonstratives,  but  very  rare,— the  first  occurring  twice,i  the  second, 
once,2  the  third,  seven  times.^ 

Note.— '7Ji{  is  closely  related  to  '^H  the  article,  which  was  originally 
a  demonstrative. 

53.    The  Relative  Pronoun. 

1.  ^tyifi  w^io,  which,  that. 

2.  •  ^,  sometimes  •  ^*, 

1.  The  more  frequent  relative  is  properly  a  noun  in  the  construct  state 
meaning  jilace : — 

a.  It  does  not  vary  for  gender  or  number. 
1).  It  is  frequently  merely  a  sign  of  relation. 

2.  -Z*,  or  '0  is  in  no  way  connected  with  lllf^,  but  is  a  distinct 
pronoun.     It  is  found 

a.  Exclusively  in  the  Song  of  Solomon,  and  frequently  in  Eccle- 
siastes. 

h.  Occasionally  in  other  books,  as  Judges,  2  Kings,  1  Chronicles,  Job, 
and  the  later  Psalms. 

54.    The  Interrogative  Pronoun. 

1.  ♦Q  who?    n*D  ^ohat? 

T 

2.  a.  ir\\)'-m  (2:19) ;  rsii'^-^  (3:13) ;  TtDJ^-nD  (Ex.  3:13). 

h.  ♦nxon-n,^  (31:30);  Nnn-n:);-^  ^*^T^^.^ 

c.  n'^kNj-n!:;^  Dn^^^"l  nt:/  aUo^^ri  hd  (21:29). 

d.  n*b^;^-n!:(4:io);  ^nxon-n.t:  (20:9);  '^in-rr!:.^ 

T     -/■        ,T  V  •  JT     T  V  ••  T 

1  Gen.  24:6.5;  37:19.       zEzek.  36:35.  3judg.  6:20;  1  Sam.  14:1;  17:36;  2Kg9.  4:25; 

23:1";    Dan.  8:16;  Zech.  2:8.  *  Num.  16:11.  &  Num.  13:18.  6  Zech.  1:9, 

I  Judg.  9:48.  8Ps.39:5. 


64 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [?  54. 


1.  *0  refers  to  persons;  HtD,  to  things. 

2.  n!D  is  variously  pointed,  according  to  the  character  of  the  conso- 
nant which  follows : — 

a.  Before  consonants  which  can  be  doubled,  it  is Tl*2 

b.  Before  strong  gutturals  (,1  and  H),  it  is llO 

c.  Before  weak  gutturals  (X,  "1,  ^),  it  is HO 

d.  Before  gutturals  with  ^,  it  is  (?  31.  2.  c) H!? 

Note  1.— The  Daghes-forte  following  H^  is  compensative  (§15.1), 

arising  from  the  assimilation  of  H  which  was  a  consonant. 

Note  2.— The  forms  n!2  and  HD  are  sometimes  found  before  other 

T 

letters  than  gutturals. 

Note  3.— In  the  majority  of  cases  HD  is  connected  with  the  follow- 

T 

ing  word  by  Maqqeph,  and  with  ilt  often  forms  a  single  word,  UtO. 

Note  4.— By  means  of  *J<  {where  ?)  prefixed  to  the  demonstrative  Ht 
or  rM^t  another  interrogative  is  formed.^ 

Note  5.— Keference  should  also  be  made  to  the  expression  ^^"73 
^^b'?^!  equivalent  to  a  certain  one,  which  is  used  as  an  indefinite  pronoun.2 

iCf.  Jer.  5:7;  Eccles.  11:6;  1  Kgs.  13:13.  zCf.  Ruthi:l;  2Kgs.  6:8. 


X.    Tlie    Strong-    Verl>. 

55.    Roots. 

1.  Nna  (1:1)  ;  '?nD^  (1:6)  from  '7ID ;  ^^H^^  (3:8)  from  ^^7^^ 
mC^'  (2:3) ;  "I^PPPT  (2:5)  /rom  ^'lOD  ;  H^np^ri  (3:7)  //-om.  Hpfi. 

2.  N"13  (1:1)  /«c  creamer/;  HDD'  (2:3)  Ae  resier?;  Hr)'?  (2:22)  he  took. 

TT  -     T  |-    T 

tj'^n  (3:8)  /ie  loaZ^ecZ;  ^!2\^  (3:17)  Ae  /imrf?;  HpS  (3:7)  he  opened. 

3.  n*lO  (3:4)  to  die,  flD  Ae  died;  D^b^  (2:8)  <opM^,  Dj^^  he  jmt. 

T 

All  words  are  derived  from  so-called  roots  ;  concerning  these  it  may  be 
noted : — 

1.  While  there  are  a  very  few  roots  oifour  letters,  the  body  of  Hebrew 
roots  consist  of  only  three  letters,  called  radicals. 

2.  The  root  is  generally  pronounced  with  the  vowels  of  the  third  person 
singular  masculine  of  the  Perfect  tense  (§  57.  3.  N.  1),  this  being  the 
simplest  of  all  verbal  forms. 

3.  Those  roots,  however,  whose  second  radical  is  1  or  ^  are  pronounced 
with  the  vowel  of  the  Infinitive,  because  the  T  or  ^  does  not  appear  in  the 
third  person  singular  masculine  of  the  Perfect  tense. 

Note  1. — The  root  is  not  in  itself  a  word  ;  it  exists  solely  in  the  mind 
of  the  philologist,    iil'2  is  a  root,  but  the  word  is  }<13. 

Note  2. — Many  of  the  roots  now  appearing  to  be  triliteral,  are  really 
biliterals  ;  their  triliteral  forms  being  artificial. 

Note  3. — For  many  words  there  has  as  yet  been  found  no  root. 

56.    Classes  of  Verbs. 

1.  m:r'  (2:3) ;  T)T\  (2:24) ;  '^TO  (1:18) ;  '?13  (1:4) ;  L^'lD  (2:3). 

-     T  I        -       T  -        T  -T  -)t 

2.  a.  Dr;;(2:24);  n*!  (4:8) ;  r|n-l(l:2);  ;^nr(l:ll);  n'7CM3:22). 
h.  ]r\:  (1:17) ;  IJJ  (3:11) ;  ^^H  (3:22) ;  DDD  (2:11) ;  '?Sn  (4:26). 

I-T  -T  -T  -T  -T 

c.  -IV'  (2:7) ;  N^»''  (2:10) ;  DID  (3:4) ;  N^S  (1:1) ;  m];  (1:11). 


66  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  57,- 

The  vowels  employed  in  the  inflection  of  words,  vary  somewhat  with 
the  character  of  the  consonants  composing  the  root,  strong  consonants 
occasioning  no  change,  weak  consonants  occasioning  considerable  change 
(§  4.  2).     A  root  is  therefore  classified  as 

1.  Strong,  when  it  contains  no  consonant  which  will  in  any  way  aflFect 
the  vowels  usually  employed  in  a  given  inflection. 

2.  Weak  [I  77.  1-3),  when  it  contains  one  or  more  consonants  which 
will  afi'ect  the  vowels  usually  employed  ;  as 

a.  Gutturals  which  (1)  reject  Diighes-forte,  (2)  prefer  the  a-class 
vowels,  (3)  take  compound  instead  of  simple  S'wa  (§  42.  1-3). 

h.  Letters  which  may  be  assimilated,  as  J  ;  or  may  be  contracted,  as 
when  the  same  letter  occurs  twice  in  succession. 

c.  Letters  which  are  so  weak  as  to  be  liable  to  rejection,  as  }<,  Hi  li  ^» 

57.    Inflection. 

1.  a.  NHS  [ID  from  N^D  ;  iX")p  (l:5)//-o»i  KID  ;  '1'^'2  {VA)from  '^ID' 

T  T  t)  T  )  -    T 

h.  tT'ip  (2:3) /rom  JTlp  ;  H^'?  (3:23) /rom  npl ;  "I'p^  (4:26)/rom-|':)\ 
c.  npa;  (3:5) //-o^i  np3;  n^Upn  (2:5)/;-o»i  yOJ2;   '?mn  (4:26) 
from  ^^r\' 

2.  ri3t^'»  {2:2)  he  will  rest;    ^n>*0^'  (3:10)  I  heard ;    ^'TW  (1:21)  thcif 
swarmed;  Jl?^}^  (3:18)  thou  hast  eaten  ;  n^llDSr)  (3:7)  they  loill  he 

T    ;  |T   T  T   :  |j-T     • 

opened. 

3.  1)1Jl"in^  (-1:8)  he  xcUl  kill  him;  n.^'^DiVD  (3:17)  thou  shalt  eat  it. 

■■    :  -  |-  TJV-:         I 

The  inflection  of  a  verb  includes  three  things  : — 

1.  The  formation  of  verb-stems,  of  which  there  are, 

a.  The  simple  verb-stem,  generally  identical  with  the  root. 
h.  Verb-stems  formed  by  doubling  one  of  the  radicals,  generally  the 
middle  one. 

c.  Verb-stems  formed  by  the  use  of  x>refixes. 

2.  The  addition  to  the  verb-stem  of  afiixes  and  prefixes  for  the  indica- 
tion of  tense  or  mood,  pers6n,  number,  gender. 

3.  The  various  changes  of  the  verbal  forms,  which  take  place  when 
pronominal  sufiixes  are  attached  as  objects. 

Note  1. — The  Hebrew  verb  has  for  each  stem  (1)  a  Perfect  tense, 
which  indicates  finished  or  completed  action,  (2)  an  Imperfect,  which  in- 
dicates unfinished  action,  (3)  an  Imperative  (except  in  Passive  stems),  (4> 
two  Infinitives,  and  (5)  a  Participle. 


§  58.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  67 

Note  2.— The  Perfect  and  Imperfect,  which  may  be  called  tenses, 
are  inflected  to  distinguish  number,  person,  and  gender. 

Note  3. — The  Imperative  is  used  only  in  the  second  person,  masculine 
and  feminine,  singular  and  plural. 

58.     The  Simple  Verb-Stem  (Qal). 

1.  r\'2'^  (2:3) ;   pD"!  (2:24) ;  NTp  (1:5) ;  .X^-^  (1:1) ;  Hp"'?  (3:22). 
.2.  a.  qy;  (2:24) ;  ;?nr  (1:11) ;  fHJ  (1:17) ;  Vb^  (3:22) ;  ^^'f^  (1:18). 
h.  ILfy]-"  pM18:12);  nn3M12:10);  J^':)^  ;*  N"1^5  (19.30). 

•T  l|-T  •■    T  ••     T  -T 

c.  "iy^  (32:26) ;   [JOjT  (32:11) ;   '^bti^^  (43:14) ;  my  [for  JT'I^)  ;  nlN*io 
[for  ilN*)  (44:3). 

T 

The  simple  verb-stem  has  three  consonants, — those  of  the  root.    It  is 
pronounced  with  two  vowels  : — 

1.  The  penultimate  vowel  is  -^  (a),  heightened  before  the  tone,  from  an 
■original  ~^. 

2.  The  ultimate  vowel  varies  : 

a.  In  the  great  majority  of  verbs,  it  is  the  a-class  — ,  which  remains 

short  even  under  the  tone  (§  29.  1.  c). 

h.  In  about  fifty  verbs,  it  is  the  z-class  —  (e)  heightened  under  the 

tone  from  ~^. 

c.  In  about  ten  verbs,  it  is  the  -j^-class  -^  (0),  heightened  under  the 

tone  from  —• 

Note  1. — The  simple  verb-stem  is  called  Qal  ('ip,  light). 

Note  2.— Qal  stems  with  -^,  technically  called  Middle  A,  are  for  the 

most  part  active;  Qal  stems  with  ^^  or  ^  called  Middle  E  or  Middle  0, 

are  generally  stative. 

:-  Note  3. — Stative  verbs  are  those  "  which  express  (1)  a  bodily  or  phys- 

(        ical  state,  as  to  he  great.,  deep,  old;  (2)  an  affection  of  the  mind  or  act  of 

V      the  senses  (except  sight),  as  to  mourn,  rejoice,  hate,  hear;  (3)  actions  in- 

y    transitive  or  actions  in  which  the  reflex  influence  of  the  action  upon  the 

^       subject  is  very  prominent,  as  to  die,  ai^proach,  loear,  hew  wood.''' 

Note  4. — The  model  or  paradigm-verb  generally  used  is  '^lOH  qatal 

Ae  hilled. 

Note  5. — The  original  Qal  stems  were  qatala,  qatila,  qatiila,  but  the 

final  vowel  is  always  lost,  except  before  pronominal  sufiixes,  where  it  is 

retained,  but  incorrectly  denominated  a  connecting  vowel  [l  36.  8.  N.). 

I  to  be  dry  (Josh.  9:5).  2  to  he  old.         3  to  be  heavy.  ^  to  he  full  iJosih.3:l!i). 

6  to  he  afraid.  e  to  he  able.  '  to  be  small.  s  to  be  bereaved.        9  to  be  ashamed 

.<J  udg.  3 :25).  w  to  shine. 


68  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [g  59^ 

59.    Intensive  Verb-Stems. 

1.  a.    topi;  '^IJii  ip^r  C^'ip;'  n^'?-* 
h.   top];          '^nj;'           D53;«            "15^;^  n^l-' 

2.  a.     w*1-T-l /o?7oi(",        r|'T["|  pwrsHe;        '^J^ti^' as/c,      b^\^  hccj; 

ipH  7«n-»,    1,^'7  ^e(ifc/<;    C'lp  ie  /(o7)/,     t^»>Tp  sanctify, 
h.     "13;;  (/«s^  "Ifij;  ^/"-oiy  dust;    l^')\l^  root,    t^^'lt^  uproot 

3.  top];  np'7(3:23);        -l'7M4:26) ;         D^^;^  D53-'*' 

4.  SO^T  (2:2)  [Pi'el]  and  he  finished;    ^'^'2''\  (2:1)  [Pii'al]  and  they  were 
IfpS  [Qal]  he  took;  Hp*?  (3:23)  [Pii'al]  he  icas  taken.  [finished.^ 

From  the  original  simple  verb-stem  (§  58.)  '^Dp,  there  are  formed,  by 
the  doubling  of  the  second  radical,  two  intensive  stems,  an  active  and  a 
passive  : — 

1.  The  Intensive  active  stem  is,  primarily '?^p' 

a.  The  penultimate  vowel,  however,  is  attenuated,  in  a  sharp- 
ened syllable,  in  the  Perfect,  to  -r-  (§  36.  4) '^Dp 

h.  The  ultimate  vowel  is  very  frequently  heightened  through 
—  to  -^  (e)  (§  36.  2),  and  the  form  then  is top 

Remark. — There  are  a  few  cases  of  an  ultimate  ^7  (e)  heightened 
directly  from  ^-. 

2.  This  stem,  called  the  Pi'el  Cl^Q),  is  used 

a.  To  express  (1)  intensity,  (2)  repetition,  (3)  a  causative  idea  ;  and 
h.  To  form  denominatives,  some  of  which  contain  aprtya/tye  idea. 
Note. — The  word  Pi'el,  from  being  the  funn  of  the  intensive  active 

stem  of  the  old  Jewish  paradigm-word  7j7£D  to  do,  has  come  to  be  the 

technical  name  of  that  stem. 

3.  The  Intensive  passive  stem  is /Dp 

the  vowel  of  the  penult  being  the  dull,  heavy  sound  —  (li). 

4.  This  stem,  called  Pu'al  ('7_^*5)'  i^  ^'^^^^ 

a.  As  the  passive  of  the  Pf  el ;  and  sometimes 
h.  As  the  passive  of  the  Qal. 

Note. — The  name  '^^i^  is  derived,  like  '^^3,  from  the  old  Jewish 
paradigm-word  /VQ, 

^~    T 

1  Josh.  4:14.  Usa.  14:32.  a  Num.  6:11.  ■«  Eccles.  13:9.  sisa.  49:21. 

•  Gen.  49:11.  "Ex.  9:25.  s  Gen.  13:4.  o  Ex.  22:6.  10  Lev.  15:17. 


?  60.]  BY  AN  IKDUCTIVE  METHOD.  69 

5.  a.  ['^ppnn]  i         "H'^nrin  (6:9)  ;        N^HiT  (3:8) ;        DiTn*  (6:6). 

for  Drjanrr. 

6.  «.  D'v'P  deliver,   iy^*2r\il  escape;   tT'lp    sanctify,  Clpnri  sanctify 

ones  self. 

&•  iiN"!  «t''-  nx"inn  ^'^^^^  »po'i  one  another,-  Hns  ope?i,  nnsnrT 

ope?i  for  one's  self:  Hy^lf  forget,  HDi^llfil  he  forgotten. 

5.  There  is  also  an  Intensive  reflexive  stem '7^'nr)tl 

-n-hicli  is  tlie  same  as  that  of  the  Intensive  active,  with  the  addition  of  the 
prefixed  sj'llable  jin : 

a.  Here,  as  in  the  Pi'el,  the  ultimate  vowel  -^  is  often  heightened 
through  ^  to  "^;  but  the  penultimate  "^  always  remains. 
I  h.  The  n  of  the  prefix  is  always  transposed,  when  it  would  stand 

y  before  D,  ^  or  \^  (§  42.  2) ;  it  is  changed  to  \2  and  transposed  before  V 
L^§  42.  3.  a) ;  it  is  assimilated  before  f,  0  or  H  [I  39.  2). 

6.  This  stem,  called  Hithpa'el  (cf.  Notes  under  2  and  4  above) 
a.  Is  primarily  reflexive  ;  but 

h.  Has  sometimes  (1)  a  reciprocal  force,  (2)  the  force  of  the  Greek 
Indirect  Middle,  and  (3)  the  force  of  a  passive. 


60,    Causative  Verb-Stems. 

1.  a.  ['?^tppn];-|^PPrT(2:5);  TJ3rT(3:ll);  6«^'?nan  (1:18);  '7^-)trn(3:6). 
h.  n^mn  (3:18);  Vmb\  (3:21);  hut  ':>-]y  (1:4);  ptT'l  (3:24). 

2.  *1^ppn  (2:5)  he  caused  to  rain;  '^^'l^H  (1:18)  to  cause  to  divide. 
7'15-^1  (1:4)  and  he  caused  to  divide;  J^^"l*!3  (1:11)  causing  to  seed. 

3.  toprt];  DDC'n;^  ^"^^^f  I.Jl.T  =  iJi^ri- 

["ippni,        D'7:^n;''        n'2Pn;"     ^^p.^?^-'''    "i5t?*n-'' 

4.  D3Si^(*7"  ^*e  ?(;as  caused  to  lie  down  =  Ae  teas  prostrated. 
"r|7,tpn^^  he  was  caused  to  he  Icing;  IJir^^;  it  icas  made  Icnoion. 


1  Cf.  Mic.  6:16.  2  Cf.  1  Sam.  23:19.  s  Cf.  Gen.  44:16.  ■iCf.  Job5:4. 

5  Cf.  Lev.  14:7.  eCf.Ps.  18:26.  vEzek.  32:32.  f  Dan.  8:11.  9  Ruth  3:11. 

10  Cf.  1  Sam.  25:15.  n  Dan.  9:1.  12  Lev.  5:23.  la  Cf.  Jer.  8:21. 


70  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  61. 

By  the  prefixing  of  a  syllable  (H  or  H)  two  causative  verb-stems  are 
formed : 

1.  The  Causative  active  stem  is /^pH 

a.  The  penultimate  -^  is  retained  everywhere,  as  in  the  Pi'el,  except 

in  the  Perfect,  where  it  is  attenuated  to  —  (?  36.  4) '^PPH 

h.  The  ultimate  — ,  as  in  the  Pi'el,  is  also  attenuated  to  — ,  but  this 
vowel  (i),  being  under  the  tone, 

(1)  in  some  forms  is  anomalously  lengthened  to  i  (§  30. 2.  e)  '^''[27)7} 

(2)  in  other  forms  is  regularly  heightened  to  e  (§  36.  2). .  ./Dpn 

2.  This  stem,  called  Hiph'il  ^''^^t^TVl  fi"om  the  form  assumed  by  it  in 
the  Perfect  of  the  verb  '^^3  is,  in  signification,  causative  of  the  simple 
verb-stem  (§  58.). 

3.  The  Causative  passive  stem  is /^pH 

but  the  -\  is  in  most  cases  deflected  to  t  (o)  (?  36.  5.  a),  being  retained 
chiefli'^  when  it  would  stand  in  a  sharpened  syllable. 

4.  This  stem,  called  Hoph'al  ^^t^TX)  from  the  form  assumed  by  it  in 
the  past  tense  of  the  verb  '^^^i  is  for  the  most  part  passive  of  the  Hiph'il 
(?  60.  2). 


61.    The  Ordinary  Passive-Stem. 

1.  ["^^pj];  "15p;i  15;)^''  ^^\>)-?  ^'OZ*!.' 

2.  a.  ^tyif^  to  watch  ones  self;  IJlD^  to  hide  ones  self;  /H^^  to  ash  for 

one's  self;  t03t^*J  to  go  to  laio  ivith  one  anotlier;   T^IJ  (=  TJ/'I.S),  to 
consult  together, 
b.  ^2t!l  to  he  rememhered ;    ti^lpj  to  he  halloived;  *)3pJ  to  he  huricd. 

1.  Another  reflexive-stem,  though  more  commonly  used  as  a  passive,  is 

formed  by  the  prefixing  of  the  syllable  J,  giving /^pJ 

but  here,  as  in  the  Pi'el  Perfect  (^  59.  1.  «),  and  the  Hiph'il  Perfect 
{I  60.  1.  a),  the  penultimate  "^  is  attenuated  (§  36.  4)  to-^,  giving  7Dp^- 

Note. — Outside  of  the  Perfect  and  Participle  a  different  form  of  this 
stem  is  used,  sec  I  68.  1.  a. 

2.  This  stem,  called  NiphTd  from  the  form  assumed  by  it  in  the  Perfect 
of  the  verb  /J^S?  is  in  signification, 

a.  Primarily  nflcxivc,  like  the  Hithpa'cl,  and  sometimes  reciprocal; 
h.  More  frequently  ajiassivc  of  the  simple  verb-stem  (Qal). 


1  Cf.  Num.  10:9.       2  2Sam.G:20.       sisa.  5:16.       -i  3  Sam.  20:10. 


i  62.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE   METHOD.  71 

62.    General  View  of  the  Verb-Stems. 

TABLE. 


Original 
Form. 


Form  appearing 
in  the  Perfect. 


Name. 


Force. 


Characteristics. 


1.    yjp 

3.  'l^^_ 

4.  '?Dp 

7.  '^Dpnn 


'?op 

('^'tppn) 
'^'Ppn 

^  '^Dpnn 
I  '?opnn 


Qal 
Niplial 

Pfel 
Pii'al 

Hipii'ii 

Hoph'al 
Hithi^a'el 


Simple  Root 
meaning 

None  '■ ' 

Reflexive, 
Reciprocal, 

Passive 

y ' 

Intensive 
Active 

Daglies-forte 
in  2d  radical 

Intensive 
Passive 

Daghes-forte 
and  "Y 

1  Causative 
'  Active 

D  (H) 

i  Causative 
\  Passive 

T 

j  Reflexive, 

rin  and 

I  Reciprocal 

Daghes-forte 

REMARKS. 

1.  An  original  penultimate  ^  is  attenuated  to-^,  in  Niph'al,  Pi'el,  and 
Hiph'il. 

2.  An  original  ultimate  -^  is  heightened  through  -r-  to  -^,  in  some  Pi'el, 
Hiph'il  and  Hithpa'el  forms. 

3.  An  original  ultimate  -^  is  anomalously  lengthened  through  ~^  to  * , 

in  some  Hiph'il  forms. 

4.  An  original  penultimate  —  is  deflected  to  ~t  (o)  in  the  Hoph'al. 

NOTES.i 

1.  Only  six  verbs  out  of  about  fourteen  hundred  have  all  these  stems: — 

i^p5,  n'7f  rbri.  ;^t,  -i"?;,  -!p|). 

2.  379  verbs  are  found  in  Qal  only  ;  40  in  Niph'al  only ;  68  in  Pi'el  only; 
11  in  Pii'al  only  ;  58  in  Hiph'il  only  ;  6  in  Hoph'al  only  ;  19  in  Hithpa'el 
only. 

3.  In  all,  1090  verbs  have  a  Qal  stem  ;  433,  a  Niph'al  stem  ;  405,  a  Pi'el 
stem  ;  188,  a  Pii'al  stem  ;  503,  a  Hiph'il  stem  ;  104,  a  Hoph'al  stem  ;  177, 
a  Hithpa'el  stem. 


1  Young's  Introduction  to  Hebrew,  pp.  16,  17. 


ELE:yiENTS  OF  IIEBREAV 

63.    The  Qal  Perfect  (Active). 
tabular  view. 


[§63. 


1.  He  killed  '?*0n  the  simple  verb-stem  (?  58.). 

2.  Slie  killed  Vhl^T)     =  ^DT)  with  ,1—  (originally  H—),  the 

usual  leminine  sign. 

3.  Tliou  (m.)  killedst       fl'^Dp     =  'T'Dp  with  fl,  a  fragment  of  the  pro- 

T    :  j-|t  -  |t  t 

noun  ^^^^  thou  (m.). 

T      ~ 

4.  Thoii,  (f.)  killedst         til\0\^     =  ^\2T>  with  ;i,  a  fragment  of  the  pro- 

noun flfi{  thou  (f.). 

5.  /fci7?ec^  ^^'^Pp    ""  "^^R  ^^^^^  *^  (^°^  ^^^'  ^  fi'agment 

of  »D  JN  /. 

6.  r/if ?/  killed  ?)'7pn    =  'T'DH  with  1  (earlier  p),  the  usual 

plural  sign  with  verbs. 

7.  Ye  (m.)  /c«7Ze(^  Dfl'ppp     =  '^Pp  ^^th  Djl,  a  fragment  of  the 

pronoun  0/1?^  2/^  i^-)- 

8.  J^'e  (f.)  Z;«7?ecZ  ]^!l*0'p     =  '^^Qp  ^^^^    P'   ^  fragment  of    the 

pronoun  JHISJ  2/e  (f.). 

9.  Fe  killed  Ij'^DD    =  '^l:^  with  1J,    a   fragment    of    the 

:-i-)t  -)t 

pronoun  I^H^N  w(^- 


REMARKS. 

1.  [n-'?Dp];n-'?:3i^  (3:18);^n-;;D:r'(3:10);  l-Vnjr'  (1:21);  ninj  (3:12). 

T       :j"|t         T        :j-    T  ■      '^i  _i-   t  :|t  t    :  |t 

2.  [n'7pp,  ri'7pp,  fr)'?Pp];<'ii7n  (i:2);  ;ipnv  dsiis);  |;i;;t  (31:6). 

3.  n-in:  =  nrn^  =  ninj  (3:i2);  i-vntr  =  i^f-ntr'  =^  ivid*  (1:21). 

T~T  T~T  t:|t  ~t  ~t  :|t 

4.  [DJi'pDp,  fri'pDp];  Dn;^,^*^'  =  oni^Dc^'  (42:22);  fn;^i;  =  fnjfT 

(31  :G). 

1.  The  pronominal  fragments  used  in  the  inflection  of  the  Perfect  are- 
always  a/-fixed  to  the  stem. 

2.  The  inflection  of  the  verb  exhibits  distinctions  for  number,  person 
and  gender.  Special  forms  for  the  feminine  occur  in  the  2d  and  3d  person 
sing.,  and  in  the  2d  person  plur. 


§  64.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  SIETHOD.  73 

3.  The  Yowel-terminations  H {—she)  and  1  (=  they)  draw  the  preced- 
ing consonant  away  from  the  ultimate  vowel  (a)  of  the  stem  ;  the  cKange 
of  the  vowel  to  S'wa  necessarily  follows  (?  36.  3). 

4.  The  grave  terminations  QH  (=  ye  (m.))  and  1^)  (=3/e  (f-))  draw  the 
tone  from  the  ultimate  syllable  of  the  stem  ;  the  tone-long  t"  under  the 
first  radical,  no  longer  near  the  tone,  is  changed  to  S'wa  (?  36.  3.  N.  2). 

64.     The  Qal  Perfect  (Stative). 

[For  the  full  inflection,  see  Paradigm  B.] 
TABULAR  VIEW. 

3  m.  sg-.  3  f.  sg.  3  c.  pi.  2  m.  pi.  1  c.  pi. 

3iiddieA  ygp  rh\2\)  I'^Djp^  nrh^'p  i^'pop 
Middle  E  ':>'gp  n'?pp^  i^op^  ^r\bi2j>  i^'^Lop 
Middle  0     '7bp       n'7pp^       I'^'op^       Dn'70p       iJ'?bp 

1.  pD^{2:24);  ly^fr"  (1:21);   DWP*^' (^:22);  ^n^p^^' (3:10). 

2.  fpr  (18:12)  ;    ^nip_ni8:13) ;    153(12:10);    HIDD  (18:20);    n-iaD;^ 
li^nj  ■?  DHN  (37:3),  Z.«^  DpiS  (27:9) ;  IDHN*  (44:2ol 

3.  "iy  [32:26)  ;'l':5D»  ;3  ''P^y  (30:8) ;  ^^JOp  (32:11) ;  ♦fl'^btT'  (43:14). 

1.  Verbs  with  -^  under  the  second  radical  of  the  Qal  stem  [l  58.  2.  a 
and  Note  2)  are  inflected  in  the  manner  described  in  the  preceding  sec- 
tion (I  63.). 

2.  Verbs  with  -^  (heightened  from  -r-)^  under  the  second  radical  [l  58. 
2.  h  and  Note  2),  do  not  differ  from  those  with  -^  in  the  inflection  of  the 
Perfect,  except  that  the  "^  appears 

a.  In  the  Perfect  3  masc.  sing.,  and 

1).  When  restored  in  pause  [l  38.  1),  or  before  the  tone. 

3.  Verbs  with  ^-  (heightened  from  —)^  under  the  second  radical  (?  58. 

2.  c,  and  Note  2)  retain  the  o  whenever  the  tone  would  rest  upon  it,  and 

in  pause. 

1  Judg.  20 :34.       2  Joel  1 :12.       3  Ex.  8 :14. 

4  The  following  are  Middle  E  verbs;  those  with  t  have  e  only  in  pause,  or  when 
pretonic:-3nX+,      DiJX,      Di;y«+,      p2f|,    13J+,    St1+,     p3^t,     jiyi,       |pj,      ^int, 

VPr"*"'    n^O'^'    "'?'?■'■'     V?'?'     ""^O  (Umh),    yir\,      -\r\0,    XOCp,     E^?;  (he  di^\    r|;^\ 

K-v,  n33+,  '\m,   mh'^,   K^ot,    Saj,    d;?j,   dj;\   f]'j;,    Dyi;t,    nSyt,    n-dv, 

5i'lp+.  "7'Dp+,3"ip+,    3;?.'^+,    nDI^+.    pm,    ;Oi2H',    ^732/.    ;:3bt,    not^,    KJB^;     also 

nip  /or  r\iD. 

6  The  foUowing  are  the  Middle  0  verbs:  [IIX,    ^13,    3lt3L  ir,    Hd\,  Vp\,    |bp» 
[3^],  b'3*^. 


iy4  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [2  65. 

65.     The  Remaining  Perfects. 

[For  the  full  inflection  see  Paradigm  B.] 
TABULAR   VIEW  OF   IMPORTANT   FORMS. 


3  m.  sg-. 

3  f .  sg.              3  c.  pi.                 2  m.  pi.                    1  c.  pi. 

Niph'al 

"^PP^I 

n'?Dp)     i'?ppj     on'pPpJ     *i^'?9p^ 

Pii'al 

'^Op 

n'?Dp      i^pp      □ri'7pp      *i:'?u)p 

Hopb'al 

"^'opn 

nY^pn    i7'opri    nri?'cpn    i^'pppn 

Pi'el 

■^pp^ 

n'pop      •i'?op      Dn^op      *i:i'?Dp 

Hithpa'el 

yLDpnn 

nyjpnn  I'^opnn  Dn'?ppnn  u'popinn 

Iliph'il 

"^vpn 

n'^'oprt   i^'^gpn   Dn'?ppn    iJ'popn 

c.  -ipbn;«  n"iDn>  o'?;:'.-!;^'^  np^^'n';!^' wd^'H-'- 

2.  a.  "131(44:2);  HnDI.  (39:19);  n3"l.  (45:15);  Dil"!^^^.!^ 

^-  "t^'lpHn  ;i^  ic^'ipnn;^^  oriiripnn;^''  'rhi.^nn.^' 

c.  Tjn(3:ii);  nT"in;i^  iTjn;^^  Drnjn (45:13);  nijin (i2:i8). 

Of  the  remaining  Perfects,  it  will  be  noticed  that 

1.  Three  follow  entirely  the  inflection  of  the  Qal  Perfect,  viz., 
a.  The  Niph'al  ('^'OpJ  from  ^^Qp^,  §  61.  1). 

h.  The  Pu  al  (^Op,  ?  59.  3). 

c.  The  Hoph'al  {^tDpH,  also  sometimes  '^ppH,  §  60.  3). 

2.  Three  present  slight  variations  from  the  inflection  of  the  Qal,  viz., 

a.  The  Pi'el  (Hpp  and  '^Op,  .Aowi  '7pp,  §  59-  D,  in  which  the 
original  "^  of  the  ultima  is  alwaj-s  restored  before  terminations  begin- 
ning with  a  consonant. 

b.  The  Hithpa'el  {^IDpHtl  and  '^^priH,  ?  59.  5),  in  which,  also, 
original  a  is  restored,  but  the  ultimate  a  is  sometimes  attenuated  to  i. 

c.  The  Hiph'il  ('^^ppn,  anomalous  for ':JDpn, /rom  '^DpH,  §  60. 1), 
in  which, 

(1)  before  the  vowel-terminations  H and  *).  the  anomalous  i  is 

T 

retained  and  accented;  while 

(2)  before  terminations  beginning  with  a  consonant,  the  original 
-=■  is  everj'where  restored. 


1  Or  Sop. 

s2  Sam.  20:10.      sNum.  .5:13.      -"Deut.  2:4.      s  Mai.  3:13. 

6  Jcr.  22:26. 

-Jer.  20:14. 

8  Lev.  5:23.        o  Joel  1:9.        loJer.  22:28.        ulsa.  14:19. 

12  Jer.8:21. 

13  Ex.  12:32. 

w  Isa.  30:29.           is  Num.  11:18.           is  Lev.  11:44. 

IT  Ezek.  38:23. 

»8 1  Sam.  25:19. 

19  2  Sam.  19:9. 

§66.] 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 

66.     The  Qal  Imperfect  (Active). 
tabular  view. 


75 


1.  He  u-Ul  Ml 


2.  She  toill  hill  '?bpri 


3.  Tlioic  [m.)  wilt  kill    TCT^l 


4.  Thou  it)  ivilt  Jcill   ^'7'opr) 


'?l3P*     —  ^Op  ^'itli  ^  {for  ''_),  originally  a  pro- 
nominal root  of  the  3d  person. 

'?lDP  '"'itli  ri  ifor  Jl),  the  usual  sign 
of  the  feminine,  here  prefixed. 

'^tOp  ^ith  n  [for  ri),  a  pronom.  root 
of  2d  pers.,  of.  tlDi^  thou  (m.). 

^"^p  with  n  (see  above),  and  *> ,(cf. 

^{*^  s^«e)  used  as  a  sign  of  fern., 
cf.  ^ni<i  thou  (f.). 
5.  I  shall  kill  '^tOpN    =  '?bp  with  J»^  (/or  {<),  a  pronominal 

fragment,  cP.  '^JiK  /. 

It 

=  '?Dp  with  ^  (see  above),  and  ^,  the 
usual  plur.  ending  of  verbs. 

=  '?Dp  with  pi  (see  above)  and  HJ,  per- 
haps a  frag,  of  H-in  they  (f.). 

T-J" 

—  ^JOp  with  fl  (see  above),  and  1,  the 
usual  plur.  ending  of  verbs. 

=  "^tOp  with  n  (see  above)  and  H^,  per- 
haps a  frag,  of  n.3nj<{  ye  (f.). 

T-l"     - 

10.   We  shall  kill  '^bpj     =  '^bp  with  ^  (/or  }),   a   pronominal 

root,  cf.  )}n^  ?^"f- 


6.  They  [m.)  icill  kill     ^'?pp' 

7.  r/^e?/(f.)^f*7?A-*7?n:'7tppn 

8.  Ye  [m.)  will  kill       i7*0pr) 

9.  Ye  [i)  jciii  kill  rr^'^bpn 


REMARKS. 

1.  The  pronominal  roots  and  fragments  employed  in  the  inflection  of 
the  Imperfect  are  not  so  clearly  recognized  as  in  the  Perfect ;  they  are 

a.  Pre-fixes:  »,      f),       fl,      il,       N;       \       f),       f),       fl,       J 

in  all  of  which  ^- is  attenuated  to -^,  which  under  {<  is  deflected  to~(e). 

h.Af&xes:         -      -,      -,     '>_,      -;      1,     HI        1,     HX    - 

T  T 

2.  The  original  stem  of  the  Imperfect  is  7Dp  (qtiil,  not  q'tiil),  whence 
comes  7JOP  through  the  influence  of  the  tone. 


1  TIX  is  found  in  K<thibh  seven  times  for  r(X  thou  (f.) 


76  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [?  67. 

3.  The  vowel-terminations  ♦_  (seldom  y_)  and  )  (seldom  p)  draw  tlie 
preceding  consonant  away  from  the  ultimate  vowel,  which  then  necessa- 
rily passes  into  S'wa  (?  36.  3.  a). 

4.  The  termination  HJ  (seldom  7)  does  not  receive  the  tone. 

67.    The  Qal  Imperfect  (Stative). 

[For  full  Inflection,  see  Paradigm  B.] 
TABULAR   VIEW    OF    IMPORTANT    FORMS. 

3  m.  sg.  2  f .  sg.  3  m.  pi.  3  f .  pi. 

impf.  witho  Hop»  *':'Ppn  i^Dp^  ^t^'^'pT) 
impf.witha  Hpp*  '''i^\^n  i'?L)p^  n^'pt^pn 
Impf.  withe        Spp^        ''b^'pn        i'?L)p*        n:'?ppn 

1.  r^2^\  (2:2);    ijlp.^  (2:21);   rTS}^'.  (1:20);  m"l*  (T:7);   nSJl*  (7:18). 

2.  D-)^>  (30:15)  /rom  D?^';  '7'!^.^  (21:8)  ^om  '7'!^;  n^J*  (7:18); 
'?DC\S*  (27:45);  n!:V»  (2:5);  ^^D^  (2:8);  n'?tJ'>  (3:22);  l^^jlfl  (3:3); 
^V^t\  (3:8). 

3.  fn»  (1:17);  \rST\  (3:6);  rj"?]!  (3:14) /or  tj'^in  ;  NV.*.  (4:16)  /or  J<V)^ 

1.  Verbs  Middle  A,  with  some  exceptions,  have  in  the  Imperfect  the 
form  /Dp*  {orig.  yaq-tiil),  the  inflection  of  which  is  given  in  \  66. 

2.  'S'erbs  Middle  E  and  verbs  Middle  0,  with  some  verbs  Middle  A,  have 
in  the  Imperfect  a  stem  with  a  instead  of  o  ;  this  a  is  treated  like  the  0. 

Remark. — The  Imperfect  stem  '7pp.  instead  of  ^*dT^,  is  used  also 
in  verbs,  whether  active  or  stative,  which  have  a  guttural  for  the  second 
or  third  radical. 

3.  Some  verbs  whose  first  radical  is  1,  and  the  verb  THJ  to  give,  have 
for  the  Imperfect  stem  the  form  7pp)  i-  e.,  e  instead  of  0  or  a.  No  strong 
verb  has  this  stem. 

Jfote  1. — There  were  three  Perfect  stems,  '7t3p,  '7lDp;  and  '^JOD  ; 
and  so  there  are  three  Imperfect  stems,  7Dp*^  ^Dp*,  and  7Pp*.  the  a  in 
each  case  being  original,  while  the  e  and  0  have  come  from  i  and  ii  respect- 
ively. 

Note  2. — It  will  be  seen  later  that  the  stem-vowel  of  the  Imperative 
varies  with  that  of  the  Imperfect. 


I  68.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  77 

68.    The  Remaining  Imperfects. 

[For  full  inflection,  see  Paradigm  B.] 
TABULAR   VIEW    OF    IMPORTANT    FORMS. 
3  m.  Bg.  2  f .  sg.  1  c.  sg.  3  f.  pi. 

■  It  •  A-)t  •  •     :   l|T   •  ■•  It    V  t   :  -i-|t     • 

Hithpa'ei  '?ppiT  **7C3prin  '?Dpn{<  rMib'opnn  (^'o) 

pii'ai       '7Dp*^  ^^ippri  '?Dpjs5  n^'?5='pn 

Hoph'ai     ':5ppj  ^yppn  '^ppN*  n:'7ppn 

Hiph'ii     '?^-opM':itppi)  ^rppn  '^^DpN  n^'pppn 

1.  1-)|)»  (2:10);  Nip*  (2:23);  H^npSn  (3:7);  "inDiNt  (4:14);  "I'^V  (4:18); 
Dmn  (6:6);  nn^'D  (6:11);  N'?,tDn  (6:11);  n3D^(8:2);  x':>3>  (8:2). 

vjy-  •■t-  ..^.  :|T"  "T' 

2.  Ji'-ip*  (2:3);  n'?'6']for  HW]  (8'");  ^51'  ^^-l^);  '^^1^  (31:24). 

3.  N5nnM3:8);  T^'j/iT  (6:6);  ^'p'pnnn  ;i  vop'pn';'  n^^snc'ri.^ 

4.  nDp>  ;4  IDp'pri ;'  "ISPI  ;6  nppn ;'  ^D'p^'n-' 

5.  nrpVn  (3:18);   tr'^"?!  (3:21);    HU!  (26:32);  fin Wf)  ;^  IH^^tf^'n  ;io 
':)'15M1:4);  f-)ir>(3:24);  N^r'-jri  (1:11);  Ijn  (24:28);  rj'pcr'n  (21:15). 

1.  a.  The  s?e??i  of  the  Niph'al  Imperfect  [orig.,  hinqatal)  differs  from 
that  of  the  Niph'al  Perfect  {orig.,  naqtal)  in  two  particulars  : — 

(1)  the  first  radical  has  a  vowel,  and  consequently 

(2)  the  characteristic  prefix  na  is  strengthened  to  ^H,  of  which 
the  n  is  elided  after  a  preformative,  while  the  J  is  assimilated 
and  represented  by  Daghes-forte  in  the  first  radical. 

Note. — The  vowel  of  the  ultima,  generally  -^^ ,  is  frequently  -^;  cf. 
the  interchange  of  these  vowels  in  the  Pi'el,  and  Hithpa'el. 

b.  In  the  inflection  of  the  Niph'al  Imperfect,  there  is  to  be  noted, 

(1)  the  pausal  form  with  -^  instead  of  ~^; 

(2)  the  use  of  either  -^  or  ^^  before  HJ  ; 

T 

(3)  the  occurrence  of  ^"  sometimes  instead  of  ~  under  the  pref.  }i{. 

2.  a.  The  stem  of  the  Pi'el  Imperfect  is  identical  with  that  of  the  cor- 
responding Perfect,  except  that  the  original  penultimate  -^  is  now  restored. 


iJer.  49:4.       2judg.  11:3.        3  Lam.  4:1.        4  Isa.  2V:9.        sisa.  2T:12.        6  Ps.  88:12. 
T  Lev.  6:13.       sEzek.  16:5.       sDeut.  4:16.       lo  Ex.  12:15. 


78  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  ['i  68. 

h.  In  the  inflection  of  tlie  Pi'el  Imperfect,  there  is  to  be  noted, 

(1)  the  use  of  S'wa  under  the  preformatives,  (compound  S'wa 
under  the  guttural  fi{) ; 

(2)  the  use  of  either  -^  or  —  (prevailingly  the  former)  before  HJ, 

3.  a.  The  stem  of  the  Hithpa  el  Imperfect  is  the  same  as  that  of  the 
corresponding  Perfect,  the  ,1  being  elided  after  a  preformative. 

h.  In  the  inflection  of  the  Hithpa'el  Imperfect,  there  is  likewise  to 
be  noted  the  use  of  either  —  or  —  (prevailingly  the  former)  before  jlj, 

T 

4.  The  stem  and  inflection  of  the  Pii'al  and  Hoph'al  present  no  peculi- 
arities. 

5.  a.  The  stem  of  the  Hiph'il  Imperfect  is  identical  with  that  of  the 
corresponding  Perfect,  except  that  the  original  penultimate  -^  is  now 
restored. 

1).  In  the  inflection  of  the  Hiph'il  Imperfect,  there  is  to  be  noted, 

(1)  the  second  form  '?pp*i  used  as  a  Jussive  [I  72.  2),  and  with 
Waw  Consecutive  (§  73.  3.  a.  (2) ),  the  -^  of  which  is  regularly 
heightened  from  "^j 

(2)  the  retention  and  accentuation  of  the  stem-vowel  * before 

vowel-additions  ^ ,  ^  ; 

(3)  the  occurrence  of  ^^,  rather  than  * ,  before  HJ, 

T 

Note  1. — The  following  table  will  be  found  serviceable  : 

1.  Name  of  stem,  Qal,  Niph.,  Pi.,  Pii.,  Hiph.,  Hoph.,  Hithpa. 

2.  Preformative  with  vowel,     ^         »  »        ^         ^  *  jl^ 

3.  First  radical  with  vowel,    \^       V^         T^      T)       \^  p  p 

Note  2. — The  various  elements  used  as  preformatives  and  afforma- 
tives  appear  from  the  following  table,  the  asterisks  representing  radicals  : 

They  will  r*** 

They  will     r\y**n 

Ye  will  \***n 

Ye  loiii       riT^n 

We  shall  '*^«^J 


3  m. 

He  will 

***♦ 

3f. 

She  will 

***fl 

2  m. 

Thou  wilt 

***l^ 

2f. 

Thou  wilt 

»***]r^ 

Ic. 

I  shall 

***s* 

§  69.]  BY  AN   INDUCTIVE   METHOD.  7^ 

69.     The  Imperatives. 
tabular  view. 

Impf.        Imv.  3  m.  sg.      Imv.  3  f .  sg.       Imv.  3  ra.  pi.       Imv.  3  f.  pi. 

Niph'ai  spp^  '^tppn  »'7ppn  I'^ppn  n:'?pp.i 

Pi'ei  Sop^  '^.pp  ^yjp  iSop  nj'?pp 

Hiph'ii  '7^pp!  '^ppn  ''7'PpD  *i':"Ppn  rrj'pppn 

Hithpa'ei  bDp_n'  '?ppnn  ^'?Ppi'irT  I'^Ppnn  nj'^ppnrr 

1.  a.  -ibr  (8:1),  nbpi      ah:3^^  ah?;'       ^3^^''  (30:i5),  n^t:^'.* 
h.  ^'"^t^'V  ^^f!,'  ^'ptf'H;^  D^3:f*"r),^  dd:?^'!  (20:8),  ayz^n.^ 
c.  npt^'H  (24:6),  npti'n  ;io  ^^'?cf'!,5  ri'ptr'n  ;^  fnnnri,^^  [nnnn.i^ 

2:  «.  •1^<'7,P  (1:22);  (PDC^'DD  (1:28);  fJ^tD'^T"/'^/- mj/pCT' (4:23). 
Z'.  ^'^DS'l,"  O^^'?*^'.*!  (37:22),  ^D^HC^'H  ;i3  Dt^'pn,!^  HD^i^'pn-^-^ 

1.  The  stem  of  the  Ini23ei'ative  is  the  same  in  every  case  as  that  of  the 
Imperfect ;  it  will  be  noted,  however,  that 

a.  The  Qal  has  two  forms,  one  (active)  with  o,  and  one  (stative)  with  a. 

h.  The  Hiph'il  has  a  form  corresponding  to  the  Jussive  Imperfect  in 
e  (^  ,72.  2),  rather  than  to  the  usual  Imperfect,  which  has  i. 

c.  The  initial  H  which  was  alwaj-s  elided  after  a  preformative  in  the 
Impf.,     api^ears  in  the  Niph'al,  Hiph  il,  and  Hithpa'el. 

Note. — The  pure  passives  Pii'al  and  Hoph'al  have  no  Imperative. 

2.  In  the  inflection  of  the  Imperatives,  it  will  be  seen  that 

a.  Before  vowel-additions,  the  vowel  of  the  stem  becomes  ~  (except 
in  the  Hiph'il);  and  the  short  i  under  the  first  radical  of  the  Qal  f.  sg., 
and  m.  pi.,  stands  in  a  half-open  syllable,  the  transliteration  being  qi-t'li, 
qi-t^lu. 

h.  The  Hiph'il  Imv.  has  e  as  its  stem-vowel  in  the  m.  sg.,  and/,  p?., 
but  i  in  the/,  sg.  and  7n.  pi. 

Xote  1. — The  Imperative  has  no  preformatives,  and  its  alformatives 
are  those  of  the  Imperfect. 

Note  2. — On  the  Imperative  with  pf^  (cohortative)  see  ?  72.  3. 


iDeut.  9:7.  2  Ex.  24:4.  s  Ex.  17:14.  4  3  Sam.  13:5.  sisa.  2:20.  6  Ex.  7:10. 
-7  Ex.  7:9.  sjudg:.  9:33.  9Ex.8:16.  lo  Judg.  13:13.  uDeut.  7:3.  «  1  Sam.  18:23, 
13  Jer.  7 :29.       u  J  ob  33 :31.       n  Ps.  5 :3. 


80  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  70. 

10.    The  Infinitives. 
tabular  view. 

Qal.         Niph'al.         Pi'el.      Pii'al.        Hithpa'el.      Hipli'il.    Hoph'al. 

"-^br^      ^\2r>r^      bw_    tepi    "iwm    yppn    '?ppn 


1.  '?DN*(2:16);  -)Tt:;rV  "il)!;-  fm*!;'  tlb:?J  (31:30);  '^kVjr'J;^  -iD!;5 

mp;«  nil;  (40:15);  D?^n;^ '7i?n;«-T^.T(/«'-"iJ^n);  n^ptprrii^ 
[cf.  -I5T1]. 

2.  "^m  (1:18);   iDC^'  (3:24);   i:5f  (9:16);    hut  DD^   (34:7);    n"I.Dn  J^^ 
n3"l  (17:22);  t^'pD;!^  '^H^H  (1:18);  "l55i>V 

Each  stem  has  two  Infinitives,  called  Absolute  and  Construct ;  but  no 
example  is  found  of  a  Pii'al  Infinitive  Construct,  or  of  a  Hithpa'el  Infin- 
itive Absolute  : — 

1.  The  Infinitive  Ahsolute  has 

a.  In  the  prnnlt  the  vowel  of  the  stem;  the  "^,  which  appeared  in 
the  Pi'el  and  Hiph'il  Perfects  being  here  restored  to  -=-,  as  in  the  Imper- 
fect and  Imperative. 

h.  In  the  ultima  everj^where  a  long  vowel,  viz., 

(1)  0  (=a)  in  the  Qal,  Niph'al,  Pi'el,  and  Pii'al,  the  a  being  length- 
ened from  an  original  a  (?  30.  6.  a). 

(2)  e  in  the  Hiph'il  and  Hoph'al. 

Remark  1.— The  Niph'al  Infinitive  Absolute  has  two  forms,  one 
('^bp^)  based  on  the  form  of  the  stem  appearing  in  the  Perfect ;  the 
other  I'r'bpn),  based  on  the  form  of  the  stem  appearing  in  the  Imperfect 

It    • 

and  Imperative. 

Remark  2. — The  Pi'el  Infinitive  Absolute  is  often  found  with  e  in 
the  ultima  instead  of  6. 

Remark  3. — The  6  in  the  Inf.  Abs.,  arising  alwaj\s  from  a,  is  seldom 
■written  fully. 

2.  The  Infinitive  Construct  has,  in  every  case,  the  form  of  the  stem  to 
•which  the  preformatives  and  afformatives  of  the  Imperfect  are  added. 

iDeut.  5:13.  iDeut.  T:18.  3jer.  33:4.  4 1  Sam.  30:6.  b  Ps.  118:18.  cPs.  40:2. 
7  1  Sam.  17:16.  «  Tsii.  .')tj:.3.  »  Ruth  2:11.  lo  Ezek.  16:4.  u  Ex.  4:14.  12  Num.  15:31. 
13  1  Sam.  10:3.       nNah.  3:15. 


§  71.] 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  3IETH0D. 


81 


Remai'k. — Stative  verbs,  which  have  a  in  the  Imperfect  and  Imper- 
ative, have,  nevertheless,  o  in  the  Infinitive  Construct.  The  cases  of  an 
Infinitive  Construct  with  a  are  very  few. 

Note  1. — The  ultimate  vowel  of  the  various  Infinitives  Construct  is 
changeable,  while  that  of  the  Infinitives  Absolute  is  unchangeable. 

Note  2. — Onl}'  to  the  Infinitives  Construct  may  prepositions  be  pre- 
fixed, or  suffixes  added. 


71.     The  Participles. 

TABULAR   VIEW. 

•Qal  Active. 

Qal  Stative. 

Qal  Passive. 

Niph'al. 

'^'Qp 

''ei? 

^)^P 

'7'Op^ 

Pi'el. 

Pu'al. 

Hiph'il.            Hoph'al. 

Hithpael. 

Impf. 

""^'Op' 

'70p' 

b'op[        '?L)p; 

':>'^pr\' 

Part. 

':'^?pp 

bqpp 

'?^L)p^       '?L)pp 

'':^'Qpn':i 

1.  a.  trph  (1:26);  NV^  (2:10);  ^10  (2:11);  Tpjl  (2:14);  "iDi;  (4:2). 

b.  ]^r  (18:11);  -TD3  (13:2);  ^71^  (33:18);  N'?,!:  ■}  nr^' for  HI!:. 

||-T  ••     T  ■■    T  •■     T  ••   T 

c.  nm*(3:14);  ^ra(9:26);  DiriD  ;3  N*np  ;4  ^O^^ 

2.  IDm  Uor  -I/tDmi  (2:9);  13^0  ;«  NV-tDJl  (47:14);  1^5^  ;'  N^p^s 

T     :    V  T     :    •  T    :      -  t     :    ■  t  .  t]  . 

3.  -151^(27:6);  t^'pD!:  (37:16);  tr'"]pP  ;^  'q'^nnP  (3:8);   '?n5^  (1:6); 
n^nro  (6:13);  n^DP^)  (7:4);  Tj'^Jf^p.i*' 

1.  The  Qal  stem  has  two  participles  ;  the  remaining  stems,  one  each  : — 
a.  The  Qal  active  is  '^tjp  (sometimes  '^plp)  —  qotel  for  qatil  ;  the 
6  being  obscured  from  an  original  a,  the  e  heightened  from  i. 

h.  The  Qal  stative  participle  has  the  form  of  the  Perfect  3  m.  sg., 
*7Dn  (=  qatel) ;  its  use,  however,  is  not  so  uniform  as  is  that  of  the 
Qal   active. 

c.  What  is  called  the  Qal  passive,  viz.,  '^IDp  (=  q^vA  for  qatul)  is 
the  only  remnant  of  a  lost  passive  stem  ;  the  u  is  unchangeable,  but  the 
a,  heightened  from  a,  is  changeable. 


iJer.  .5:27.      2  Gen.  20:3.      sDeut.  28:61.      4 1  Sam.  9:13.      5  Lev.  22:22.      6lsa.61:l. 
2Judg.  4:11.     8lsa.  43:7.       ^Ezek.  48:11        lo  2  Sam.  20:21. 


82  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  72. 

2.  The  Niph  al  Participle  is  tlie  same  as  the  Niph'al  Perfect,  with  the 
vowel  of  the  ultima  heightened. 

3.  The  remaining  Participles  are  made  by  prefixing  f2  to  that  form  of 
their  respective  stems  which  is  used  in  the  Imperfect : — 

a.  This  f2  li'^s!  —  under  it  in  the  Pi'el  and  Pu'al,  while  in  the  other 
stems  it  takes  the  place  of  the  initial  H  of  the  stem. 

h.  The  ultimate  vowel,  if  not  long  in  the  stem,  is  heightened  under 
the  tone,  the  participle  being  a  nominal  form. 

Note. — The  0  is  a  fragment  of  the  pronominal  root  HD  iv^iat. 


72.    Special  Forms  of  the  Imperfect  and  Imperative, 

1.  ni"l}<  (18:21)  /  will  go  down;  npHi^  (27:41)  /  loiU  kill;  nb'l^K 
(12:2)  Iioillmake  great;  H'lD'lK^  IwiU{=  must)  sjieak;  HJ^'?^  (11:3) 

T  : :  T  :    ;    ■ 

Let  us  make  brick;  HiJlb^J  (11:3)  Let  us  hum;  r\r\1^!l  (31:44)  Let  us 
make  (a  covenant). 

2.  \-T»  (1:3)  [cf.  n.\n^  (1:29)]  Let  there  be;  D^j  (1:22)  [from  H?")^]  Let 
multiphj;  ir;^n-'?{<  (22:12)  [from  Plb^J/n]  Do  not  do;  Nti^'in  (1:11) 
[cf.  J^*t^"ir)]  Let  her  cause  to  spring  forth;  iV^*\T\  (1:24)  Let  her  cause- 
to  go  forth. 

3.  n''\:^r'  Think;  r\V'y^T^  (21:23)  Swear  thou;  n^^'^H^  Oh  save;  HtT'^Jin 

t:t  't:|t-  t:-  tj-- 

(27:25)  Bring  near;  r]yp'pT!^  Attend;  n.3*jNn^  Give  ear. 
Remark.-XJ    ^'^n    (20:28);     nH^    NJ-'^N*    (18:30);     i^nb    (27:9); 

T  •         :  -A-  T  -  T  I    V 

N*:i-nN*^v\v  (19:8). 

T  T 

Some  special  forms  of  the  Imperfect  and  Imperative  deserve  notice  : — 

1.  The  Cohortatlve  Imperfect :  — 

a.  This  Imperfect  is  characterized  by  the  ending  pf i  before  which 

a  preceding  vowel,  unless  unchangeable,  becomes  S'wa.    It  is  found  only 
in  the  first  person  singular  and  plural. 

b.  Its  special  signification  is  that  of  desire,  determination,  and,  in 
the  plural,  exhortation. 

2.  The  Jussive  Imperfect : — 

a.  This  Imperfect  is  characterized,  wherever  possible,  by  a  short- 
ened form  of  the  verb.     It  is  found  in  strong  verbs  only  in  the  Hiph'il 


12  Sam.  14:15.       2Noh.  5:19.       sps.  6:5.       <Ps.  5:3.       6Ps.5:3. 


■i  73.]  BY  AX  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  88 

(viz.,  with  —  instead  of  ^^);  but  in  all  stems  of  verbs  n"'^  (?  100.)  and 

T';;  (§  94.). 

b.  Its  special  signification  is  tliat  of  zcish,  command;  with  a  negative, 
disnuasion,  x>yoliihition . 

3.  The  Cohortative  Imperative  ;  this,  like  the  Cohortative  Imperfect, 
is  characterized  by  the  ending  H— ,  and  is  often  more  emphatic  than  the 
ordinary  form.     Hipb.  Imv.  changes  ^^  to  * before  H . 

,  ^  *  T 

Remark. — The  modal  idea  in  each  of  these  forms  is  intensified  or 
enlivened  by  the  particle  {<^,  which  is  frequently  found  in  connection 

T 

with  them. 

Note. — It  is  to  be  remembered  that  verbal  forms,  not  shortened  or 
lengthened  as  above,  may  convey  the  ideas  there  indicated. 


73.    The  Perfect  and  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive. 

1.  a \nn. •  .-)!:^^*'")  (s). . ..liTn  p^m  (2). .  .Nn:^  rvtvirs'z  n-.i) 

'    ■-  V       -1-  T  :  |T      I     VjT    T    :  T  T  •  ■•  ; 

*np.-  •  •  •  'np_-  •  •  •  N^i^  nt?'n'2l  •  •  •  •  N*lp'l  (s)  •  •  •  •  '^inn-  •  •  •  Nnn  (4) 
'nil-  •  •  •  ^^1)P■'1  (8)  •  •  •  •  'n;v  •  •  •  "^^yi-  •  ■  ■  t^^jri.  (7) . . . .  noNn_  (6) . . . 
D'PD  nipp'pv  •  •  -Nnpn  (10). . .  .^'^n. . .  .-l,p^?^^  o). . .  .\nn. . . . 

.XTV---Nnp 
h.  vn] own  rp")?  n"iK»p  >n;  [D\i'?N  "),pN»;;'i]  (i:i4) 

:     ■  T    :  : 

:D'?i;^'7  'm  '?dki  D'^nn  fj^q  dj  np"?!  it  n'?:^'*  [3  0:22) 

■2.a.  np^n    (1:3);     Nnp^    (1:5);    '7'i:;in    (1:4);    N*Vlni  (1:12). 

\in  (1:3);  'l-inn  (1:22);  "^y^  (2:2);  N^nHNl  (3:10);  '7^K1  (3:12). 

■    :-  I   VJT  ;  -  -  :-  ••    t  |--  t  "It 

h.  Vm   (1:14);    np'?1   (3:22);    '^IJNI   (3:22);    ^m   (3:22). 

T    ;  |-  T   :  -    T   :  -  t 

3.  a.  Snn   (1:3);    kV^TI  (1:4);    '^^_^^)__  (1:7);   ':?^Dn  (1:7);    NVlm_  (1:12). 

"l!DNn     (1:3);       'liy)     (1:22);       ni;^>1     (2:7);       Dp^     (4:8). 

J^npn     (1:5);      jn^l     (1:17);       N^Dn     (1:21);      m-J'^,     (2:2). 

Remark.-ti^5'7-n_,  iw^  Dtr?'?.^,  (3:21);  n^)  for  m^,  i«^  mmn  (2:15). 

Z'.i^nnDJ^I  (3:13);    iltDDX")  (3:16);  ^fin'^tin  (3:20);  ♦jlOm  (3:20); 

J-     :  -  |r  :  t    :    -  |t  :  <•    :    -  |t     :  j-      ■•    ■    : 

»n™    (3:21);    »n'?N*J1    (6:6);    »nN*ylm    (6:6);    ^ph^^m    (6:6). 


1  These  cases  are  cited  from  Exodus. 


84  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  73. 

The  use  of  the  Perfect  and  Imperfect  with  tlie  so-called  Waw 
Consecutive^  is  one  of  the  most  marked  peculiarities  of  the  language. 
Only  what  relates  to  the  forms  of  the  conjunction,  and  to  the  verbal 
forms  to  which  the  conjunction  is  joined,  will  here  be  noticed.  The 
explanation  of  the  construction  belongs  to  the  Syntax. 

1.  The  facts  in  the  case,  briefly  stated,  are  as  follows  : — 

a.  In  continued  narrations  of  the  past,  the  first  verb  is  in  the  Perfect, 
■while  those  that  follow,  unless  they  are  separated  from  tlie  conjunction  hy 
intervening  2conh,  are  in  the  Imperfect  and  connected  with  the  preceding 
Perfect  by  means  of  Waio  Consecutive. 

Note. — In  poetry,  the  verb  may  be  in  the  Imperfect  even  when 
separated  from  its  conjunction  by  intervening  words. 

b.  In  the  narration  of  actions  which  are  to  occur  in  the  future,  or 
■which  can  only  be  conditionally  realized,  or  which  are  indefinite  so  far  as 
their  character  or  occurrence  is  concerned,  the  first  verb  is  in  the  Imper- 
fect (or  Participle,  or  Imperative),  while  those  that  follow,  tinless  they  are 
separated  from  the  conjunction  hy  intervening  words,  are  in  the  Pei'fect 
and  connected  with  the  preceding  verb  by  means  of  Wdw  Consecutive. 

2.  The  form  of  the  conjunction,  however,  is  not  the  same  in  both  cases  : — 
o.  With  the  Imperfect,  the  conjunction  is  a  strengthened  form  of  'l,^ 

regularly  written  0  ;  but 

(1)  the  Daghes-forte  may  be  omitted  from  a  consonant  which  has 
only  S'wa  under  it  (§  14.  2),  and 

(2)  before  J«{,  in  the  first  person,  the  Daghes-forte  being  omitted, 
the  preceding  -=-  becomes  ~. 

b.  With  the  Perfect,  the  conjunction  is  the  same  as  the  ordinary 
Waw  Conjunctive,  with  its  various  pointings  (?  49.). 

3.  With  reference  to  the  verbal  form  employed, 
a.  In  the  case  of  the  Imperfect^  there  is  used, 

(1)  in  the  first  person,  a  lengthened  form  exactly  similar  to  that  of 
the  Cohortative  {I  72.  1)3 — a  usage  which  is  rare  and  late ; 

(2)  in  the  second  and  third  persons,  an  apocopated  form  exactly 
similar  to  that  of  the  Jussive  (?  72.  2) ; 

(3)  a  form  marked  by  the  retrocession  of  the  accent,  and  the 


1  The  name  Waw  Consecutive  better  expresses  the  syntactical  force  than  Waw 
Conversive. 

2  Ewald  suggests  that  the  -  and  the  D.  f .  are  the  remains  of  TK  then. 

3Cf.  nnSiyXI  (3^:G);    noSnai  (41:11);    nnnS^I  (43:11);    njnX]  (Num.8: 19);    also 
Ez.  7:27— 'J:  0,  in  which  there  are  seventeen  cases. 


§  74.]  BY  AN"  IXDUCTIYK   METHOD.  85 

consequent  vowel-shortening  ;  but  the  accent  does  not  recede, 
unless  the  syllable  on  which  it  will  rest  is  an  open  one  ; 
(4)  the  ordinary  verbal  form  unchanged. 
/        Remark. — With  Waw  Consecutive  the  Hiph'il,  therefore,  has  e  in- 
(  stead  of  i ;   but  this  i  is  usually  restored,  though  written  defectively, 
before  suffixes. 

Note  1. — With  Wiiw  Consecutive,  verbs  H"/  lose  the  final  ending 

n (?  100.  5.  h),  and  verbs  V'^  and  ^"p  have,  in  the  Qal,  forms  with  o 

and  e  instead  of  u  and  i  (i  94.  2.  K.  4). 

Note  2. — The  cause  of  the  retrocession  of  the  accent,  as  well  as  of 
the  choice  of  a  shorter  form,  is  found  in  the  fact  that  the  heavy  prefix  at 
the  beginning  of  the  word  demands  a  lightening  of  the  end  of  the  word. 

h.  In  the  case  of  the  Perfect,  the  usual  verbal  foi-m  is  employed  ;  but, 
whenever  2)ossihIe,  this  form  is  marked  by  a  change  of  accent,  the  tone 
passing  from  the  penult  to  the  ultima. 

Note. — As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  cases  in  which  there  is  no  change  of 
tone  are  as  numerous  as  those  in  which  there  does  occur  change.  These 
cases  are  grouped  by  Driver^  as  follows  :  (1)  in  those  forms  of  the  Perfect 
(3  sg.,  2  f.  sg.,  3  c.  pi.,  2  m.  pi.,  2  f.  pi.)  which  are  already  31ilra';  (2)  when 
the  Perfect  is  immediately  followed  by  a  monosyllable,  or  dissyllable 
accented  on  the  penult;  (3)  when  the  Perfect  is  m  pause;  (4)  in  the  1  pi. 
of  all  conjugations,  and  in  3  f.  sg.  and  3  pi.  of  the  Hiph'il ;  (5)  in  the  Qal 
of  verbs  i^"/  and  H'/  !  (6)  frequently  in  those  forms  of  J/"^  and  V'J/ 
Qals  and  Niph'als  which  end  in  "]  and  H • 

T 

74.     The  Verb  with  Suffixes. 

1.  a.  [-n'^op  for  n^op];  •inn'?DN*  (37:20);  'jn:),t:D;-  onsDtr'i^ 
ijnNVD;^  [-WDp  for  r\bm}]    »jrn'?';^  ^:nn:)n;« 

:    |T   T    :  ■     :    -|:  :    :    -  )t  •  A'      :   •  :  ■':-:• 

(31:28);   ^jn"lD?  (40:14). 
h.  [l'?Dp  for   I'^Dp];     l:i"in    (4:25)   for   Ij^n;     DN*"13    (5:2)    for 

t|;  -|t  T-:  -T  tt: 

DNHD;    ^l'?DJ  (50:17)  fur  ^jl'^p-J;    Dipfi^  (33:13)  for  Dlp?^- 
Remarks. -I^HN*    (44:20);     ^Jin^ri^';^"   ^^m\V   (30:13);     r]1?5N;ii 
^^;3t^*n  (50:6). 

1  Vse  of  the  Tenses  in  Hebrew,  8 110. 

2lsa.  63:5.  aps.  69:3.  4  Num.  20:14.  sJer.  15:10.  cJudg.  11:35. 

lEzek.  16:19.  sZech.  7:5.  9Num.20:.5.  lojer.  2:32.  n  Num.  22:17. 


86  ELE3IENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  74. 

c.  [^-i'?l)|7];  D-iDSp'V  in-;::'-)*!;-  ^i"?.?^  (soiit). 

nn-'?Dp];     D-NnS    (5:2);    11-IJ   (31:7)  /or   ^Tlll:    D-lIJi^ 

tt|:  tt:  t:  tt:  tt: 

?]3pNv-'  Ti,?^;'  '^Hi'ii'';'  ^pnn;^  :r]'7N*:|:^  (32:18). 

[11"l'?0P,  nn'^Op];   see  above,  1.  a;   CnmN* ;«   □n'?:3NV' 

:  J-   T  I;  I   VJT    t):  --it  t    -:  -  jt  t    -; 

Remark. -i:iin    (4:25)  for    T\T\'^\     VH^^I^   (18:19)   for  ^^VTSV^^  \ 

T  -;  JT  T  -:  ■       :    - :  -i        :    - : 

^rrh'^^'for  T^Trt>'\  n;;i»  (24:i6)/or  rr;;T;  nnrnN^Vo'-nnrnN. 

_f  T  :  ;   -I—  T  :  t    t  :  t  ^t   t  ;  tj-  t    -:  t     ;  J-  t    -; 

When  the  object  of  a  verb  is  a  pronoun,  it  is  often  expressed  bj'  the 
union  of  jlJSJ  and  the  pronominal  suffix.  More  often,  however,  the  pro- 
nominal suffix  is  joined  directly  to  the  verbal  form.  This  occasions 
certain  changes  of  termination  and  of  stem. 

1.  In  the  case  of  the  Perfect  witli  suffixes,  it  is  to  be  noted, 

a.  In  reference  to  termination-changes,  that  the  older  endings  are  in 
manj'  cases  restored,  as 

(1)  the  older  jl ,  for  the  later  H (3  sg.  fem.) ; 

(2)  the  older  ^/l,  for  the  later  fl  (2  sg.  fem.) ; 

(3)  the  older  ID  (=  DID),  for  the  later  Qfl  (2  pi.  masc). 
Remark. — fl  occurs  for  Jl  (2  m.  sg.),  often  before  ^J, 

-  t  ^ 

I).  In  reference  to  stem-changes,  that,  in  the  Qal, 

(1)  the  tone-long  a  of  the  first  sj^llable,  being  no  longer  pretonic 
when  a  suffix  is  appended,  becomes  S'wa ;  while 

(2)  the  a  of  the  second  sj'llable,  which  has  been  volatilized  before 
personal  terminations  beginning  with  a  vowel,  is  restoi"ed,  and, 
in  the  open  syllable,  heightened. 

Remark  1. — The  -^  of  verbs  Middle  E  appears  before  suffixes. 

Remark  2.— The  ultimate  —  of  the  Pf  el  and  Hithpa'el  becomes  ^r 
before  H,  DDi  [Di  but  is  elsewhere  rejected  ;  while  the  ultimate  i  of  the 
Hiph'il  suffers  no  change. 

c.  In  reference  to  the  union  of  termination  and  suffix,  that 

(1)  to  a  verbal  form  ending  in  a  vowel,  the  suffix  is  attached  directly; 

(2)  to  a  verbal  form  ending,  in  ordinary  usage,  with  a  consonant, 
the  suffix  is  attached  by  means  of  a  so-called  connecting-vowel 
which  is  generally  a,  but  before  TT.  DDi  and  ?p,  is  S'wa. 

(3)  to  the  3  .«g.  fem.  termination  ]!_,  suffixes  forming  a  sj^llable 
are  attached  without  a  connecting-vowel  ;    other  suffixes   have 

1  Dcut.2.-):1.        si  Chron.  13:3.        sjosh. 10:19.        J  Deut.  1.5: 16.        oDeut. 15:12. 
«1  Sam.  20: 22.      :  Deut.  13: 18.      sps.  48:7.      oHos.  2:14.      ioKuth4:li5.      n  Jer.  49:24. 


I  74.]  BY   AN   IXDUCTIVE   METHOD.  87 

a   helping-vowel,  viz.,    e   (I  37.  2),   before   Tl,   but  a   before 
D    and    I ;   the   accent,   peculiarly,   is   in   every   case   on  the 
penult. 
Note  1. — This  a,  heightened  from  a,  as  well  as  the  ~  volatilized  from 

a,  is  really  the  original  final  vowel  of  the  verbal  stem  ;    /Dp  =  qa-ta-la, 

^^^On  =  qa-ta-la-ni ;  l^'^Op  =  qa-ta-la-nu. 

■  -    r  \:  '  _  T   T  |:  _  ■ 

Note  2. — Certain    contractions   are  quite  frequent :    (1)  ^H—  to  1 ; 

<2)  irr»_  to  v_;  (3)  inn  _  to  in-;  m  n_  to  n_;  (5)  nn^  to  nn_. 

_j-  :    -j~  _i~  T  JT  T  T     :    J"  T   J" 

In  the  thhxl  and  Jifth  of  these  cases,  the  H  is  assimilated  backward.     In 
the  fifth,  the  jl  of  the  contracted  form  is  merely  a  vowel-letter. 

h.  p^i^'op*] ;  'yoQz''  ;*  ^p;^3rN*  ;•'  r]^>y  (32:18);  'Tpyii  ;6  ni^r.^ 
v:h'or^'] ;  'Ht^^"?' ;« ^nnyc^''  (40:23);  ^jn^^rn.'' 

['^5'Pp!^  ■'  D;?^'?'?!  (3:21);  mp'^J^'J  (37:20);  Dirp^NV^^ 
c.  ^J-l~l*;ipl  ;^^  ni^^'pDn  ;^'*  inD^^POT  ;^^  see  examples  under  b. 

[1  ■I'^Dp^];  n:i'?:)N*n  (3:i7);  ijiDic'n  (3:i5);  i^t^ni^^  0:5);  i:in3rn.i« 

3.  a.  [Tj'pOp];   ^I'pDN*  (2:17);   D;?'?DN*  (3:5);   D^n^N*  ;^^  ^uf  ^^33 
(35:1). 

[n^op];  n-in;^  (2:i5);  n")!:tr"  (2:i5);  DntDJ^iiMJiaj^v^ 

T    :  ) T  T  ;     T  T  :    T  t  :    t      .  -r ■  :  "t 

Remarks. -[rjSpp] ;  'TjC'pD'^ ;-«  DDn^lj^i  H^T  ;22  ^Ji^'pa'p.ss 

h.  [^j^op];  ^j-i^r;^^  ^jnt:*Lr';25  D-itDC^;-'^  ijnr^.^^ 
[pfi'^pp];  ^jnf);;28  Dit:'ipn;29  in-i?;;.'^« 
[♦j'^Dp] ;  »j^!::i'  (23:11);  ^:i)};r2ty  (23:8);  »:;;r!:c^n  ;^i  inybz^n-''- 

2.  In  the  case  of  the  Imperfect  toith  suffixes,  it  is  to  be  noted, 

a.  In  reference  to  termination-changes,  that  HJ  (2  and  3  p?.  /em.) 

T 

always  becomes  V 

Z/.  In  reference  to  stem-changes,  that  before  suffixes, 


1  Cant.  1:6.  2  Job  19:15.  sJer.  2:19.  U  Sam.  24:16.  sps.  137:6.  c  Ps.  42:7. 
7  1  Sam.  1:19.  s  Job  39:14.  aPs.  13:2.  loDeut.  5:28.  iiPs.  57:10.  isDeut.  9:14. 
13  1  Sam.  23:11.  h  Ruth  2:15.  is  Ex.  1:22.  lo  Ps.  8:5.  n  Jer.  23:38.  !>*  Ps.  4:;:11. 
isEx.  14:.5.  20  IK^.  18:10.  21  Ex.  12:31.  22  Ex.  19:9.  23  1  Sam.  27:1.  24  Judg.  16:28. 
2-^Ps.  16:1.  26Prov.  4:21.  2t  Josh,  10:6.  =s  Josh.  10:4.  29  l  Kgs.  20:18.  30  1  Sam.  7:3. 
31  Ps.  143:8.        32  Ex.  4:3. 


88  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  74. 

(1)  the  0  of  Qiil  forms  ending  in  a  consonant  usually  becomes  ~r, 
but  0  before  TT,  DD)  O  ' 

(2)  the  a  of  Qal  forms  ending  in  a  consonant  is  retained  and 
heightened  ; 

(3)  the  e  of  Pi'el  forms  ending  in  a  consonant  becomes  ~r,  but  e 
before  H,  Q^,  O  ;  while  the  i  of  Hiph'il  forms  remains. 

c.  In  reference  to  the  union  of  termination  and  suffix,  that 

(1)  to  verbal  forms  ending  in  a  vowel  the  suffix  is  attached 
directly ;  while 

(2)  to  verbal  forms  ending  in  a  consonant,  the  suffix  is  attached 
by  means  of  a  connecting-vowel,  which  is  generally  e,  but  ~r 
before  !n,  DDi  \2  \  and  e,  rarely  a,  before  H  ; 

"f3)  in  pausal  and  emphatic  forms,  suffixes  are  often  attached  to  a 

verbal  form  ending  in  an,  which  under  the  tone  becomes  en,  of 

which  the  j  is  generally  assimilated. 

Note  1. — This   syllable,  ordinarily  treated  as  a  union-syllable   and 

called  Nun  Epenthetic  or  Demonstrative,  is  really  the  accusative  ending  of 

the  verbal  form  ;  while  e,  the  ordinary  connecting-vowel  heightened  from 

i  {tohich  is  for  u),  is  the  nominative  ending. 

Note  2.— In  the  ending  )^_  (3  m.  sg.)  and  nJ_  (3/.  sg.),  the  Daghes- 
forte  in  J  is  for  pf,  of  ^H  and  H  respectively,  which  has  been  assimilated 

T 

backward. 

3.  In  the  case  of  /h/'s,  and  Imvs  with  suffixes,  it  is  to  be  noted  that, 
a.  -The  Qal  Infinitive  (construct)  takes 

(1)  before  in,  QD,  p,  generally,  the  form  ^Up  (6) ;  but 

(2)  before  other  suffixes  the  form  '^Dp,  the  6,  in  both  cases, 
standing  in  a  half-open  syllable.  v]^ 

(3)  as  connecting-vowels,  those  used  in  the  inflection  of  nouns. 
Remark  1.— The  Pi'el  Infiinitive  shortens  —  to  —  before  T\,  DD,  p. 
Remark  2.— The  Infinitive  may  take  either  the  verbal  suffix,  'J,  or  the 

nominal  suffix  ">__,  the  former  being  the  object,  the  latter,  the    subject 
of  the  Inf. 

h.  The  Qal  Imperative,  taking  the  connecting-vowel  of  the  Impf., 

(1)  in  the  2  m.  sg.,  follows  the  analogy  of  the  Infinitive ; 

(2)  in  the  2  m.  pi.,  sufi"ers  no  change  ; 

(3)  in  the  2/.  pL,  has  the  form  iSpp  instead  of  T^pl^T)' 
Remark  1.— The  Imperative  in  a  retains  and  lengthens  the  a,  as  does 

the  Imperfect. 

Remark  2.— In  the  Tliph'il,  the  form  ^''\:i'pT}  is  used  instead  of  Spppj. 
Note.— The  Participles,  before  suffixes,  are  treated  like  nouns. 


§  75.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 

15.    General  View  of  the  Strong  Verb. 


89 


Mood  or 

1. 

2. 

3.            4.             5. 

6. 

7. 

Tense. 

Qal. 

Niph'al. 

Pi'el.     Pii'al.   Hithpa'el. 

Hiph'il. 

HSph'al. 

Perfect 
(3  m.  sg.) 

Stop 

'^^P^ 

'?Dp-  '?op  '?Dpn,T 

*^'Ppn 

ygprr 

Imperfect 
(3  m.  sg.) 

'^bp:^ 

"^w. 

'?Gp^^  '?Gp^^  yop.n^. 

':''Pp.!' 

'^^p: 

Imperative 

'?bp 

':'£ppn 

':'tDp '^'Q\>r\r^ 

"^^I?'^ 

Infinitive 

Absolute 

'?bp 

•^bjp.T 

'?bp^  '?Dp    wanting 

'^^i?'^ 

'^Dp.n 

Infinitive 
Construct 

•^bp 

':'t:i?rT 

■^'LDp  want  g  '^Dpnn 

':"topn 

'^^P'7 

Participle 

Active 

btyp 

'7Dp!?      '?t?pno 

'^'Pp^ 

Participle 
Passive 

^^Dp 

'^?P^ 

'?DPP 

•^DpD 

REMARKS. 

1.  The  Qal  is  the  simple  verb-stem  (I  58.). 

2.  The  Niph'al  has  in  every  form  the  letter  ^ ;  this  letter,  however,  is 
assimilated  and  represented  by  Daghes-fortc  in  the  Imperfect,  Imperative, 
and  Infinitives  (§  61.). 

3.  The  Pi'el  has  everywhere  (1)  the  vowel  -=-  under  the  first  radical  (ex- 
cept in  the  Perfect),  and  (2)  a  Daghes-forte  characteristic  in  the  second 
radical  (§  59.  1). 

4.  The  Pu'al  has  everywhere  (1)  the  vowel  "t-  under  the  first  radical, 
and  (2)  a  Daghes-forte  characteristic  in  the  second  radical  (?  59.  3). 

5.  The  Hithpa'el  is  the  same  as  the  Pi'el  (except  in  the  Perfect)  with 
the  syllable  nPT  prefixed  (?  59.  5). 

6.  The  Hiph'il  has  in  all  forms  (except  the  Perfect)  the  vowel  ^  under 
the  prpformative  (?  60.  1). 

7.  The  Hoph'al  has  in  all  forms  the  vowel  o  (or  u)  under  the  preforma- 
tive  (?  60.  3). 


1  Cf.  also  the  Middle  E  and  Middle  O  forms,  StOp,  ^'W. 

2  Cf.  also  the  form  with  original  ---  in  the  ultima,  SdD. 

3  Cf.  also  the  form  with  original  ---  in  the  ultima,  7t3prin. 

4  Cf.  also  the  forms  with  ---  and  ^^  StDP";,  St3P\  % 

5  Cf.  also  the  form  used  as  a  Jussive,  and  with  Waw  Consecutive,  7£3p\ 
6Cf.  also  the  form  which  is  based  on  the  Perfect  stem,  VoPJ. 

'  Cf.  also  the  form  with  --^  btSp  which  is  frequently  substituted  for  StOP. 


90  ELEMENTS  OF  IIKBKEW  [I  76. 

76.     The  Most  Common  Strong  Verbs. 

[In  the  following-  list,  Q.*  designates  a  Qal  with  a  in  the  Imperfect  and  Imperative; 
Pi.*  designates  a  Pi'cl  with  a  in  the  Perfect  3  ni.  sg.] 

(1)  "IJ3  (Q-)l  Deal  treacherously;  (2)  ^^2  (Ni-  Hi.)  Divide;  (3)  tTp^ 
(PI  Pu.)  iaA-;  (4)  '^C'S  (Q-  Pi-  Pu.  III.)  Boil;  (5)  ':)-»j  (Q.*  Pi.  Pti.  HI 
Hithp.)  ^e  ^rert^-  (6)  '?_rj  (Q.  Ni.)  Tear  away;  (7)  "TIDJ  (Q.)  Z)eaZ  ivell  or 
ill  with;  (8)  njj  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  pa.  Hithp.)  Steal;  (9)  pD^  (Q-*  Pti.  Hi.  Ho.) 
Cleave  to;  (10)  ^l^l  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.2  Pii.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Speak;  \n)  lyyi  (Q.  Ni.) 
Tread,  seek;  (12)  ^y  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.)  Rememher;  (13)  ^Dt  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.)  Sing; 
(14)  Ipr  (Q.*  Hi.)  Be  old;  (15)  [DO  (Q-  Ni.  Hi.)  Secrete;  (16)  n^-)  (Q.* 
Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Be  heavy;  (17)  DD3  (Q-  Pi-  Pii-  Hothp.)  Wash; 
(18)  D'?^  (Ni.  Hi.  Ho.)  Be  ashamed;  (19)  n£)2  (Pi.  Pii.  Hithp.  Nithp.3) 
Cover;  (20)  '^t^'^  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Hi.  Ho.)  Stmnhle;  (21)  njlD  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.) 
TF^vVe;  (22)  J^D'?'^  (Q.*  Pii.  Hi.)  Put  on;  (23)  ^D'?  (Q-  Ni.  Hithp.)  Cap- 
ture; (24)  ip'?  (Q.*Pi.Tii.)  ieara;  (25)  Dp*?  (Q.  Pi-  Pii.  Hithp.)  Gather;  /  / 
(26)  ID!:  (Q.  Ni.  Hithp.)  Sell;  (27)  D'?^  (Ni.  Pi.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Escape; 
(28)  T]'?D  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.  Ho.)  Be  king;  (29)  T^CTD  (Q-  Ni.  Pii.)  Prolong;  (30) 
*7^'P  (q'.  Hi.)  Rule;  (31)  n^p  (Q.  Ni.  Pii.  m.)  Close;  (32)  ^^DD  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.) 
Sustain;  (33)  150  (Q-  Ni.)  il/o«ra;  (34)  n£)D  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.)  Number; 
(35)nnD  (Q-*Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Conceal;  (36)  LD'?B  (Q.  Pi.  Hi.) 
Escape;\Ti)  "IpD  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.  Hothp.)  Visit;  (38)  DC'B 
(Q.*  Pi.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Strip  off;  (39)  pnV  (Q.*  Ni.  Pi.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Be  right- 
eous; (40)  [£)^*  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.)  Conceal;  (41)  "iDp  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.)  Bury;  (42) 
Dip  (Pi.  Hi.)  Be  before;  (43)  tJHp  (Q.*Ni.  Pi.*  Pii.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Be  holy; 
(44)  C^T)  (Q.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Be  wroth;  (45)  T^p  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hithp.)  Bind, 
conspire^  (46)  p")  (Q.*  Hi.)  Crouch;  (47)  ri-l  (Q.*  Hi.  Hithp.)  Tremble; 
(48)  Sj-l  (Q.  Pi.  Tiph'el)4  Tread,  sj^y;  (49)  Dp*!  (Q-*  Hi.)  i?/V7^;  (50)  '^Db' 
(Q.  Pi.  Hi.)  Be  toise;  (51)  llJty  (Q.  Ni.  Hithp.)  Hire;  (52)  ")Dt^'  (Q-  Ni. 
Pi.*  Hi.  Ho.)  Break  in  pieces;   (53)  jlDC^'  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.)   Cease,  rest;   (54) 

-    T 

riD^'  (Q.  Ni.  Pii.)  Overflow;  (55)  ^^^f  (Q.*  Pi.  Hi.)  Be  bereaved;  (56) 
DDC^'  (Hi.)  Rise  early;  (57)  l'^^'  (Hi.  Ho.)  Cast,  send;  (58)  IDC-'  (Ni.  Hi.) 
Destroy;  (59)  iptT  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.  Hitlip.)  Keep;  (60)  '7£)^'  (Q.*  Hi.)  i^mwie 
low;  (61)  fif^C^'  (Q.  Hi.)  Be  quiet;  (62)  trGJl  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.)  Catch. 

1  Ordinarily  with  o  in  Impf.,  but  with  a,  Mai.  2:10. 

2  Generally  12'!,  in  pause  13^. 

3  The  Nithpa'el  is  a  rare  stem,  passive  of  Hitbpa'el. 

4  The  Tiph'el  is  a  rare  stem. 


XI.    Tlie   T^eali  Verb. 

n.     Weak  Verbs. 

1.  nr;;  (2:24);  r\^r\  (3:24);  r]"|3  (1:28);  tp'-\  (1:2);  H'?^  (3:22);  ;rD^'(3:8). 

2.  rnj  (1:17);  ;?DJ  (2:8);   ':)5^  (4:6);   3DD  (2:11);  ^'H  (3:22);  inN*  (3:14). 

I-T  ^       -    T  -T  -T  -T  -T 

3.  ^'^^  (1:3);  b'^ii  (2:16);  IC^'^  (4:16)/or  "2^  ;  IV^  (2:8);  ^D^  (4:7). 

~     T  -T  -T  -T-T  -T 

f|W(3:15);  niLT' (3:19);  Hl^  (3:3);  D^tT  (2:8);  N^^  (1:1);  Nnp(l:5); 
N*VO(2:20);  H'?;^  (2:6)/or  l'^;?;  HNH  (1:4) /or  IN") ;   HJlp  (4:1)  /o;< 

Weak  verbs  [l  56.  2)  maj'^  be  classified,  according  to  the  character  of  the 
weak  consonant  or  consonants  which  they  contain,  as, 

1.  Guttural;  these  are  called 

a.  Pe  ('5)  Guttural,  when  i\\e  first  radical  is  a  guttural  (?  78.). 

h.  'Aj'in  CJ/)  Guttural,  when  the  second  radical  is  a  guttural  (§  80.). 

c.  Lamedh  ('7)  Guttural,  when  the  third  radical  is  a  guttural  [l  82.). 

2.  Contracted ;  these  are  called 

a.  Pe  Xiin  [V'Q),  when  the  first  radical  is  J  (§  84.). 
h.  'Ayin  Doubled  (J/"^),  when  the  second  and  third  radicals  are 
alike  (?  86.). 

3.  Quiescent;  these  are  called 

a.  Pe  'Aleph  (}<{"5),  when  the  first  radical  is  Ji{  and  is  quiescent 
(§88.). 

h.  Pe  Waw  (V'fi),  when  the  first  radical  was  originally  1  {I  90.). 

c.  Pe  Yodli  (^"5),  when  the  first  radical  was  originally  *  (§  92.). 

d.  'Ayin  "Waw  or  'Ayin  Yodh  (V^  or  '"^),  when  the  second  radical 
is  •)  or  ^  m  94,  96.). 

e.  Lamedh  'Aleph  ({^"7),  when  the  tliird  radical  is  }«(  (?  98.). 

/.  Lamedh  He  (H"'?)?  when  the  third  radical,  1  or  ^  is  supplanted 
by  the  vowel-letter  H  (?  100.). 

Note  1. — These  technical  terms  are  derived  from  the  verb  '7^3, 
which  was  formerly  used  as  a  paradigm-word  ;  5  =  fi^'st,  "^  ^  second,  7 
=  third.  '*^^ 

Note  2. — A  single  verb-stem  may,  of  course,  have  the  peculiarities 
of  two  or  even  three  classes. 


92  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  78. 

78.     Verbs  'sD  Guttural 

[For  full  inflection,  see  Paradigm  D.] 
TABULAR  VIEW. 

inln>pf.        inlmpf.  ^^P^^^'  Hiph'il.         Hoph'Sl. 


Perf. 

b\2:: 

'^Dje 

"^^U 

'^'^^n 

'r'D^n 

Inipf. 

'7bj^;. 

'^^-^;.. 

"^mi. 

b'm',. 

^^J?,l 

Imv. 

"i'^^.. 

"^^O^l, 

"^mri 

':'P:i\n 

Inf.  abs. 

'r'ltoj; 

':'io;; 

"i^V^ri' 

':'C?l^n 

'^^^^'l^ 

Inf.  const. 

"i'o:^. 

'^'bi^ 

^'m 

""^'^^ir) 

^mj^ 

Part.  act. 

"^^V 

':'yi^ 

"^'m.}?. 

Part.  pass. 

"ircv^ 

':'rLo;; 

"^m.}.- 

^9:^'^ 

1.  tor];  HNnm  (1:9);   NDHN*  OaO);  S:3N*M6:21);  ^£)<T.2 

2.  a.  tel^;];  n'?:;M2:6);  inrn  (4:12);  -Drj;^^_(2:24);  itTI^'MSiT). 

h.  ['?p;;;.;  '?pj^:;  '^^tDj^ni;  prnM4i:56);  p£)n;i;^  '^'irin;^  p7nn;^ 

"l^D;^n  (47:21);  Z>«« -njnMl:29);  n'.nM31:32);  r|b«M29:22). 

3.  a.  nlirj^(2:4);  iDj;^  (2:5);  ^j^pDiX  (2:17);  n^nj^  (3:17);  in*!  (4:25); 

ntrj^(6:14);  ^m  whence 'i'O^'y  {l:22.)-  'r^bX  (47:24);  tp^,^ 
h.  nbTJ  (1:26);  HC^^N*  (2:18);  ['^OrH];  sfc  also  above,  2.  a.  i. 

•.•   ^:|-  ■.■:|v  -  't:  |t 

c.  l^n;.  (2:9);  '^Ifl^l;'  ^^^1^^  "i^flV  nDC^'n!  (15:6). 
c7.  ^•i;!")nM4:8);  !r]11?i;M27:29);  n:?j;M37:28);  llJsDW 

«•  rii.p^^n,''  i"«  niDi^n"i;^°  r|bN;.  (29:22)  lut  liDONv^ 

Verbs,  -whose  first  radical  is  a  guttural,  exhibit  the  following  pecul- 
iarities (§  42.  1-3):— 

1.  T'/je  guttural  refuses  to  he  doubled;  hence  the  Daghes-forte,  repre- 
senting J,  in  the  Niph'al  Impf.,  Imv.,  and  Inf's,  is  rejected,  and  the 
preceding  -:-  heightened  to  -^  (even  before  fl)- 

2.  The  guttural  prefers  before  it  the  guttural  or  a-class  vowels;  hence 
«.  In  the  Qal  Impf.  with  o,  and  in  the  Qal  Impf.  of  verbs  H'"''? 

(?  100.),  ■Pwiginal  a  of  the  prcformative  is  restored  ;  while 


1  The  form  Sb^'J  is  also  common. 

2Ex.l4:5.       3Ex.7:15.       iKuthl:18.       r,Dt.22:25.       6  Num.  21 :  16.       vLev.8:7. 
eEx.7:17.       9Ps.31:9.       ioNuni.3:C.       nEx.4:29. 


I  79.]  BY  AN   INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  93 

1).  In  the  Qal  Impf.  with  ^^,  in  the  Niph'al  Perf.  and  Part.,  and  in 
the  Hiph'il  Perf.,  the  preformative  vowel  (i)  is  deflected,  under  the  influ- 
ence of  the  following  guttural,  to  e. 

Remark  1.— A  few  cases  occur  of  forms  like  '?DJ^*  oi'  '7t3j/^ 
Remark  2. — The  Jl  and  H  of  n\1  and  H^H  do  not  afi'ect  a  preceding 

T  T  T  T 

1,  which  stands  with  them  in  a  closed  syllable. 
3.  The  guttural  ■prefers  compound  to  simple  S°wa  ; 

a.  When  the  first  radical  would  be  initial  and,  according  to  the 
inflection  of  the  strong  verb,  would  have  a  simple  S^wa  (half- vowel),  it 
takes  instead  ^r,  or,  particularly  in  the  case  of  J«{,  ~ . 

h.  When  the  first  radical  would  be  medial,  and,  according  to  the 
inflection  of  the  strong  verb,  would  close  a  syllable  (i.  e.,  have  under  it  a 
syllable-divider),  it  receives,  in  order  to  facilitate  the  pronunciation,  an 
inserted  compound  S'wa,  which  always  corresponds  to  the  preceding 
vowel ;  thus,  -^  "^i  "tt  ~,  tt  T"  (6). 

c.  Very  frequently,  however,  the  strong  gutturals  are  allowed  to  close 
a  syllable,  no  compound  S'wa  being  inserted. 

d.  When,  in  inflection,  a  compound  S^wa  would  come  to  stand  before 
a  simple  S'wa,  as  when  vowel-additions  are  made  to  a  word,  the  compound 
S'wa  is  changed  to  its  corresponding  short  vowel,  and  the  syllable  thus 
formed  is  half -open  (§  26.  4). 

e.  The  combination  —  T  very  frequently  becomes  —  — ,  when,  in 
inflection,  the  tone  is  removed  to  a  greater  distance. 

Note.— The  ,1  and  H  of  n\1  and  T\T\  have  a  syllable-divider  (— ), 

T    T  T   T 

according  to  c  (above),  when  medial  and  vowelless  ;  but  a  half-vowel  (— ), 
when  initial  and  without  a  full  vowel. 

19.    The  Most  Common  'D  Guttural  1/erbsa 

[In  the  following  list  those  with  the  Qal  indicated  by  Q.  have  for  their  Imperfect 
a  form  like  hb}l^;  Q-*  indicates  an  Imperfect  like  ha}^\  Q.+,  like  ^ap\.Q-**,  like 
Soi'';  Q.+t,  like  hbyj"  or  VCOJJ"'.;  Hi.  indicates  a  Perfect  like  Vpj^n,  but  Hi.*,  like 
h'a};T\;  Ni.,  a  Perfect  like  boy:,  but  Ni.*,  like  hiD}?^'] 

(1)  '72i<  (Q*  Hi.  Hithp.)  3fourn.  (2)  yfj^  (Q.*  Pi.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Be  estab- 
lished. (3)  r|pN*  (Q-tt  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hithp.)  Gather.  (4)  "IDN*  (Q-tt 
Ni.*  Pu.)    Bind.     (5)  nt*^    (Q**   Ni.*   Hi.*)  Be    guilty,   destroy.     (6) 

T 

Tjfin  (Q-  Ni.*  Ho.  Hithp.)  Overturn;  (7)  "iDIl  (Q-  Pi-  (with  ult.  a) 
Pii.  ^Hi.*  Hithp.)  Join;  (8)  tr'nn  (Q.  Q.*  Pi-  Pu.)  Bind,  gil^d)  "I^H 
(Qt.)    Gird;    (10)  '^lll  (Q.**  Hi.)  Vcw;    (11)  prH  (Q.*  Pi.  (with  ult.  a) 

1  In  §  101b  will  be  found  the  most  common  '3  guttural  verbs  which  are  also  n"V. 


94  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [?  80» 

Hi.  mthp.)  Be  Strong;  (12)  DDIl  (Q-**  Pi-  Pu.  Hi*  Hitbp.)  Be 
wise;  (13)  tp_n  (Q-  Pi-  Hi.)  Chauge;  (14)  J^'^H  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.  Hi.)  Draw 
out;  (15)  pSmQ.  Ni.*  Pi.  Pu.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Distribute;  (16)  ^^H  (Q-t) 
P/^;/,  spare;  (H)  |*5n  (Q-t  Q.**)  Delight;  (18)  3^11  (Q.t  Ni.*  Pu.  Hi.) 
Dig;  (19)  npH  (Q-t  Nl*  Pi.)  Search;  (20)  D^'H  (Q-t  Ni.*Pi.  (withult.  a) 
Hithp.)  Thilh  impute;  (21)  ^C^H  (Q-t  Ni.*)  Withhold;  (22)  Qnfl 
(Q.t  Ni.*  Pi.  Hi.*)  Seal;  (23)  "l^j;  (Q.  NT  Pii.  Hi.  Ho.)  Serve;  (24) 
-151^  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  (with  ult.  a)  Hi.  Hithp.)  Pass  over;  (25)  DrjJ  (Q-  Ni. 
-Pix.)  Abandon;  (26)  -)r;j  (Q.  Q.t  Ni.  Hi.*)  Assist;  (27)  HOj;  (Q.  Hi.  Ho.) 
Stand;  (28)  ^ViJ  (Q-t  Ni.*)  Restrain;  (29)  pC^';^  (Q.  Pii.)  Oj^press. 

80.    Verbs  y  Guttural. 

[For  full  inflection,  see  Paradigm  E.] 
TABULAR   VIEW. 

Qal      Niph'al.  Prel  (1).  Pii'al  (1).  Pi'el  (2).  Pii'al  (2).  Hithpa'eL 

perf.       '^iSip   '?Npj   '^Np    '7N*p     Snp    '^np     '^xprirr 

Impf.         Hjsfp^    HNp'.     '?Np*     '?N*p*     '^np*     '?np]     '?NpiT 

imT.       '^^p   '?N*pn  '?N*p  '^np  '^^*)7r^n 

Inf.  abs.     '^liSp    '?Npn    '?N*p  '^np 

Inf.  const.  '7j^p   '?N*pn  '?N*p  '7np  '^^*p^^^T 

Part.  act.    '7}<p  '7N»p,p  ':)nptp  '^^^p^^P 

Part.  pass. ':)1Np   '^JStpJ  ':5N»p,tp  ':5np,p 

1-  «-  "lN3;i  '1J'7N*J;2  DriJNp;^'  ?"'?  «?««  l'?kW  ;*  ^^y5  y^y^<i  ^'-^y^_ 
(1:22);  tr'"li*1  (3:24);  nC^'^J  (4:14);  ^-)5  (28:6);  ':]'iy.' 

i-  nsnit:  (1-2);  »n!:n; (6:7);  nnc (6:i7);  i'::m;8  j^n");^  nnpn;i<> 
ri*ii:n;''  '^'\o:;;?-r-  "i;^n^i'^  Drnn9(45:]'3);  nn.!:Mi8:6'). 

2.  r^  "ITO  ;i^  '7iV^n  ;i^  IJ/D^  i^''  '?N*^  ;^"  '^N*^  ;i«  "IlliV  (34:19);  DH'p.i^ 
^.  lOntr';-^  1:^0;-^  *l!:np.;22  ^p^V;^^  »5N*|r';24  ^jnp;^^  ^^NW*^ 
c.  '?iV^'  ;27  ':),v^"l  ;28  '7,NJJ»  ;29'  nn^'fl'  (6:11);  nj;D^  ;i3  nn^;  (18:6)'. 

3.  ^Jlpj/S  ;12  ?|':)na^  ■,^^  cf.  also  the  words  cited  under  2.  6. 


1  Beutrllb.  2  Mai.  1:7.  3  Ex.  16:28.  •<  Ps.  109:10.  s  Lam.  2:7.  6  Num.  16:30. 
•!  2  Sara.  7:29.  sisa.  40:1.  sProv.  30:12.  loGen.  a5:2.  n  Deut.  13:6.  12  Deut.  32:21. 
13  IKgs.  14:10.  n  Gen.  13:1L  i'.  Ruth  4:4.  ig  Ex.  3:3,  17  Ruth  4:6.  w  Deut.  4:33. 
19  Mai.  3:19.  20  Ex.  12:21.  21  Qen.  4.5:17.  22lsa.  40:1.  23  Jer.  23:20.  24Nah.  3:14. 
26l8a.47:3.       26jer.48:19.       2;  Josh.  13:18.       28Ruth4:4.       29  Lev.  25:30.      3oEx.l5:16. 


§  81.]  BY  AX  INDUCTIYK  METHOD.  95 

Verbs,  whose  second  radical  is  a  guttural,  exhibit  the  following  pecul- 
iarities (§  42.  1-3):— 

1.  The  guttural  refuses  to  he  doubled;  but 

a.  While  in  the  case  of  }<{  (generally),  and  of  "1  (always),  the  preced- 
ing Yowel  is  heightened  (a  to  a.  i  to  e.  ii  to  o), 

h.  In  the  case  of  the  stronger  gutturals,  viz.,  ^  (prevailingly),  H  and 
n  (almost  always),  the  preceding  vowel  is  retained  short  in  a  half-open 
syllable,  the  doubling  being  implied  (§  42.  1.  L). 

Note  1. — Heightening  of  ii  to  o  in  the  Pu  al  takes  place  frequently 
in  verbs  which  retain  the  i  or  a  of  the  Pi'el. 

Note  2. — In  a  few  verbs,  especially  those  with  X,  the  vowel  is  height- 
ened in  some  parts  of  the  inflection,  but  in  other  parts  retained. 

Note  3. — The  vowel  which  is  heightened  on  account  of  the  rejection 
of  Daghes-forte  is  unchangeable. 

2.  The  guttural  prefers  the  guttural  or  a-class  vowels;  this  is  seen 

a.  In  the  occurrence  of  a,  after  the  guttural,  in  the  Qal  Impf.  and 
Imv.,  rather  than  o,  even  in  Active  verbs ;  and  sometimes  in  the  Pi'el 
Perf.,  rather  than  e. 

It.  In  the  occurrence  of  a,  before  the  guttural,  in  the  Qal  Imv.  fem. 
sg.  and  masc.  plur. ;  this  a  arising  from  -r  is  in  a  half-open  syllable. 
But  it  is  to  be  noted  that 

c.  In  the  Qal  Inf.  const.,  the  usual  o  remains  unchanged;  and  like- 
wise the  ultimate  e  in  the  Xiph'al  and  Pi'el  Imperfects. 

3.  The  guttural  prefers  compound  to  simple  S'wa ;  this  is  seen  in  the 
almost  universal  occurrence  of  ~^  under  the  second  radical  instead  of  — 
(half- vowel). 

Note  1. — No  Pi'el  Inf.  abs.  of  an  'J/  guttural  verb  occurs  ;  there  is 
always  substituted  for  it  the  form  of  the  Inf.  const. 

.Note  2. — As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  guttural  exerts  less'  influence  on  a 
following  than  on  a  preceding  vowel. 


81.     The  Most  Common  y  Guttural  Verbs. 

[In  the  following  list  Q.*  indicates   an   Imperfect  like   SnP";   Pi.*,   Pu.*  and 
Hithp.*  indicate  that  in  these  stems  Daghes-forte  is  implied.] 

(1)  '?N*J   (Q-  Ni.  Pi.  Pu-  Hi.  Hithp.)   Redeem;     (2)   f}^D  (PI)  Effuse; 
(3)  '7N*:r  (Q-  >'i-  Pi*  Hi.)  Ash;    (4)  ShD  (Xi-  Pi-*  Pu.  m.^onfound; 

-      T  ~      T 

(5)  nnt:   (Q.  Pi.*  Pu-  Hithp.*)  Bc  dean;  (6)  nflD  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.*)  Hasten; 

■      T  -      T 

(7)  '^'n'D  (Ni.  Hi.)   Congregate;  (8)  "inS  (Q.  Xi.  Pii.*)   Choose;  (9)  -mD 

-  It  -   t  -   t 


«6 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


[§82. 


<mpi*  Hi.)  Hide;  m)nrh  (Q.  ni.)  FigU;  (11)  ins  (Q.  Pi.*Hi.) 

Tremble;  (12)  '^n"]  (Q-  Ni.  Hi.)  Be  enlarged;  (13)  DH^  (Pi*  Pu*)  ^«^e 
wcrcy;  (14)  J^Il")  (Q.  Pii.*  Hithp.)  FasA;  (15)  pHl  (Q.  Pi.*  Hi.)  5e 
far  off;  (16)  pHtT  (Q-  Pi*  Hi.)  Laugh;  (17)  Dn:^'  (Q-  Ni.)  ir<7?; 
(18)  nW  (Ni-  Pi-'*  Hi.  Ho.)  i>es?ro:?/;  (19)  ^^/^(Q.  PI* Pii.  Hi.)  Co«- 
*Mm.;  (20)  Dj;3  (Q-  Pi-*  Hi.)  Provoke;  (21)  '^^S  (Q-)  i>o;  (22)  p^^ 
(Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Hi.)  ^Cry;  (23)  T]")3  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.  pa.  Hi.  Hithp,)  Bless;  (24)  C^l^ 
(Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.)  Drive  out;  (25)  pi?  (Q.*Pii.)  Sprinkle;  (26)  fjlD  (Q-* 
Ni.  Pii.)  Tear,  ren^;   (27)  jlID  (Q-*  Ni.  Pii.  Hi.  Ho.)  Cut;  (28)  115  (Q. 

-   T  T 

Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Sejmrate,  divide;  (29)  p5  (Q.*  Ni.  Pii.  Hithp.) 
Break  forth;  (30)  tr^lQ  (Q.*  Ni.  Pi.)  Spread  out;  (31)f]lV  (Q-*Ni.  Pi.) 
Eejine;  (32)  ^Ip  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.*  Hi.)  Draw  near;  (33)  Cp^  (Q.  Ni.  Pii.) 
Burn;  (34)  m0  (Pi.)  Minister. 


82.    Verbs  '"l  Guttural 

[For  full  inflection,  see  Paradigm  F.l 
TABULAR   VIEW. 


Qal. 

Niph'al. 

Pi'el. 

Hiph'ii. 

Hithpa'el. 

Perf. 

HDp 

nDp4 

nop 

n^Ppn 

n:Dpnn 

Impf. 

HDp^ 

nop^ 

n^p^ 

n^Pp! 

HDpn* 

Imv. 

nop 

riDpn 

nDp 

n*opn 

nDpnn 

Inf.  abs. 

niDp 

tibp4 

nt?p 

DPpn 

Inf.  const. 

^^p 

mpn 

nop 

n^ppn 

HDpnn 

Part.  act. 

np'P 

llDpD 

n^Ppo 

HDpnD 

Part.  pass. 

mop 

nop:) 

1.  a.  nm^  (2:5);   nS^  (2:7);   ^^D^  (2:8);   n'^lT'^  (3:22);   n'^tT^ 

h.^lV  (41:31);    ;rD^>   (31:53);    np'vTT;-    rf?^  ]^    ^^T   (12:17); 
n'v'ti^'*  (8:7);    nW'   n*?^'  [inf.]  (8:10);    n^Vl  (2:9);    ;^5C^>  (50: 

25);  ;;^m;5  yi'in-,''  miT;^  r^ion  (45:i); 

5M<r/.;  j;-ir  (1:29);  ;;"1M3:5);  fiDro;^  T^ri^'P;"  «'"^  D'^ti^;'" 

nn3;"  n5:in;^2  j;5»ot;13  n^ppn-^^ 


1  Ex. 4:4.  21  Sam. 4:19.  3Ex.9:7.  •»  Ex.  4:23.-  6Jer.31:7.  6Prov.9:9. 
TDan. 11:40.  8lKgs.;5:;j.  9iSam.31:15.  ioDeut.32:7.  iil8a.58:6.  i2lsa.7:U. 
13  Ex.  13 :  19.  H  Ezok.  16 : 4. 


I  82.]  BY   AN   IXDUCTIVE    METHOD.  97 

c.  j;np  (1:11);  nrpyn  (3:i8);  );^i-}  mris;^   rir\^?    ij'?^';* 
rrbm?  nntb;^  nbtr'?;^  r"ir;'  V*:^'-^  I^P^;"  n'^tr'N.^i 

[See  also,  tlie  cases  cited  above,  in  fourth  and  fifth  lines  under  i.l 

d.  n;^T;i2  T\nr:h-P  rro^}'  W3trn;i^  nrb*2n-''^ 

:  '^  -i-T  :     -  I  J-  T  :     -_i-    T  :  ^-j-    ;  :     --i- 

2.  n:np5n  o-.t);  ^nyt:::^'  (3:io);  »ri;^i»  (4:9);  rinp'?  (3:i9). 
^n^^';i^  'qn^tr';^^  ^n'^'ti''?;''  '^n'?::''^  (26:29). 

Verbs  whose  third  radical  is  a  guttural  exhibit,  according  to  §  42.  1-3, 
the  following  peculiarities  : — 

1.  The  guttural  prefers  the  guttural  or  a-class  voioels;  this  is  seen 
a.  In  the  occurrence  of  a,  before  the  guttural,  in  the  Qal  Impf.  and 

Imv.  (where  a  was  a  collateral  form),  rather  than  o,  even  in  active  verbs. 

h.  In  the  restoration  of  e  to  the  original  stem-vowel  a  (?  62.  R.  2) 

in  all  Niph.,  Pi.,  Hiph.,  and  Hithp.  forms  except  Inf's  abs.,  and  Participles. 

c.  In  the  insertion  of  a  Pathah-furtive  (§  42.  2.  d)  before  a  final  gut- 
tural when  the  latter  is  preceded 

(1)  by  a  naturally  long  vowel,  * ,  ^,  or  "j,  or 

(2)  by  a  vowel  essential  to  the  form,  as  o  in  the  Qal  Inf.  construct ; 

(3)  by  the  tone-long  e,  which  is  retained  in  pause  and  also  in  the 
Inf's  abs.  and  Part's,  because  they  are  really  nominal  forms. 

d.  In  the  insertion  of  a  helping-vowel,  viz.,  Pathah,  under  the  gut- 
tural, in  the  2/.  sg.  of  the  various  Perfects. 

2.  The  guttural  prefers  compound  to  simple  S^wa ;  but  this  prefer- 
ence is  indicated  only  before  pronominal  suf&xes ;  the  simple  S'wa  (syl- 
lable-divider) being  retained  under  the  third  radical  wherever  in  ordinary 
inflection  the  strong  verb  would  have  it. 

Jiote  1. — The  Niph'al  Inf.  abs.  is  flDp.!!  following  the  analogy  of 
the  Perfect  stem,  rather  than  that  of  the  Imperfect  [I  70.  1.  R.  1). 

Note  2. — The  Pi'el  Inf.  abs.  and  Inf.  const,  are  the  same  (cf.  the  '^ 
guttural  verb  I  80.  3.  N.  1),  except  that  the  former,  being  treated  as  a 
noun,  retains  the  "^  and  takes  Pathah-furtive. 

Note  3. — Verbs  with  H  (i-  e.,  H  with  Mappiq)  as  their  third  radical 
are  ''7  guttural,  and  are  carefully  to  be  distinguished  from  verbs  with  the 
vowel-letter  H  (?  100.).20 

IPs.  97:11.  2  Num.  19:15.  sDeut.  15:8.  ••Num.  22:37.  sEsth.  3:13. 

6lsa.  45:1.  7  Ps.  106:5.  sDeut.  21:4.  91  Sam.  1:13.  10  Job  28: 10.  iiEx.5:2. 
12 1  Kgs.  2: 15.  13  Ezek.  22: 12;  cf.  1  Kgs.  14:3.  14  Isa.  17: 10;  cf.  Jer.  13:25. 

15  Ezek. 27:33.  i6Ezek.lG:4.  nJer.28:15.  i8lSam.21:3.  19  Deut.  15:18. 

20  The  following  is  a  list  of  these  verbs:  HDJ  be  high;  n"p3  long  for;  PHO  (ia 
Hithpalpel)  delay;  njj  shine;  HOn  he  astonished. 


98  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [U  83,  Si.- 

83.     The  Most  Common  ''?  Guttural  Verbs. 

(1)  HDJ  (Q-  Hi-)  Be  high;  (2)  HD^  (Q-  Hi.)  Trust;  (3)  H^D  (Q.  Hi.) 
Flee;  (4m?r  (Q.  H.)  Sacrifice;  (5)  HlTD  (Q-  ^0  ^l«o'"««;  (6)  ll'^p  (Q- 
Ni.)  i^ori7iYr/(7)  n"13  (Q-  Hi.)  Flourish;   (8)  HVl  (Q-  ^-  P^-  P^-)  '^'/ay; 

(9)  rh'^y  (Q-  xi-  K-  i^-  hi.)  ^e«<?;  (lo)  ntotr  (Q-  pi  hi.)  7?yoice;  (ii) 
;;'?D  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  pa.  mthp.)  Sioaiiow;  {12)  ;;pD  (Q.  Ni.  pi  Pu.  m.  Ho. 

Hithp.)  Cleave;  (13)  ;?JD  (Xi.  Hi.)  Be  humhlcd;  (14)  j;-|3  (Q.  Hi.)  Bend 
the  knee;  (15)  ^:^  (Q.  Ni.)  Withhold;  (16)  j;^^  (Q.  Hi.)  il/ee?,  touch;  (17) 
>*;:♦£)  (Q.  Ni.)  Transgress;  (18)  ;;-)[^  (Q.  Ni.)  Rend;  (19)  ^^t^^  (Q.  Hi.> 
Be  wicked;  (20)  ^^ntT  (Q-  Pi-  Hi.)  Satisfy;  (21)  ;;5-^'  (Q.Ni.  Hi.)  Swear; 
(22)  ;?^*^'  (Q.  Xi.  Pi.  Hi.)  Hear;  (23)  ^Tpn  (Q-  Xi.)  -S'^rt'Z;?,  Uow. 

83b.    i/ERBS  Containing  Two  Gutturals. 

[In  the  verbs  '3  guttural  of  the  following  list,  Q.  indicates  a  Qal  Impf.  like  VtDi" ; 
Q.*,  like  ba^',;  Q.++,  like  'lU;'"..] 

(1)  nix  (Qtt  Pi.  Hi.)  Lie  in  ambush;    (2)  T]"IJ<  (Q-*  Hi.)  Prolong;   (3) 

r\n  (Q.  Xi.  Pu.)  Kill;   (4)  D")n  (Q-  Q-tt  Xi.  Pi.)  Break  doicn;  (5)  TT} 

(Q.*  Xi.  Pii.  Hi.  Ho.)  Be  dried  np;   (6)  inrT  (Q-*  Hi.)  I^remWe;    (7)  UT} 

(Hi.  Ho.)  Z>efo«e,  cZesfroy;   (8)  rjlH  (Q-*  Xi.  Pi.)  Reproach;  (9)  CHIl  (Q. 

Ni.  Pi.)  Cut,  engrave;  (10)  C^-|n  (Q-*  Hi.  Hitlip.)  Be  silent;  (11)  y]j;  (Q. 

Hithp.)  G^iwe  security,  i>lcdge;   (12)  T]"i;?  (Q-  Hi.)  Arrange;  (13)  ^^71  (Q- 

Ni.  Hi.)  Shake;  (14)  ^"IJ  (Q.  Xi.  Pii.  Hi.)  Sow. 

84.     i/ERBS  Pe  Nun  (\"ti). 

[For  full  inflection,  see  Paradigm  G.] 
TABULAR  VIEW. 


Q.Iu 

ipf.  w.  0.  Q. 

Impf.  w.  ii. 

Xiphal. 

Hipliil. 

Hophal. 

Perf. 

'7DJ 

'?:3J 

"^^m 

'7^pn 

y^rr 

Impf. 

'^b! 

y^o^ 

'?*q^ 

•^D* 

Imv. 

'?bj 

'^•0 

■'    T      • 

yon 

Inf.  abs. 

'710J 

'?1l)J 

'?L):in 

T     ■ 

':'pn 

^LDrr 

Inf.  const. 

"^i^^i 

••    T    • 

'?*u)n 

Part.  act. 

"^'O} 

"7^^ 

>p,^ 

Part.  pass. 

"7)12: 

brc:i 

yo^ 

"7^30 

2  S'.,]  BY  AN  IXDUCTIVE  METHOD.  99 

1.  c(.  nc'}, ;'  nrpj-  n;!?: ;'  ^<^f  cf.  yvi'  (;*p^);  ;;j4  (20:6). 

h.  tr"^;5  IC^'JI  (45:-4);  n^t^'  (27:26);  "^C^  f  X'^ 
Remark.-S':i;!-) ;«  -j^l^'^  ;0  h^j-)  ;io  -jyj)  ;ii  pj  42  ^Sijjj.ia 

2.  a.  HB'  (2:7);  ;?t|l»  (2:8);  i;;jjn  (3:3);  ^nOllJ  (6:7);  D^DV:  (18:2). 

h.  TJn(3:ll);  kWn(3:13);  ':'£)11(2:21);  DpM4:15);  1^.^22:20). 
Remark  l.-DHJ*  ;^*  l.tDN^  l^^  r|,SO*  ;i'5  nHT  i^'  cf .  IJ^^Jri.'' 
Remark  2.-np'7  (2:22);   Hj^^  (2:15);   Hp  (6:21);   np*?  i^^  nnp_(4:ll). 
Remark  S.-'Jin^  (1:29);  [n»  (1:17);  "fn  (14:21);  pjlj  (41:43);  m  (4:12). 

Verbs  whose  first  radical  is  J  exhibit  the  following  peculiarities  :— 

1.  The  loss  of  J  takes  place  (§  40.  1)  when  initial  and  with  onl\'  a  half- 
vowel  to  sustain  it, 

«.  Generally  in  the  Qal  Inf.  const,  of  verbs  whose  stem-vowel  in  the 
Impf .  and  Imv.  is  a  ;  in  this  ease  the  fern,  ending  jH  is  taken  on  and  the 
form  becomes  a  Segholate. 

h.  In  the  Qal  Imv.  of  verbs  which  have  a  in  the  Imperfect. 

Rem. — The  Qal  Infinitive  and  Imperative  of  verbs  with  o  in  the  Im- 
perfect do  not  often  lose  the  initial  J, 

2.  The  assimilation  of  J  takes  place  (I  39.  1)  when,  having  under  it  a 
sj'llable-divider,  it  closes  a  preformative  sjdlable, 

a.  In  the  Qal  Imperfect,  and  Xiph'al  Perfect  and  Part. 

h.  Throughout  the  Hiph'il  and  Hoph  al. 

Jfote  1. — The  original  preformative  vowel  li  appears  in  the  Hoph'al, 
•on  account  of  the  sharpened  syllable  (§  36.  6.  a). 

Note  2. — Care  must  be  taken  not  to  confuse  with  verbs  7"5,  (1)  those 
verbs  V'£3  which  assimilate  *1  (§  90.  4);  (2)  those  ^"^  forms  which  have 
a  Daghes-forte  (§  86.  2.  K  1);  and  (3)  the  V'^  Niph'al  Impf.  which  also 
has  Daghes-forte. 

Remark  1. — The  J  remains  «n-assimilated  in  verbs  '^  guttural,  and 
in  a  few  isolated  instances  besides. 

Remark  2.— The  verb  Hp'?  ta^^e  treats  ^  like  ^  in  the  Qiil  and 
Hoph'al,  but  in  the  Niph'al  dip 7^)  the  '7  is  retained. 

Remark  3.— The  verb  "ipi^  is  peculiar  (1)  in  its  Inf.  const,  jin  (= 
rin  =  n^ri)i  which  has  as  its  stem-vowel  1,  (2)  in  the  appearance  of  the 
same  vowel  i  heightened  to  e,  in  the  Imv.  (JH)  and  Impf.  (IT)''),  and  (3)  in 
the  assimilation  of  the  third  radical  in  inflection. 


1  Ex.  34:30.           2  2  Sam.  14:10.           sEccles.  3:2.  4  Num.  4:5.  53  Sara.  1:15. 

6  Ex.  3:5.         -Ps.  144:5.         sJsa.  34:4.         9Deut.  23:23.         lo  2  Sam.  3:34.  nps.  34:14. 

12  Ps.  58:7.       isHos.  10:8.       Hisa.  5:29.       isJer.  23:31.       le  Lev.  20:10.  "Jer.  51:44. 
J8  Isa.  58:3.       w  Deut.  31 :26. 


100 


ELEMENTS  OF   HEBREW 


85.    The  Most  Common  f'S  Verbs. 


{U  85,  86.. 


[In  the  following  list  Q.  designates  those  Qal-stems  which  have  for  the  Impf., 
Imv.  and  Inf.  const,  the  forms  So\  VdJ,  Sbj;  Q.*,  those  stems  which  have  ^0\, 
Sp,  rh\^\  Q.+,  those  stems  which  have  h&,  ho,  Sbj;  Q.t+,  those  stems  which  have 
SdJ'  or  *7£0J\  i.  c.,  an  unassimilated  J.  More  or  less  variation  as  to  the  form  of  the 
Qal  Impf.,  Imv.  and  Inf.  const,  will  be  found  in  these  verbs.  It  is  also  to  be  noted 
that  in  some  only  the  Impf.  occurs;  in  others,  the  Impf .  and  Imv.;  in  others,  only 
the  Impf.  and  Inf.  const.] 

(1)  nX^lQ.ttPi.)  Commit  adultery;  (2)  J^^{^(Q.ttPi.Hl.Hithp.)/)csi^^e; 
(3)  D5J  (Pi-  Hi.)  Look;  (4)  S^^  (Q.  Pi.)  Witler;  (5)  "1^^  (Hi.  Ho.)  3Iake 
A-noicn;  (6)  ^^^^(Q.tNi.Pi.  Pu.  Hi.)  Touch;  (7)  (^^}  (Q.  Ni.  Hithp.)  Smite; 
(8)  C'JJ  (Q*  Ni-  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.)  Aj^iyroach;  (9)  n"ll(Q-tNi.  Pii.  Hi..  Ho.) 
Drive/ m  -)1J  (Q.)  Vow;  (11)  Jim  (Q-tt  Pi.)  W;  (12) '7m  (Q-tt  Pi. 
Hi.  Ho.  mthixilnherit;  (13)  VD^  (Q-t  Ni.)  Plant;  (14)  TOJ  (Q-  Ni.  Pii.) 
Spread  out;  (15)  "ID^  (Ni.  Pi.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Know;  (16)  T^p^  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.  Hi. 
Ho.)  Pour  out;  (17)  ^^p^  (Qt  Ni.  Hi.)  Depart;  (18)  %^  (Q.  Hi.  Hithp. 
Pii.)  Ftdl;   (19)  ny^  (Ni.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.)  Stand;  (20)  H^j  (Ni.  Pi.)  Be 

-    T  -   T 

preeminent;  (21)  ^'^^  (Ni.  Pi.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.)  Snatch,  deliver;  (22)  ^VJ 
(Q.)  Observe,  loatch;  '(23)  ^p^  (Q-  Ni.)  Define;  (24)  Dp^  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Ho. 
Hithp.)  ^fe»f7e;  (25)  yt^^  (Hi.)  i?racA;  (26)  tj^O  (Q-  Q-*  Pi-  Hi.)  Lend; 
(27)  pC'J  (Q.t  Pi.  Hi.)  Kiss;  (28)  }n:i  (Q.i  Ni.  Ho.)  Give;  (29)  pj  (Q.  Ni. 
Pi.  Pii.  Ho.)  Break  down;  (30)  njlj  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Hi.  Ho.)  Draw  out. 


86.    Verbs  'AyTn  Doubled  {};'y). 

[For  full  inflection,  see  Paradigm  H.] 
TABULAR  VIEW. 


Qai 

Uncontr.    < 

Dontr. 

Ntph'al 
Uncontr.       Contr. 

Hiph'il 

Uncontr.       Contr. 

Perf. 

Dpp 

op 

(Dtopjl) 

Dpj 

(Dpprr) 

t^prr 

Impf. 

(DOp) 

Dp:«.- 

Dp.^2  (t3p|p») 

i^p' 

(topp!) 

^Px 

Imv. 

(Dbp) 

Dp 

(DDpn) 

Dpn 

(toppn) 

^P'7 

Inf.  abs. 

Drop 

(DDpn) 

Dpn 

(Dtpprr) 

t^P'7 

Inf.  const. 

(DDp) 

dp 

(DDpn) 

t3pn 

(Dppn) 

^P-7 

Part.  act. 

Dpip 

{^\D\:!2) 

^p't? 

Part.  pass. 

.  DlOp 

(DL)p^) 

^p^ 

Hoph'al :  Pf .  DDpn^ 

=apirt 

;  Impf.  Dpp^= 

DpVi  Pa 

rt.Dt:pp= 

apia 

1  Impf.  iry,  Imv.  rri,  inf.  const,  rif).       2  Or,  in  Stative  Verbs,  Dp^. 


^  86.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  101 

1.  ♦n (3:22) /or  »»n;  :iD'^for 3i3D* ;  ni  m)for  inn ; nD^v^onDJ; 

-T  T  :-T  -;• 

D.tDHVor  DD,tDn ;  '?mn  (4:26) /or  ':)Snrr. 

a.  '7TVor'7'2T;  n.^^'/'^oiQ^  mT/'^'-innn. 

i.  '^nn  (6:1),  not  s^nn ;  non^,  ^o^  yon ;  ':'p*«,  »o<  ':)p\ 

2.  «.  2D'' for  220' \  -iNN(12:3);   30^,2  IDJ  ;^     '7nn(9:20);   t^'^^io 

T  ;     -  T  -    T  T    T  '.-IT-  •  ■  T 

"^pl'  '^'HN*;!!  ^nn-r^  2Dn-p  '^pn-,''  pin.^^ 

h.  '^nn  (6:l)/or  '^'pr^n  ;  '^np  ;16  2PP  ;i^  };y  (21:12).i8 

c.  '7mn(4:26)/oo'?r7n;  '^rnni^^  ^3^;-°  rsitD.^i 

Remark  l.-D-l^-2  Db:;2=^  ip^"^  Dr\'-p  DDNi^"  '^D*;^^  DPl;^^  DH^^^ 

Remark  2.-D,p^  ;^2  pj^p^  .33  ?,q^  .34  i^i^j^  .35  ^^^  .36  fi;inj.37 

Remark  3.--l!3n;^^  "ISH  (17:14);  ^in  ■,^'  ^"10;^"  latDH."! 

Remark  4.-':)'73  (11:9);    pn  (33:5);   t>b:ii  (29:3);   l'?'?V  ;*2   cf.  also  ffjl 

-  T  I  -  T  -;|T  -:  |T  : 

(31:19);  DD'^^^  IT J^H  ;«  DOtrH.^ 


Verbs  whose  second  and  third  radicals  are  identical  tend  to  unite 
these  radicals  in  a  double  consonant.  This  contraction  of  the  two  radi- 
cals into  one  takes  place  in  all  forms  except  those  which  already  contain 
a  double  radical**^  and  those  forms  of  the  Qal  which  have  a  naturally  long 
vowel.^'^     The  following  peculiarities  result  from  the  contraction  : — 

1.  The  stem-vowcI,  which,  after  contraction,  stands  with  the  first  radical 
instead  of  the  second,  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  corresponding  form  of 
the  strong  verb  ;  except  that 

a.  In  the  Niph'al  Impf.  and  Imv.,  a  is  found  rather  than  e  ;  and 
h.  In  the  Hiph  il  Perf.,  Impf.,  Inf.  const,  and  Part.,  e,  heightened 
from  i,  is  found  instead  of  i,  anomalously  lengthened  from  1  (§  30.  2.  e). 
Note. — Stative  verbs  have  a  in  the  Qal  Imperfect. 


ilKgs.  7:15.       2  Num.  34:4.       sPs.  68:3.      *  Lev.  11:7.      sJer.  33:22.  eJsa.  52:11. 

TSKgs.  16:18.            6  1  Sam.  6:5.            »  3  Sam.  22:27.            lo  Ex.  10:21.  uDeut.  2:25. 

laDeut.  2:24.       i3  2  Sam.  5:23.       h  Jon.  1:5.       is  E.y.  30:36.      leJer.  25:29.  njer.  21:4. 

18  Cf.  also  SpX  (16:5);  Dn;,  (Deut.  19:6);  nV}";,  (Isa.  7:8).        w  Isa.  44:20.  20  Jer.  33:21. 

21  IKgs.  10:18.           22  Ps.  30:13.           23 1  Sam.  5:8.           24  Gen.  24:26.  25  Gen.  47:15. 

26  Deut.  9:21.      27  Job  18:16.      28  Ex.  13:18.      292  Kgs.  22:4.      30  Ex.  23:21.  3i  Deut.  1:44. 

32  1  Sam.  15:9.      33Ezek.  26:2.      34  Amos  3:11.      33lsa.  34:3.     36  Mai.  2:5.  3i  Jer.  22:23. 

38  Ruth  1:20.  39  Ex.  5:23.  4olsa.  9:16.  41  Deut.  1:28.  42  Ex.  15:10.  «  Job  11:13. 
«Ps.  32:11.       «Mic.6:13. 

46  That  is  in  Pi'el,  Pu'al  and  Hithpa'el. 

41  Qal  Inf.  abs.  and  Participles. 


102  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  86. 

2.  The  preformative  vowel,  whicli  after  contraction  stands  in  an  open 
syllable  before  the  tone,  is  heightened.     Here 

(t.  The  original  a,  heightened  to  a,  appears  in  the  Qal  Impf.  with  o, 
the  Niph 'ill  Perf.  and  Part.,  and  the  Iliph'il  Impf.,  Iniv.  and  Inf's. 

h.  The  attenuated  t,  heightened  to  e,  appears  in  the  Hiph'il  Perf., 
the  Hiph'il  Part,  (after  the  analogy  of  the  Perfect),  and,  for  the  sake  of 
dissimilarity,  in  the  Qal  Impf.  with  a. 

c.  The  original  u,  lengthened  after  the  analogy  of  verbs  V'5  (§  90. 
3.  c)  to  u,  appears  throughout  the  Hbph'al. 

Remark  1. — The  Aramaic  form  of  the  Qal  Impf.,  made  by  doubling 
the  first  radical,  in  compensation  for  the  loss  of  the  third  radical,  is  quite 
common.  There  is  also  an  Aramaic  Hiph'il  of  similar  character,  though 
occurring  more  rarel}^ 

Remark  2. — Beside  the  stem  with  a,  the  Niph'al  has  rarely  stems 
with  e  and  o,  after  the  analogy  of  Qal  Statives  ;  and  there  are  some  forms 
with  the  preformative  i  retained. 

Remark  3. — The  original  stem-vowel  a  frequently  occurs  in  the 
Hiph'il,  even  with  non-gutturals. 

Remark  4. — Uncontracted  forms,  especially  of  the  Qal  Perfect, 
occur  in  pause  or  for  emphasis. 

3.  13ir»  (8:1);   I'^p  (8:8);   HT)  (18:20);   ^l^DJ  (19:4);    n^nn}  I^T;^ 

-I     T  l-l-  TAT  -I-    T  TJ--     ••  J--    T 

»3Dn;=^  *:Db;*  ^'pj;^  ibn.'^ 

•    J"     T  •      -I  -I  -IT 

4.  »ni'?"i;7  *mD;8  HbD;''  'rbpi,''  n)f2m-^'  mDn;i2  rrr:DDn 

(37:7);   nr'^nm  (41:54);   nr'^^^fl.!^ 

T  J-.'   ■     :  -  T  -J-.-  •     : 

3.  Before  vowel-termination s  (pf ,  ),  * )  the  Daghes-forte,  which  could 

not  stand  in  a  final  consonant,  is  now  inserted,  while  the  preceding  vowel 
is  retained,  contrary  to  the  analogy  of  the  strong  verb,  and  accented. 

4.  Before  consonant-terminations  a  separating-vowel  is  inserted  to  pre- 
serve the  preceding  Daghes-forte.    This  vowel  is  *\  (=  6/o?-a)  in  Perfects, 

and  *>___  (after  the  analogy  of  the  * (e  =a+y)  of  verbs  H"'?  ^  100.  3.  c)  in 

Irapei'fects.    The  separating-vowel  is  accented,  except  before  Qjl  and  7jri, 

Remark  1. — "When,  in  inflection,  the  tone  passes  away  from  the 
stem-syllable,  (1)  the  tone-long  stem-vowels  o  and  e  are  shortened  to  ii 
and  1  (?  36.  1.  a) ;  (2)  the  tone-long  preformative  vowels  arc  volatilized 
{I  36.  3). 

iJudg.  20:40.  2lsa.  13:10.  3  Cant.  6:5.  4lsa.  23:16.  6  Josh.  10:18. 

6jo8h.H:2.       -Josh. 5:9.       »1  Sam.23:22.       •jEx.40:3.       io3Sam.6:23.        iiJobl6:7. 
i2lKgs.  18:3T.        is  1  Sam.  3: 11. 


^87.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  103 


5.  a.  "ijn:  thr\\  '-h'^n\  '?'?5iT;^  ^'^T^}-  "^I^p'-' 
h.  wm\'  ^iDD'n;^  '?'?'iDn'^  T)r)nr2v  i^v'in^  (25:22);  "iinrz^^ 
c-H\)^p:''   'rHjHy,''  ^-^p^rw^^  ^^:i^j'"^  ^?15P^'' 

:  AT    ;     -     :     • 

5.  a.  The  regular  Intensive  stems,  Pi'el,  Pii'al  and  Hithpa'el,  are  found 
quite  frequent! J' ;  but  more  often  there  are  substituted  for  them, 

b.  The  Po'el,  Po'al,  and  Hithijo'el,  of  which  the  1  (=  6  =  a)  is  a 
lengthening  in  compensation  for  the  omitted  doubling  ;  or 

c.  The  Pilpel  (no  Piilpal  occurs),  and  Hithpalpel,  formed  by  the 
reduplieatiou  of  the  contracted  biliteral  stem. 

87.     The  Most  Common  ^'y  Verbs. 

[In  the  following  list,  Q.  designates  those  stems  which,  in  the  Qal  Imperfect,  have 
the  form  £0p';  Q-*,  those  which  have  the  form  Dp';  Q-+,  those  which  have  the  form 
£OpV     Ni.*  designates  a  Niph'al  Perfect  like  DpJ-] 

(1)  ^b'2  (Q.  Hithpo.)  Confound;   (2)  ^"^^  (Q.  Ni*  Po'al,  Hi.  Hithp6. 

—     T  -    T 

Pilpel,  Hithpal.)  Roll;  (3)  WOl  (Q*  Ni.  Po'el,  Hi.)  Be  dumb,  amazed; 
(4)  lin  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.  Po'el,  Hithpo.)  Measure;  (5)  li:  (Q.*  Po'al,  Hi.  Ho.15 
Hithpo.)  Wander;  (6)  ^^D  (Q-  Q-*  Ni.  Pi.  Po'el,  Hi.16  Ho.)  Surround;  (7) 
T|5p  (Q.  Hi.  Ho.i7)  Cover, protect;  (8)  ^^Q  (Pi.  Hithp.)  Praij ;  (9)  yy^ 
(Q.  Po'el,  Pil.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithpo.)  Break;  (10)  ")"1V  (Q.t  Pti.  Hi.)  Distress; 
(11)  Tip  (Q.*)  Bow  the  head;  (12)  ^^T)  (Q.t  Ni.i^  Pi.  Pil.  Hi.  Pilpel, 
Hithpalp.)  Be  light;  (13)  j J"!  (Q.  Pi.  Pu.  Hi.i^  Hithpo.)  Sing,  cry  aloud; 
(14)  -TTiT"  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Ho.)  Destroy;  (15)  QOuJ^'  (Q-  Q*  Q-t  Ni.  Po'el, 
Hi.2*'  Ho.21  Hithpo.)  Be  astonished,  laid  waste. 

(16)  nnjj  (Q.  Ni.22  Pi.  Ho.)  Curse;   (17)  ^^T}  (Q-  Pi-  Pu-  Hithp.  Po'el, 
Hithpo.  Hi.)  Praise;   (18)  JJH  (Q.)  Dance;   (19)  '^'^ll  (Q.  Pi-  Po'el,  Pu. 

-     T  -     T 

Po'al)  Pierce;  (20)  ^^r\  (Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithpo.)  Profane,  begin; 
(21)  nr\  (Q.  Ni.23  P6'el,  Ho.  Hithp.)  Be  gracious;  (22)  nnil  (Q-t  Pi-  Hi.) 

I  -    T  ~     T 

Be  dismayed;  (23)  '2'T^  (Q-  Pu-)  Be  many;  (24)  ^Tj;"}  (Q.t  Hi.  Hithpo.) 
Be  evil. 


1  Gen.  20:7.        2lsa.  1:6.        alsa.  65:20.         <  Ex.  .5:7.  sPs.  131:2.        ePs.  90:6. 

'Gen. 49:10.  8lsa.53:5.  9Eccl.lO:10.  ioJer.51:25.  iil8a.29:4,  i2Jer.51:58, 
13  2  Sam.  6:14.       u  Gen.  43:10. 

^■'  njn.          16  3d;  and  3D'..          "  ^DH.          is  bpJ.  "  P"'n.  20  q^'^  or  UVi\. 


104  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [U  88.-90. 

88.     Verbs  Pi  'Aleph  (N"Q). 

1.  n!:N^Ml:3);  '?pNn(2:16);  HpNJ  (3:2);  nPiVni  (3:2);  ':)^^^  (3:12). 

2.  '?pNn(2:16),fc«<'7pN*r)  (3:6);  Sp}^^  (3:2),  Z.»^  SpxU3:6);lphJMl:3). 
Itemark.-:rT'?DN  (2:17);  iON*'?  (l:22)=-iDN*'?;  ^"2^^^  (6:21);  "IDN**  (10:9). 

I  :    T    -:  ••  v:  |v  ■■   T|"  ■•    t|-- 

Of  the  verbs  having  Ji{  for  their  first  radical,  there  are  six  (see  'i  89.)' 
which  show  certain  peculiarities  in  the  Qal  Imperfect : — 

1.  The  first  radical  J<  loses  its  consonantal  character,  and  the  vowel  of 
the  preformative,  orig.  a,  is  6  (obscured  from  a,  which  came  from  "^r^).^ 

Note.  —This  }i{  is  retained  orthographically,  except  in  the  first  sing., 
where  it  is  dropped  after  the  preformative  K  (—  '^)- 

2.  The  Imperfect  stem-vowel  is  e  (from  i)  in  pause ;  but  elsewhere- 
generally  a ;  when  the  accent  recedes,  it  is  e. 

Remark. — Outside  of  the  Qal  Imperfect,  these  verbs  are  treated  as 
verbs  '£)  guttural  [I  78.). 

Note. — A  few  verbs  are  treated  sometimes  as  ^{"5)  sometimes  as  '^ 
guttural. 

89.     The  N*"£i  Verbs. 

(1)  -IDN*  (Q.  Pi-(a)  Hi.)  raN^  -IDN*^]  Perlsli;  (2)  n^N  (Q.)  [n5N']  Be 
willing;  (3)  rilK  (Q-  Ni.  IIi.  Ho.)  [r^^^^  also  rJlN^]  Seize,  hold;  (4)  ^'2^ 
(Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Pu.  Hi.)  [^2i<\  b^m  Eat ;  (5)  ^m  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.  Hithp.)  H^nI 
^m\  nON-n]  Say;   (6)  H^N  (Q.  Ni.)  [HfiN^]  Bake. 


90. 

Verbs  Pe 

Waw  0"^) 

[Foi 

:  full  Inflection, 

see  Paradigm  I.] 

TABULAR 

1  VIEW. 

Q.Impf.w.e.  < 

Q.Impf.w.a. 

Niph'al. 

Hiph'ii. 

Hoph'al. 

Perf. 

bi2' 

'70^ 

^m 

'?^pin 

'7Dirr 

Impf. 

St3^ 

HD'^ 

'T'P*!' 

'7'PV 

'?DV 

Imv. 

'70 

bD^ 

'^D'ln 

'?p'in 

Inf.  abs. 

"y'MD' 

'?M2' 

'?t:in 

luf.  const. 

n'^D 

'?b* 

'7Din 

'?*Din 

Part. 

act. 

^d' 

Sd> 

'7^£?10 

Part. 

pass. 

T 

T 

'?D'i:i 

T 

T 

1  Cf.  SX^'I  for  SyX-l  (Num.  11: 25). 


§  90.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  105 

1.  ;^T  (4:l)/or;;n;   "l'^^  (4:18) /o/- n'r^l;   I'rj^  (4:26). 

2.  o.  XV*  (4:16)  =  ye-9e7orNVV;   Dt:'_M4:16);    I'^n  (4:1). 

n^'n  (24:55);  n'7p(3:16);  I'^kX  (18:13);  ;;T(4:17);  ^);y{^:1). 
NV  (8:16);  t]'?  (12:1);  Dti'  (20:15);  ^^l  (20:7);  ni'^  (4:2);  r\V_J  (3:22). 
i.  fjr''»  (2:21);   [^>i<;i  1N7^2  jj;--,^^  (2i:io);   pNTri.^ 
Remark  l.-rn'?  (4:2);   r\^"\;^   ni^l  (3:22);    ,1^*1;^    rn':'.^ 

.-1.  V     JV  -J-  ^T     ■•  T" 

N^n;  ;^  tr'a^5 ;'  "iD''?  ;^  r\m\  (8:7);  n'pbv^" 

Remark  2.-rr:3'7;ii  HDtr' (27:19);  n"l")(45:9);  HDH  (11:3). 

T    :  T  :  T   :  t  -it 

Remark  3. -no))  (11:31);  T)'?  (26:16);  ri"?;!  (12:4);  T]'7n  (3:15). 

3.  a.  -t':5?|M4:18);  -imM32:25);  tiHin  (45:11);  ^01.1  ;^-  "I'^IHS  (21:5). 

■■  T-  •■  T-  "T    ■  :  |T   •  ■•  T   ■     ; 

^-  r'l'IJ  ;''  "l"?'*!^  (21:3);  T"?'!,*!  (11:27);  'r}'>'i)'r\  (5:4);  "I'^V  (5:3). 

c.  -in')n(39:i);  Hj'pnin  ;i'^  '?av.i5 
4.  ji;^r;i'5  VT.f  p'^'.  (28:18);  rivn;^8  n^^rT;i9  in^vi!)'' 


20 


Verbs  whose  first  radical  was  originally  *)  exhibit  the  following  pecul- 
iarities : — 

1.  The  original  1  passes  over  into  ^  [I  44.  1.  a)  whenever  it  would  be 
initial,  as  in  the  Qal  Perf.,  the  Pi'el  and  Pu'al ;  and  frequently  also  after 
the  prefix  m  (§  44.  1.  i). 

2.  In  the  Qal  Imperfect,  Imperative  and  Infinitive  construct,  two  treat- 
ments exist,  according  as  the  radical  1  (or  '')  is  rejected  or  retained  : 

a.  In  those  verbs  which  reject  the  radical "), 

(1)  the  Imperfect  has  for  its  stem-vowel  e  (heightened  from  i),  or 
(before  gutturals)  a,  while  the  i  of  the  preformative,  now 
standing  in  an  open  syllable,  is  heightened  to  e ;         .  .  - 

(2)  the  Imperative  has  the  same  vowel  as  the  Imperfect ; 

(3)  the  Infinitive  construct,  taking  on  the  feminine  ending  JH  (cf. 
verbs  |"5,  §  84. 1.  a),  assumes  the  form  of  an  a-class  Segholate 
noun  n'7p  [for  fl'pD,  I  106.  1.  a). 

h.  In  those  verbs  which  retain  the  radical  1,  the  Impej-fecf  has  for  its 
stem-vowel  a,  while  the  \  changed  to  *,  unites  with  the  vowel  (i)  of  the 
preformative  and  gives  i. 

1  Ps.  13:4.        2  Gen.  20 :8.        =  Deut.  1 :29.        *  Lev.  20 :24.        s  Ex.  2 :4.  g  Isa.  37 :3. 

'Josh.  22:25.       8  Isa.  27:11.       9  Isa.  51:16.       lo  Deut.  9:28.       n  Num.  22:6.  12  Ps.  2:10. 

"Ex.  2:14.  HPs.  45:16.  is  Isa.  18:7.        is  Isa.  58:5.         n  Isa.  14:11,  is  Isa.  9:17. 
19  Jer.  11:16.       20  Josh.  8:8. 


106  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREAV  [?  91. 

>'ote.— Onlj'  three  verbs^  retain  ")  (*)  in  the  Imperative,  and  these  are 
verbs  which  have  lost  their  third  radicah 

Remark  1.— The  Infinitive  construct  has  most  frequently  the  form 
pSjJ  (=  n'?^),  before  suffixes  Jl'^p  ;  several  cases,  however,  occur  of 
the  JForm  rh\2 ;  the  form  '^b*  is  found  a  few  times,  while  tliat  of 
n7U*  occurs  seldom. 

Remark  2. — Seeminglj'  for  compensation,  the  Imperative  often  as- 
sumes the  cohortative  endins?  H (^  '2.  3). 

Remark  3. — The  verb  T]7*  loalh  has  forms  in  Qal  for  the  Impf..Imv. 
and  Inf.  const.:  the  forms  of  the  Perfect,  Inf.  abs.  and  Participle  are 
taken  from 


3.  The  first  radical  (1),  when  medial,  remains  ;  but 

a.  It  appears  as  a  consonant  onlj'^  when  it  would  be  doubled,  as  in 
the  Niph  al  Impf.,  Imv.  and  Inf.  const.  (I  44.  5.  c). 

h.  It  unites  with  the  preformative  vowel  a,  and  forms  "j  (a+w  =  6), 
in  the  Xiph'al  Perfect  and  Participle,  and  throughout  the  Hiph'il  [I  44. 
3.  a). 

c.  It  unites  with  the  preformative  vowel  u,  and  forms  1  throughout 
the  Hoph'al  [I  44.  3.  c). 

Note. — The  form  '^DV  (from  ^"y  he  ahle)  is  regarded  by  some  as  a 

-  T 

regular  Hoph'al  Impf.;  by  others,  as  an  anomalous  Qal  Impf. 

4.  In  a  few  verbs  V'5i  the  '>  {=  "))  is  assimilated,  just  as  J  of  verbs  7"5 
(§  84.)  was  assimilated. 

91.    The  Most  Common  V'3  I/erbs. 

[In  the  following  list,  Q.  designates  those  stems  described  in  §  90.  2.  a;  Q.*,  those 
described  in  §  90.  2.  b;  Q.t,  those  described  in  §  90.  4.] 

(1)  t^'3^  (Q.*2  Pi.  Hi.)  Be  dry;    (2)  V^  (Q.*  Pi.  HI)  Labor,  he  weary; 

(3)  m*  (Q*^  Pi-  Hi.  Hithp.)  Cast,  give  thanks;  (4)  Vl»  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Po.  Pii. 

TT  ^      -T 

Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.)  Know;  (5)  ^H^  (Q--*)  Give;  (6)  '^rV  (Q.  Pi.)  Join;  (7)  ^rV 

-   T  ~   T  -   T 

(Ni.  Pi.  Hi.)  Wait;   &)'ny  (Ni.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.)  Rei)roveJud(je;   (9)  ^'y 

-  T  T 

(Q.*5[H6.])  Be  ahle;  (10)  'i->^  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.)  Bring  forth; 

~   T 

(11)  Vh^^  (Q.  Hi.)  Walk;  (12)  "ID;  (Q-*  Ni-  Pi-  Pii.  Ho.)  Found;  (13)  ^y 


>  HT,  K")\  HT;  cf.  also  the  pausal  form  Hl^y  (Deut.  33:23). 

2  Inf.  const,  C^'t.    r\Wyx  no  Imv.  :i  No  Qal  Impf.;  Imv.  pi.  W_. 

*  Only  in  Imv.,  DH,  nin,  OH,  "3n.  ',  inf.  const,  rhy ;  Impf.  ^JV  8  90.  3.  N. 

6  Cf.  IjSn,  which  is  found  in  Q.,  Ni.,  Pi.,  Hithp. 


?  92.]  BY  AN  ixDUCTiVE  :method.  107 

(Q.i  Xl  Hi.)  Add;  (14)  -)D*  (Q.t-  Xi.  Pi.  m.3  Xithp.)  Chastise;  (15)  "J^ 
(Q.*  Xl.  Hi.  Ho.)  Appoint,  assemble;  (16)  r|^»  (Q.*)  Be  weary;  (17)  T^j;* 
(Q.*  Xi.  Hithp.)  Ca-e  counsel;  (18)  HtD*  (Q*  Pi-  Hithp.)  Be  beautiful;  (19) 

T  T 

N^'^  (Q.  Hi.  Ho.)  Go  forth  ;  (20)  JIV'  (Hi.4  Ho.-^)  Set,  place;  (21)  V\;»  (Hi.* 
H6.-J)  ^i^reac?  fZoR-;?;  (22)  n^*  (Q.  Q.t^  Hi.4  Ho.)  Pour  out;    (23)  "I":*'*  (Q.* 

It  -  t 

Q.t  Xi.  Pii.  Ho.)  Form;  (24)  HV*  (Q-t*'  Xi.  Hi.^)  Kindle;  (25)  ^  (Q-**') 
^16-«A,t;  (26)  np*^  (Q.  Q.*  Hi.)  Be  precious;  (27)  Z*\>1  (Q-^  Xi.  Ho.)  ^//u/, 
lay  snares;    (28)  kSn*  (Q.*  Xi.  Pi.)  Be  afraid;    (29)  IT  (Q.  Hi.  Ho.)  G^o 

"T  -y 

down;  (30)  n"l»  (Q.*^  Xl  Hi.)  Cast,  instruct;  (31)  C^^  (Q.*8  Xi.  Pi.  Hi.) 
.S'tL-f, possess;  (32)  y^*^  (Q.  Xi.  Pi.  Hi.  Ho.)  >S'/^,  dwell;  (33)  ?tr'*  (Q.*  Xi. 
Pi.)  Sleep;  (34)  ^t^l  (Xi.  Hi.)  Deliver;  (35)  nH^  (Xl  Hi.)  Be  left  over. 

92.     Verbs  Pe  Yodh  (»"£}). 

[For  full  inflection,  see  Paradig-m  I.] 
TABULAR   VIEW. 

Qrd  Xipli'al  Hiph'il  Hoph'al 


Perf. 

-  T 

'7^L)^'^ 

Impf. 

'7l3^^ 

Xo 

•^tpM 

Xo 

Iinv. 

forms 

':'P'n 

forms 

Inf.  abs. 

occur. 

':'P*n 

Inf.  const. 

'7'0'n 

Part. 

"7'^' 

'?'prp 

1.  yo^^  (12:13);  J^p'^l  (9:24) /o.  j*p*n  ;  IDlJ^.  (34.:18);  Ipril.^ 

2.  D'ONn  (12:16);    np'TH    (21:7);    nTO^H  ;io  D'O^H   (4:7);  pm  ;ii 
n*D\S*  (32:13);  ^5*t3n;i-   na^O'N")  (32:10);   nul\'l  (32:13);  D^P^n'?;^^ 


1  Only  in  Perf.  2  Cf.  D"».DX.  s  Hos.  7:12. 

4  With  "  assimilated.  s  Imv.  pi"  and  pi";  Inf.  const.  Dp'H.  e  Only  in  Impf. 

-  Imv.  ny..  3  Imv.  ty"!;  Inf.  const.  jTi;;n.         '  '  9  Isa.  66:11. 

lojer.  1:12'.  n  Ex.  2:7.  '  12  Isa.  23:16. 

i3jer.  4:22.  n  1  Sam.  16:17.  is  Ex.  2:7. 


108  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREAV  [R  93,  94. 

Verbs  whose  first  radical  was  originally  *  exhibit  the  following  pecul- 
iarities : — 

1.  In  the  Qal  Imperfect  the  radical  '>  unites  with  the  vowel  of  the  pre- 
formative  (i)  and  gives  i  (§30.  2.  a).  No  forms  of  an  Imperative  or  of 
Infinitives  occur. 

2.  In  the  Hiph'il  the  radical  ♦  unites  with  the  vowel  of  the  pref  ormative 
(a)  and  gives  e  (§  30.  4.  I). 

Note. — No  Niph'al  or  Hoph'al  forms  occur. 

93.    The  Pe  Yodh  (»"£))  Verbs. 

(1)  '2\y  (Q.  Hi.)  Be  good;  (2)  '^'^J  (Hi.)  Bewail;  (3)  f^J  (Hi.)i  Go  to  the 
right;  (4)  p^J  (Q.  Hi.)  Suck;  (5)  y^\  (Q.)  Aicahe;  (6)  ^^^^  (Q.  Pi.  Pii.  Hi.) 
Be  straight. 

94.    Verbs  'Ayin  Waw  {\y). 


[For  full  Inflection,  see  Paradigm  K.] 

TABULAR  VIEW. 

Qal 

Niph'al 

Hiph'il 

Hoph'al 

Perf. 

^P'^P 

^Vi 

'7'pn 

•^pin 

Impf. 

^ip: 

'?1P 

yp: 

•^pv 

Imv. 

•^ip 

'^Ip/'l 

''P? 

Inf.  abs. 

^v 

b'ypr^ 

''PO 

Inf.  const. 

b^^ 

"ii^n 

^^P'7 

'?pirr 

Part.  act. 

'^p 

'^'p'P 

Part.  pass. 

^1P 

^ipj 

^piD 

1.  a.  niD^  (38:11);  fllC''  (3:15);  DltrTl  (3:19);  m-t::i  (42:2);   ia;^>  (8:3). 

T  It  t  t  J',   t 

Dip  (13:17) /or  p"!p  ;  y\0  (31:3);  nijl  (26:3);  mp  (19:2). 

ntr'in  (42:28)  =  !i^'in/ooic'n;  pin;-  opini^  nov.* 

i.  N*Dn(4:4)/or  K'5n  =  N*')nn;  nrtDH;^  DCT(14:16);  DpH ;« 
v7Jn;n>*n(l:17)/orTN*rT=niNn;  Opn"?;'  D^pN*  (17:21); 
n»t:''»  (50:15)  for  '^W  ;  D'tr'n  (24:6) ;  D^Dn  ;'■•  D*p,t2  (9:9). 


1  A  denominative  from  rp'  riy/if /(ajid.       2Tsa.  30:33.      a  Ex.  40:17.      >  Num.  15:36. 
'Judg.  10:30.       6  Josh.  4:9.       'Lev.  14:12.       s  Num.  7:1.        »  Deut.  22:4. 


^  94.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  109 

c.  N*3(6:13);   ^D^  for  "jID ;   yc;  (18:33)  /ornicr';   Dir^/or  aitr'; 

T  T  -TT  -TT  TT 

tj'njs    /or   tr'n:i;    DIQ^*  /orD"ID^'7l»M17:12);   ':)lQn  (34:15, 

T  -     :  ■  •  -  T  ■ 

17:10);    \):in;'    f'n^  (41:33);  pD J  (41:32);  D^;m« 

Dtrn  (24:8);  NDM4:3)/or  ^^^a* ;  Dt^'H  (50:15);  Dpn  (38:8). 

Verbs,  whose  second  radical  is  *),  present  the  following  peculiarities  : — 
1.  The  second  radical  1  never  appears  as  a  consonant,  but 

a.  Unites  with  a  preceding  or  following  (original)  li  and  forms  )  : 

(1)  in  the  Qal  Impf.  ('^Ip^  =  b)p''),  Imv.,  and  Inf.  const.  (^)p  = 

(2)  throughout  the  Hoph'al ,  the  ")  having  first  been  transposed 
(§  30.  3.  c). 

b.  Is  changed  to  ^,  and  unites  with  a  homogeneous  i,  forming  i 
(?  44.  1.  e),  in  the  Hiph'il  Perf.,  Impf.,  Inf.  const,  and  Part. 

c.  Is  rejected  whenever  it  would  stand  with  a  heterogeneous  vowel,  as 

(1)  with  a  or  a,  in  the  Qal  Perf .  and  Part.,  where  the  contraction 
of  a-\-a  gives  a  (?  44.  2.  c).  So  also  in  the  Qal  Inf.  abs.  with 
6  (=a). 

(2)  with  a  in  the  Niph.  Perf.  and  Part.,  where  the  a  is  lengthened 
in  comi^ensation  to  a,  and  this  obscured  to  6  (§  44.  2.  h);  so 
also  in  Niph.  Impf.,  Inf.  const,  and  Imv.,  where,  ")  being  lost, 
a+a  =  a  (I  44.  2.  c). 

(3)  with  e,  in  the  Hiph'il  Jussive  Impf.,  Imperative,  and  Infinitive 
absolute. 

Note. — The  form  of  the  Qal  active  Participle  of  V'^  verbs  is  '^tDp 
(qatal),  not  ^^Qp  (g  107.  1). 

2.  a.  y^'r\  (3:19)  for  2)yn  ;    C^^'lTy  for  tTVl^  ;    fl^-J  (41:32)/or 
p-D;  ;  i^Tl  (4:3) /07-  N»')-l_» ;  ^^'h  (50:15) /r.r  2)'^^^ 

h.  N*»n-r7  (4:4^  for  NrDn ;  n^p-.T  z^'-  m-pn ;  o^p-p  0:9)  for 

DVpP  ;  ^'iT^^for  t^yy  (=  yibh-was  =  yibhas  =  ye-bhos). 

c.  D^-in  (42:28) /or  ::t:'ifi/oOitf^'rr;  pirr;io  npivi 

E.  l.np  (42:38) /or  ni^;   HnD  (35:18)';   ^TO  (19:19) /or  ^jinp  ;  HD 

(20:3). 
^'^-my'Vor^')^;  '^■'l^<  (44:3);  llD  i^^  HC^'I?;^*  W'?;^^  D^C^^'I^.^^ 

R.  3.  ^^y  (32:9)/or ii)y_;  i^/iy^-^for  tr'l5^'(l)tri5^Vo''/-  iW'a. 

1  Ex.  3:4.  2jer.  30:18.  sJsa.  25:10.  4Ps.  21:8.  r,  Ezek.  38:7.  sDeut.  1:13. 
-Jlsa.  25:10.  sJudg-.  16:30.  sjsa.  20:22.  loJsa.  30:33.  u  Num.  15:35.  12  Jer.  48:39. 
isDeut.  5:30.       HJer.  15:9.     isJer.  9:18.      is  Ezek.  32:30.     nisa.  29:22.      is  Ezek.  36 :33. 


110  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  94, 

B.  4.  ^V^    [DP*],  DP*1  (4:8);  n)r2\-    nbn  (5:5);  nnn  (11:28). 

I    T  It  )t-it-  t  t-  tjt- 

R.  o.':5\tDJ  (17:26;  34:22);  ni;;j;^    ^1  i"^    •1,111^1(2:15)5 
R.  G.  ;?U'  (6:17);  'H^^^pf    ^)\^'  (1:9);  Hi'?*  (29:34);  njN*ri-' 

2.  The  vowel  of  the  preformative  which,  after  the  change  has  taken 
place  in  the  stem,  stands  in  an  open  syllable  before  the  tone,  is  generally 
heightened  (§  36.  2.  a).    Here 

a.  Tone-long  a,  heightened  from  an  original  a,  appears  in  the  Qal 
Impf.  (active),  in  the  Niph.  Perf.  and  Part.,  and  in  the  Hiph.  Impf.,  Imv., 
and  Infinitives. 

b.  Tone-long  e,  heightened  from  an  attenuated  i,  appears  in  the  Hiph. 
Perf.,  and  (after  the  analogy  of  the  Perf.)  in  the  Hiph.  Part.;  likewise, 
for  the  sake  of  dissimilarity,  in  a  few  Qal  Imperfects  with  a  (cf.  R.  3 
below). 

c.  Naturally  long  u,  from  the  contraction  of  u  with  the  (transposed) 
second  radical,  appears  throughout  the  Hoph'al. 

Note.— The  Qal  Inf.  const,  (e.  g.  '^^p)  being  the  simplest  form  which 
contains  all  the  radicals,  is  used  as  the  root-form,  instead  of  the  Perfect 
('^p)  in  which  the  second  radical  does  not  appear. 

Remark  1. — IMiddle  E  "Ayin  Wuw  verbs  have  e  in  the  Perf.  and 
Part.;  but  in  the  inflection  of  the  Perf.,  a  appears  in  the  stem  before  con- 
sonant terminations. 

Remark  2. — Middle  0  'Ayin  Waw  verbs  have  6  in  the  Perf.  and 
Part.;  this  6,  which  comes  from  a-\-u  (cf.  \^)'^  =  ba(w)us  =  bos),  is  re- 
tained throughout  the  inflection  of  the  Perf. 

Remark  3. — While  the  Qal  Impf.,  Imv.,  and  Inf.  const,  usually  have 
VL  for  their  stem-vowel,  there  are  a  few  cases  in  which  a  occurs  ;  but  this 
a,  upon  the  rejection  of  1  (see  above  1.  c.  (2)),  is  lengthened  to  ;i  =  6. 

Remark  4. — The  Qal  Impf.  has  regularly  the  form  /Ip*;  but  in  the 
Jussive  the  form  '^p*  (which,  under  the  tone,  becomes  7p*)  is  employed. 
With  Waw  Consecutive  the  same  form  (/p^)  is  employed,  which  gives 
ill  pause  '^b'^T  o^^t  of  pause  7p''"1  (=  way-ya-qol). 

Remark  5. — Araraaicized  forms  (i.  e.,  forms  with  a  Daghes-forte  in 
the  first  radical,  and  a  short  vowel  under  the  i)reforniative)  occur  in  the 
Nii)h'al  and  Hiph'il. 

Remark  G. — Some  verbs  with  1  as  the  middle  radical,  especially 
those  which  are  also  H""?  (?  100.),  treat  the  ")  as  a  strong  consonant. 


1  Ex.  21:19.  2  Gen.  38:11.  3Zech.3:17.         -i  Judg-.  3:1  (cf.  n^JH,  Josh.  23:4). 

6  Cf.  H'r  (Deut.  3:20).        o  Ps.  30:3.        "  Deut.  12:20. 


§  94.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  INIETHOD.  Ill 

3.  !1N*D^(6:4);   1,^3(7:9);   int:  (7:22);   ni^>(8:3);   HDC^i  l^fO:  (10:18); 

_1  T  -IT  -I"  -<•.    T  TJT  -IT 

1jbj;-'l'?bM34:24);  )iir>r\'^ 

-IT  J      *  -I         • 

4.  a.  nn")Ji  (21:23);  noH;^  n!DV;^   raip.;'   w:r';^   Di;)"!^;' 
^nwy,^  ™id:;''  onbfp^i^o  rapq  (6:i8);  ^np^D  (i4:22). 

T    -i:  :  T-i.-^:  tj.-  ;  t;-it  t:j--t 

3.  Before  vowel-tenninations  (H ,  T,  * )i  the  preceding  stem-vowel  is 

T 

retained  and  accented,  where  in  the  strong  verb  it  is  volatilized  [I  63. 
K3). 

4.  Before  consonant-terminations, 

a.  The  Qal  Perfect  shortens  a  to  a;^^  while  the  Niph'al  and  Hiph'il 
Perfects  take  a  separating  vowel  (1)  which  is  accented  except  before  QH 
and  7n. 

Remark. — When  this  inserted  i,  in  the  Xiph'al,  is  accented,  the  o  of 
the  stem  is,  for  the  sake  of  euphony,  changed  to  u. 

h.  The  Qal  Imperfect  generally  takes  a  separating  vowel  e  (♦ ), 

•  which  is  accented ;  no  example  occurs  of  a  Niph'al  form  with  the  ter- 
mination nj  ;  the  Hiph'il  follows  the  analogy  of  the  strong  verb  and  has 

T 

the  stem-vowel  e. 

Remark. — When  in  inflection  the  tone  passes  away  from  the  stem- 
syllable,  the  tone-long  vowels  of  the  preformative  (a  and  e)  are  volatilized 
(§  36.  3). 

Remark  l.-D,Vp;i7  tO,v'p;i8  \'\T\'Or\  (3:3);  W^  (8:3);  Dp;i^  Dp.^o 
Remark  2.-1  JI^L:';!  (44:8);  ^l^f^pH;-!  ^Ik^^DD;--  nn^DH^-^  W^p.^* 
Remark  3.-nbpni;-^  nb"in");-*^    nj^DH  (20:9);  ^INDm  (27:12). 

Remark  1. — The  a  of  the  Qal  act.  Part,  is  rarely  written  with  ^; 
while  the  u  of  the  Impf.,  Imv.  and  Inf.  is  frequently  written  with  ^. 

Remark  2. — Instead  of  ^r  under  the  initial  pf  of  the  Hiph'il,  there 
frequently  occurs  tt,  in  the  first  and  second  persons,  and  before  suf- 
fixes in  the  third  ;  a  full  vowel,  ^^,  is  also  found  in  a  few  cases  before 
a  guttural. 

Remark  3. — Instead  of  the  usual  stem-vowel  i  in  the  Hiph'il,  there 

occur  several  instances  of  e  ;  while  the  cases  of  e  in  the  stem  without  a 

following  separating  vowel  (6)  are  quite  numerous. 

lEx.  4:T.  2lsa.  43:17.  3  Ex.  16:7.  4  Jon.  4:10.  s  3  Sam.  13:31.  sZech.  1:16. 
7Mal.  3:8.  sisa.  .50:5.  9Ps.  38:9.  w  Ezek.  30:43.  u  Isa.  54:10.  i2lsa.  60:8. 
13  Ezek.  16:55.  nl  Sam.  7:14.  is  Job  30:10.  ib  This  shortening- took  place  in  the 
original  Semitic,  and  does  not  come  under  the  laws  of  vowel-change  in  Hebrew. 
i-Hos.  10:14.  isJudg.  4:31.  i9  Josh.  7:10.  20  Deut.  33 :.-)0.  ■;i  Ps.  139:18.  22  Ezek.  37 :36, 
232  Chr.  15:16.       24Deut.  4:36.       25  Ex.  26:30.       26  Num.  31:28. 


112  ELESIENTS  OF  HEBREW  [?  95. 

h.  p'D  ;«    tl5U'^  (1:20);  Wt^2r\'  (2:24);  1^^313 ;''  ri'?[7ln.8 

c.  ^n'73'?Di(^5:ii);  S5'75M47:i2);  'r'")'?? ;''  i'?-)'??  i^' ':'n'7nrin." 

5.  a.  The  regular  Intensive  active  stem  (Pi'el)  is  found ;  forms  of  the 
others  do  not  occur.    In  the  place  of  the  regular  stems  are  found, 

h.  The  Polel,  Polal  and  Hithpolel,  of  which  the  6  (=  a)  is  a  length- 
ening in  compensation  for  the  omitted  doubling ;  or 

c.  The  Pilpel,  Polpal,  and  Hithpalpel,  formed  by  reduplicating  the 
contracted  stem. 

95.    The  Most  Common  'Am  Waw  (V;?)  I/erbs. 

[In  the  following  list  Q.  designates  an  Impf.,  Imv.  and  Inf.  const,  with  u;  Q.*,  an 
Impf.,  Imv.  and  Inf.  const,  with  o  -  a.] 

(1)  "I'lN  (Q*^-  Ni.  Hi.)  Shine;  (2)  N*1:Q  (Q*  Hi.  Ho.)  Enter;   (3)  ri^  (Q.) 

Despise;   (4)  2^13  (Q.*i2  Polel,  Hi.i^  mthi^o.)  Be  ashamed;   (5)  mjl   (Q. 

Hithpo.)  Sojourn;   (6)  |n  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.)  Judge;   (7)  CTI'l  (Q-  Ni-  HI  Ho.) 

Thresh;  (8)  ^It  (Q-)  Flow;  (9)  tit  (Q-  Hi.)  Boil;  (10)  SlH  (Q.  P61el,  Polal, 

Hi.  Ho.  Hithpo.)  Be  in  pain,  bring  forth;^^  (11)  IlID  (Q-  Hi.i^)  Be  good; 

(12)  '713  (Q.  Hi.  Pilpel,  Polpal)   Contain;   (13)  p")  (Q.  Ni.  Polel,  Polal, 

Hithpo.  Hi.  Ho.)  Prepare,  establish;   (14)  y)^  (Q.  Polel,  Hi.  Hithpo.) 

Scorn;  (15)  W  (Q-  Ni.  P61el,  Hithp6.)  Melt;  (16)  DID  (Q-  Ni.  Hi.  HithpO.) 

Be  moved;   (17)  '7ID  (Q-  Ni.  Hi.)  Circumcise;   (18)  tTIQ  (Q.  Hi.)  Depiart; 

(19)  DID  (Q-^''  Polel,  Hi.  Ho.)  Die;  (20)  HO  (Q-  Hi.i^  H6.18)  Rest;  (21)  D1J 

(Q.  Hi.)  Flee;  (22)  j;')^  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.)  Move,  nod;  (23)  f]1J  (Q.  P61el,  Hi.  Ho.) 

Shake,  sift;   (24)  JlID  (Q-  Ni.)  Turn  hack;  (25)  ^D  (Q-  Hi.  Ho.  Polel) 

Turn  aside;  (26)  n)V  (Q- Pi- Hi.  Ho.  Hithpo.)  Testify;  (27)  C^)^  (Q.  Polel, 

Hi.  Ho.  Hithpo.)  Fly;  (28)  '^^};  (Q.  Ni.  Polel, Pi. Pilpel, Hi. Hithpal.  Hithpo.) 

Awake;   (29)  J*?l£)  (Q.  Ni.  Polel,  Pilpel,  Hi.)  Scatter;   (30)  Ql^  (Q.)  /l/s^- 

{31)  IIV  (Q-  Hi.)  Press,  besiege;   (32)  Dip  (Q.  Pi.  Polel,  Hi.  llo.  Hithpo.) 

Eise,  stand;   (33)  0)1  (Q-  Polel,  Polal,  Hi.  Ho.)  Be  high;   (34)  p_)1  (Pii. 

Hi.  Hithp6.)  Shout;  (35)  p")  (Q.  P61el,  Hi.)  Eun;   (36)  ^IL^^  (Q-  Polel, 

Polal,  HI.  H8.)  Turn. 


lEsth.  9:31.  2Esth.9:27.  3  Ps.  119:106.  4  Ps.  119:28.  f.  Ruth  4:7. 

ePs.  9:8.        7  Ps.  37:23.         s  Job  15:7.         ojer.  20:9.         lo  1  Kgs.  20:27.        uEsth.  4:4. 
12  Perf .  with  o.  i3  Perf.   V^'2^T^.       n  Cf.  §  97.  (4).       lO'pn,  cf.  D'tp";!  /rom  3M\ 

16  Perf.  no,  Part.  flD.       >'  n'JH  or  H'^H.       '«  PJ^n  or  pliin. 


•?§  96,  97.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  113 

96.     Verbs  'AyTn  Yodh  [^'yi 

1.  vy-}  ^yy-r  n:i^3;=^  p;^  '?u^^  ii'yf'  pT(49:i6);  r':)^7  v,^^ 

I       •    T  J*    T  T     -!•  I        '  *  T  J'  I  "T  I        ■    T  I       •     T 

(24:23);  D^t:^*  (30:42);  Jl^ti^N  (3:15);  cf.  U^^^  (2:8);  fW''^  (30:40). 

■      T  •        T  ■.•  -IT-  '.■  -IT- 

Verbs  with  *>  for  their  second  radical  diflFer  but  slightly  from  verbs  with 
■*)  [I  94.).    There  may  be  noted  two  things  : — 

1.  The  Qal  Imperfect,  Imv.  and  Inf.  const,  have  i  instead  of  u  for  their 
stem-vowel.     This  arises  from  yi  or  iy  :  p^^  =  Vyj  P?  ~  P*?* 

2.  There  are  a  few  forms  with  i  retained  in  the  inflection  of  the  Qal 
Perfect. 

Note  1. — By  some  these  verbs  are  regarded  as  but  remnants  of 
Hiph'il  forms. 

Note  2. — The  Niph'al,  Hiph'il  and  Hoph'al  are  precisely  like  those 
of  verbs  'Ayin  Waw. 

97.     The  'AyTn  Yodh  C'y)  Verbs. 

[The  following  list  contains  the  verbs  generally  classified  as  '"'^.  Outside  of 
the  Qal  their  forms  are  those  of  verbs  V'J7.  Q-*  designates  those  forms  which  have 
also  V'J?  forms  in  Qal.] 

(1)  p3  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.  Polel,  Hithpo.)  Perceive;  (2)  ^^y  (Q.*)  Exidt;  (3)  [H 

<Q.*  Ni.)  Judge;   (4)  '^^H  (Q.*  Polel,  Polal,  Hi.  Ho.  Hithpo.)  Be  in  pain, 

he  strong,  wait-}^  (5)  ^^  (Q.*  Hithpo.)  Lodge;  (6)  tJ^>p  (Q.*)  Bejyart;  (7) 

^n  (Q.*  Hi.)  Strive;   (8)  XV''^  (Q.*  Polel)  Speak,  meditate;  (9)  Q'tT  (Q* 

Hi.  Ho.)  Put;   (10)  '^'''t^  (Q.*)  Rejoice;  (11)  Tti^*  (Q-*  Polel,  Ho.)  Sing; 

■(12)  n^tr'  (Q.  Ho.)  Put. 


IPs.  19:13.         2Ps.  28:5.  sps.  5:3.  ^Prov.  23:1.  sPs.  31:2.         6Ps.3:ll. 

•1  Ex.  33:18.       sJer.  16:16.       a  Dan.  9:2.       lo  Job  33:13.       u  Cf.  §  95.  (10). 


lU 


ELEMENTS   OF   nEBIIEW 

98.     Verbs  Lamedh  'Aleph  (i^"^). 

[For  full  iiiDcction,  see  Paradigrn  M.] 
TABULAR   VIEW. 


[§98, 


Qal. 

Niphal. 

Pi'el. 

Hiph'ii. 

Hitlipa'el.. 

Perf. 

^*P|? 

NJopj 

Ntrlp 

J^'Ppn 

•  N'^prin- 

Iiiipf. 

N*t?p' 

^*^i?^ 

N*Ppl 

N'Ppl 

^^t?pn' 

Iinv. 

^^\> 

Ntppn 

N*t?p 

N*ippn 

^<t?pn^T 

luf.  abs. 

NlOp 

Nbpj 

N*t3p 

N*tDpD 

Inf.  const. 

N*b|7 

N*£Ppn 

N*t?p 

N^ppn 

i<c?pn?7 

Part.  act. 

Ntpp 

N**L?pO 

N^ppD 

NDpOP' 

Part.  pass. 

NlOp 

^m 

1.  Nn3(l:l)/orNn3;   Nnp(l:5);  N*V/::(2:20);  N")pMl:5);   Nnp^;! 

T    T  -    T  T|T  T     T  "|  ^     '  t|  :      ' 

N-ip2  for  ^<1p  ;  i^t^T)  (1:11) ;  N*V*  (2:10) ;  irS^\  (2:23). 

2.  a.  1N'7P(1:28);  1N'7PM25:24);  HXDn  (2:22);  ^JN^pV^ 

h.  ^my,'  ^^*p';'  W^'  ^J<;>'vi;'  D5iN5n:?n'7,^ 

3.  a.  ry'ir\p  (17:19);    ^1^^'^!l  (6:7);    *nNVD  (18:3);    HXVO  (26:32); 

T       jt't  •        jt  t  •        jt  t  jt   t 

T    : 

I.  r\^'ir2;^  *n^«'?,!:;lo^'^^<"lM3l:3l);  DnNn';iinNJti^;i2tj-,j^-)pj,.i3 
nxDn;^-^  nNDD;^^  nNn3;i6  nN*nm.i7 

T       -)■■     ■  '■     ■  T        J"'  ■■  T       J--    :   - 

c.  n:Nnpn(2/.pz.);i8  n:Nnpn(3/.p?.);i«  iNnp;-o  rnx'^.t^n.^^ 

Remark  l.-nN*V  (24:11)  /or  jlNV;  nXtT  (36:7)  o;-  jlNt?^  (4:7)  for  nm^ 

_)T  T  ■.'■■:"*  •   J"     T  TJ"/ 

Remark  3.-ij>?::to:i;  26  ntTJ;-^  nQV-^/^^riNDi;;  riNOi.^^ 


iDeut.  28:10.  sisa.  58:12.  3  Ps.  89:27.           -10001.1:31.  slKgs.  18:12. 

«Deut.4:37.  nSam.2:29.  8judg.U:12.       «Job36:17.  ioJer.6:ll. 

iiDout.  5:5.  i2Ps.  5:6.  isEsth.  4:11.          hE-V.  29:36.  i5  Ezok.  5:11. 

K.  Josh.  17:15.  m  Sara.  19:2.  is  Ruth  1:20, 21.  iJ  Ruth  4:17. 

20  Ruth  1:20.  2iE.\.  2:16.  221  Sam.  25:8.      23  Josh.  2:16.  24judg.  4:19. 

25  Ruth  1:14.  20  Job  18:3.  2:  ps.  32:1.            28  Ruth  2:9.  29  Ps.  89:11.. 


I  99.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  115 

Verbs  whose  third  radical  is  }<  exhibit  the  following  peculiarities  : — 

1.  Final  ^  alwaj's  quiesces  (§  43,  1);  this  does  not  affect  any  preceding 
vowel  except  a,  which,  in  an  open  syllable,  then  becomes  a,  as  in  the  Qal 
Perf.,  Impf.  and  Imv.;  and  in  the  Niph.,  Pu'al  and  Hoph'al  Perfects. 

Note. — The  Qal  Impf.  and  Imv.  have  a  for  their  stem-vowel,  after  the 
analogy  of  verbs  '7  guttural  (I  82.  1.  a). 

2.  Medial  ^  is  treated  as  a  consonant  (guttural), 

a.  Before  all  vowel-additions. 

b.  Before  the  S'wa  which  precedes  the  suffixes  T],  DD»  |2)« 

3.  Medial  i^  quiesces  (i.  e.,  loses  its  consonantal  character)  before  all 
-consonant-additions,  the  preceding  vowel  becoming 

a.  -^,  heightened  from  a,  in  the  Qal  Perfect  (active). 
h.  -^,  heightened  from  1,  in  the  Qal  Perfect  (stative),  and  in  the 
remaining  Perfects. 

c.  —  (e),  heightened  from  a,  in  the  Imperfects  and  Imperatives. 
Remark  1. — In  addition  to  instances  indicated  under  3  (above),  f< 

shows  a  tendency  to  become  silent  in  many  isolated  cases. 

Remark  2. — ^,  losing  its  con.sonantal  character,  is  frequently  dropped. 

Remark  3. — There  are  numerous  examples  of  verbs  i^"/  with  the 
inflection  of  verbs  H"/  (^  100.),  there  being  an  evident  confusion,  in 
many  cases,  of  the  one  class  with  the  other. 

99.    The  Most  Common  Lamedh  'Aleph  [i^"b)  Verbs. 

(1)  N")3  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.  [Hi.])  Create;   (2)  }<an  (Ni-  Pu-  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.) 

T    T  T      T 

Hide;  (3)  N*Dn  (Q.  Pi-  Hi.  Hithp.)  Sin;   (4)  XDD  (Q-  Ni-  Pi-  Pii.  Hithp. 

T       T  ■•      T 

Hothp.)  Be  unclean;    (5)  N^»•»  (Q.  Hi.  Ho.)  Go  forth;    (6)  J<n»  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.) 

T  T  "T 

Be  afraid;    (7)  J^'^D  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.)  Restrain;    (8)  i;hr2  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.  Pii. 

T     T  **      T 

Hithp.)  Be  full;  (9)  }<^;0  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.)  Find;  (10)  ^m  (Q-  Ni.  Hi.  Hithp.) 

T     T  T      T 

Lift  up;  (11)  N::^  (Ni.  Hithp.)  Prophesy;  (12)  ^^Q  (Ni.  Pi.  Hi.  Hithp.) 

T    T  T     T 

Be  iconderful;  (13)  KDi*  (Q-)  Be  thirsty;   (14)  f^JH  (Pi.  Hi.)  Be  jealous; 

■■     T  tJt 

(15)  ^{'^p  (Q.  Ni.  Pii.)  Call;  (16)  Xnp  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.)  3feet;  (17)  Nfi-)  (Q.  Ni. 

t|t  t)t  t    t 

Pi.  Hithp.)  Heal;  (18)  i^^t^  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.)  Sate. 


116  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  100. 

100.     Verbs  V'?  or  »"'?,  called  H"'?. 

[For  full  inflection,  see  Paradigm  L.] 
TABULAR  VIEW. 


Qrd.        Niph'al.        Pi'el.        Pii'al.       Hiph'il.      Hithpael. 


perf.  nop  r\i2\^^  Huip  rM2\>  nopn  nopnn 

impf.  n'Ci^\  npp'.  nqp^  ntpp^^  ntpp!  ^^\>^\ 

imv.  npp  nppn  nop  —  ^^\)t^  noprin 

Inf.  abs.  riDp  HDpj  liop  ilDp  HDpn      

Inf.  const,  niop  nvopn  niop  niop  nropn  niDpnn 

Part.  act.  Hpp  rrOpP  HPp^  H^pr^P 

Part.  pass.  ^OP  HDPJ  nppp 


1.  a.  ,Tn(2:10);  HPCT  (2:6);  H'^D  (18:33);  nJDJ  i^  H'^JIH-^ 

TT  |t:-  t-  t:-  t:t 

h.  n\T  (1:29);  ThT  (2-6);  H'^DkV  (24:45);  HJ^k^  (30:3);  ^^^3 

c.  n^';;(i:ii);  nj;'"i(4:2);  n'^D.p;*  rq^?  n^twq (24:2i). 
^.  ilDin;^  ri^n (18:18);  riiy^-:^  nip;«  nrinn (i5:i);  hdh.^ 
e.  nitrj;j2:3);  niNi(2:i9);  niJ^H  ;i«  nvnn(6:i9);  ni'?nrirT" 
/.  nir:i;  (6:14);  nj;^;i2  n^nni^^  rh-^}'  r^'^r^^''  n^nn.ie 

Verbs  whose  third  radical  is  T  are  very  few,  the  ^  in  nearly  every  case 
having  passed  over  into  '>.  Verbs  whose  third  radical  is  *>  present  the  fol- 
lowing peculiarities  : — 

1.  When  the  third  radical  (*)  would  be  final,  it  is  everywhere  rejected 
except  in  the  Qal  passive  Participle.  Its  place  is  generally  supplied  by 
the  vowel-letter  H,  and  hence  these  verbs  are  commonly  termed  H'''^- 
Upon  the  rejection  of  the  ^  the  following  vowel-changes  take  place  : — 

a.  a,  heightened  from  a  [l  36.  2),  appears  as  the  vowel  of  the  second 
radical  in  all  Perfects. 

h.  e,  heightened  from  a  (§  36.  2),  appears  as  the  vowel  of  the  second 
radical  in  all  Imperfects. 

c.  6,  heightened  from  a  [l  36.  2),  appears  as  the  vowel  of  the  second 
radical  in  all  Participles,  except  the  Qal  passive. 

ilKg-s.  6:7.  2Esth.2:C.  3  Ex.  21:20.  4  Job  9:22.  5  Ex.  2:11.  clSam.  1:10^ 
n  Sam.  2:27.  sPs.  40:2.  9  Deut.  13:10.  lo  Ha-.  1:2.  u  2  Sam.  13:2.  12  Mic.  6:3, 
13  Josh.  9:20.        uPs.  59:14.        i".  Ezek.  6:11.        i-.  1  Kg-s.  18:1. 


2  100.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE   BIETHOD.  117 

d.  6  (obscured  from  a)  and  e,  the  usual  vowels,  appear  as  the  stem- 
Yowels  of  tlie  Inf's.  absolute  (the  latter  (e)  in  Hiph.  and  Hoph.). 

e.  6  (obscured  from  a,  lengthened  from  a)  with  the  fern,  ending  H) 
appears  as  the  ending  of  all  Inf's.  construct. 

/.  e  (written  H )>  arising  from  the  contraction  of  ^ ,  appears  in  all 

Imv's  (2  m.  sg.). 

2.  11-)M1: 26) /or  inn^  ^'^y[2.:l)fory>'r?y-   11pMl:9) /or  V1p»;   VH 

;    :  •  •.  :  :    •.  :  I  t  ■  :  |  |t  ■  t 

(1:14) /or  ni;   n"l(l:22);   ^5(1:22);  VDH;!   ?rnN*^2   ?V3^»;3 

:  It  :  :  |t   t  I      |    t    ::[■:  I     |  t    ;   • 

3.  a.  nrtD-ij;"  iT\i:;«  n'^in:^  nnnv  (45:i9);  n^f^nn.^" 

X    _i-      :•  T -I"   :  |-  T    J"   '■.  T  J"  •.  T    -J"     :  T 

h.  DiT\'Tl(3:5);  n^CT;^  (3:14)-,   ^nnV(3:17);  ^TJp(4:l);  iT^H;" 

T   J-  -:  |-    :       •  T   -I'-     .:|v  t    j-  ~-:|v  •  j--    •  . 

c.  pnn  (41:36);  rpt^^fii  (19:33);  'HT'^^^Tw''^  nm^^Tw^^ 'ny^'^'^-'"'' 

4.  HiTH  (1:2) /or  n-nNI  (=hayawath+a);   Hilt:^;;  (27:17);   r\r\ir\ 

T   :    |T  T  -   T  T    |T     ^T  T     ":    |T 

(38:14);  nnNn:(9:i4);  nnJ5n;2i  nn'^D;-  nnpcr'n  (24:46). 

T   -:    :  •  T   :    :     ■  t    :    •  t  ||t:       • 

2.  Before  vowel-additions,  the  radical  ♦  is  usually  rejected,  together 
with  its  preceding  vowel ;  it  is  retained,  however,  in  pausal  and  emphatic 
forms. 

3.  Before  consonant-additions,  the  radical  ^  unites  with  the  preceding 
stem-vowel,  always  a,  forming  the  diphthongal  ay,  which  appears  as 

a.  e  (* )  in  the  Perfects  of  the  passive  stems  (rarely  it  is  * ); 

h.  i  (* ),  thinned  from  e,  generally  in  the  Perfects  of  active  stems, 

though  Pi'el  and  Hiph'il  stems  very  frequently  have  * ; 

c.   e  (^ ),  contracted  from  ay,  in  Imperfects  and  Imperatives. 

4.  The  Perfect  3  sg.fem.  of  all  stems  has  the  old  feminine  ending  H ■, 

to  which  n is  added. 

T 

Note. — This  H iiiay  be  merely  euphonic  ;  or  it  may  be  the  usual 

T 

feminine  ending,  added  after  the  analogy  of  other  verbs. 

^.  a.  ^r-^  for  Thy.  r^-^for'n)%\  a-in-Vornnrr/ornn-irr;  qw 
for  cpnrr  for  HiDnn;  "i^ir^-'  for  rhyn- 

iDeut.33:37.       2lsa.41:5.       3Tsa.33:7.      4lsa.21:12.       6Ex.l5:5.       6Deut.8:13. 
'Ezek.  33:2.  sDeut,  27:9.      sisa.  14:10.     lo  Ex.  26:30.      n  Ex.  17:5.     i2Deut.4:19. 

13  Ex.  32:7.  h  Ex.  33:1.  lo  Ezek.  31:15.  lePs.  32:.5.  nDeut.  3:21.  wDeut.  1:44. 
"Lev.  4:2.  20  2  Sam.  1:34.  21  Jer.  49:24.  22H08. 11:6.  23  ps.  119:18.  24Deut.  3:28. 
25  Judg.  20:38.        acDout.  9:14.        27  Ex.  8:1. 


118  ELEMENTS  OF  UEUREW  [§  101. 

h.  (1)  n^')}M  nri£)n;  ':^'\for  ng'f'v 

(2)  ;itr'n(9:21)/ornnp'n;  ^D''l(27:38)/orn5;i'l;  ;it^"NM24:46). 
{3)p;i(2:22)/y/-nnn-'   3"}M1:22);   ]t^\.^  1,Ty,4   fj:);!  (33:19). 

(4)  fiDniV"'- n^Dni;  fspjllj*'    N*"in:i(3:6);  n'^ni  (43:34). 

(5)  j;crn(4:4);  nnnM4:l);  in;M4:5);  C^;ri_(l:7);  tr;;p  (22:12). 

(6)  '?jin^  ./■«'•  n'7:in;  Nn**")  a2:7);  j^nNi.s 

T      •  V    T      •  TJ—  T   ■■   |T 

(7)  '?:Dn(2:2)>-n'v'Dn;OT(2:l6);  fon;«  1VN*V''"  '^=1^*1(9:21). 

(8)  pern  (29:10)  /or  Hptr'n;    ^^l^!  (9:27)  for  HJTliD!;    fOT^  /«»- 

5.  Apoeopation  of  the  final  radical  and  its  preceding  vowel,  i.e.,  Jl 

and  (1 1  takes  place  as  follows  : — 

a.  Of  n~  in  the  Pi'el,  Hiph'il  and  Hithpa'el  Imperatives  ;  in  Hiph'il 
forms,  a  helping  —  or  ^"  is  often  inserted,  according  to  'i  37.  2.  c. 

h.  Of  n in  t'he  Imperfect  when  used  as  a  Jussive,  or  with  Waw 

Consecutive  {U  72.  2,  73.  3).    After  the  loss  of  the  H^, 

(1)  the  verbal  form  may  stand  without  change  ;  or 

(2)  it  may  have  the  vowel  of  the  preformative  heightened  ;  or 

(3)  it  may  receive  the  helping-vowel  -r;  or 

(4)  it  may  receive  the  helping-vowel  ^r,  and  also  have  the  vowel 
of  the  preformative  heightened  ; 

(5)  in  guttural  forms  ^  is  employed  as  the  helping-vowel ; 

(6)  in  the  Niph'al  there  is  no  further  change  ; 

(7)  in  the  Pfel  and  Hithpa'el  there  is  also  the  necessary  rejection 
of  the  characteristic  Daghes-forte  ; 

(8)  in  the  Hiph'il  the  helping-vowel  ~  is  frequently  employed,  in 
which  case  the  -^  of  the  prefoi*mative  is  heightened  under  the 
tone  to  6  (§  36.  2). 

707a.    The  Most  Common  Lamedh  He  {T\"b)  Verbs. 

(1)  HD  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.)  Despise;   (2)  niDlS  (Q-  Pi-)  ^eep;   (3)  n'?3(Q.  Vi.) 

T  T  T     T  T     T 

Fall  away,  decay;   (4)  ^^2  (Q-  Ni.)  BuM;    (5)  Tib^  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.  Pu.  Ho. 
Hithp.)  Reveal;  (6)  H^'l  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.IIithp.)  Be  like;  (7)  HJ?  (Q.  Pu.  Hi.) 

T        T  TT 

Commit  fornication;   (8)  HT  (Hi.  Hithp.)   Thauk;   (9)  H")*  (Q- Ni-  Hi.) 


iJob31:27.      2Num.21:l.      3Ex.2:13.      4Ruth2:3.      r.  1  Kgs.  10:1.3.       c  Dout.  3:1. 
Ilea.  47:3.  « Ex.  6:3.  9  Jon.  3:1.       loDeut.  3:18.  iiJudtM5:4. 


H  101,  102.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  119 

Cast,  instruct;  (10)  ,1^2  (Q.  Pi.)  Quench;  (11)  n'?3  (Q-  Pi-  Pu-)  Complete; 

T     T  T     T 

(12)  HDD  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hithp.)    Conceal;    (13)  Hi'?  (Q-  Ni.  Hi.)  Join; 

T     T  T  T 

(14)  n^D  (Q.  Hi.)  Rebel;  (15)  HDJl  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.)  >S'^;T^c^  out;  (16)  HfiD  (Q- 

T  T  T    T  T     r 

m.  Hi.)  ^ncZ;   (17)  HIS  (Q-  Ni.  Hi.  Ho.)  Redeem;   (18)  H^C)  (Q.  Pi.  Hi. 

T  T  T    T 

Ho.)  Turn  about;    (19)  ,11^  (Pi-  Pu.)  Command;    (20)  ,15^  (Q-  Pi-  Pu.) 

T  T  T    T 

Watch,  cover;  (21)  HID  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.)  Wait;  (22)  H^p  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.)  G^e^,  o6- 
tain;   (23)  HC^P  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.  Hi.)  Be  sharp,  hard;    (24)  H"!"!  (Q-  Pi-  Hi.) 

T     )t  T     T 

Have  dominion;   (25)  tl2l^  (Q-  Ni.)  Capture;   (26)  Plllt:^'  (Q-  Hithp.)  i?o 

T     T  T      T 

obeisance;    (27)  npir  (Pu.  Hi.)  Drink;   (28)  nillT'  (Q-  Ni.)  Drink;  (29) 

|t    T  T     T 

rbrS  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.)  Hang. 

T      T 

70 7^.     I^£/?B5  Lamedh  He  {n"b)  and,  at  the  same  Time, 
'^  OR  y  Guttural 

(1)  HDN*  (Q-)  (N*"Q)  Be  willing;   (2)  n'?J<  (Q-  Hi.)  Swear;   (3)  ,13.1  (Q- 

T     T  T      T  T    T 

P6.  Hi.)  Meditate;   (4)  n\1  (Q-  Ni.)  Be;    (5)  nDH  (Q-)  ^i«A;e  a  noise;  (6) 

T   T  T      T 

nnn  (Q-  Pu.  P6.)   (7o»ceii;e;   (7)  H^H  (Q-  Pi-  Hi.)  Live;   (8)  n':'n  (Q-  Ni. 

T   T  T   T  T     T 

Pi.  Pu.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.)  Be  sick;    (9)  HJIl  (Q-)  Encamp;    (10)  HDIl  (Q-) 

T    T  T     T 

TrMS^-  (11)  n"in  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Be  angry;  (12)  nilD  (Q-  N^-  Pu-  Hi.) 

T  T  T     T 

Wipe  off;  (13)  rilV  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.)  Go  up;  (14)  HJl^  (Q-  Ni.  Pi. 
Hi.)  Answer;  (15)  ^^  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Afflict;  (16)  Htf^;^  (Q- 
Ni.  Pi.  Pii.)  Do,  make;   (17)  TTSQ  (Q.  Hi.)  5e  fruitful;   (18)  nSl^  (Q-  Pi- 

T  T  T     T 

Pii.)  Watch,  overlay;   (19)  n")^  (Q-  Ni.  Hi.)  itfeef;   (20)  HN")  (Q-  Ni.  Pii. 

t|t  t     t 

Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.)   See;    (21)  HDI  (Q-  Pi-  Hi.)  Multiply;   (22)  H;^")  (Q-  Pi. 

T      T  T    T 

Hi.  Hithp.)  Feed;   (23)  Hfi"!  (Q-  Ni.  Hi.)  Be  feeble;  (24)  HV^  (Q-  Ni.  Pi. 

T     T  T      T 

Hi.  Hithp.)  Be  pleased. 

102.    Verbs  Doubly  Weak. 

In  the  following  list  there  are  given  synopses,  or  partial  sj^nopses,  in 
"various  stems,  of  those  verbs  whose  inflection  presents  special  difficulties: 

1.  HDkV  be  toilling-Q^] :  n^N*  (Dil'DN*),  HDN*^  CinN'),  HDN*. 

T     T  T     T  V  •      ~: 

2.  nr\i^  come-Qai :  HfikX  (iiiN*),  nHN*^  (Niin,  o^n^*^  rnx;), 

T    T  T    T  -IT    T  •.•   ■.■:]•.•  ••  •—  •-!■•  T   v: Iv  |T-.-:|v 

vriN,  ni-Tij^.-Hiph.:  [nnni  vnn  (imv.). 


120  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [?  102. 

-  3.  N*n  n.ter-q-x] :  N3  (HNS,  ^1X3.  1^3-  DHNS)-  N*U\  N'n,  ^1:3, 

T  T  JT  •  JT  JT  •.■  T  T 

NO.  N3:  Hiph.:  X^nn,  NOV.  N*an.  NDH,  NOH,  NO!:;  Hoph.: 
N?in.  NOV.  NOn. 

-  4.  n\n  ^^^-Qai :  n*n,  n\T  (vnv  .thn),  n\n,  ^^'^  (Vn),  nrn, 

T  T  T  T  ■.■:!■  ■   :  '.•  ;  I'..  "  '.■:  t  t  v: 

5.  n^n  live-Qai :  H^H,  .TH*  {'H'),  .TH,  n*n  crn),  n'rn'? ;  pt'ei  : 


rrn,  n'ti'.  n'n  nvn  tthd-,  Hiph.:  n^nn,  .Tnn,  nvnn. 
6.  ni*  M«»/.— Hiph.:  nnn,  mv,  min,  nnm,  nii!:;  Hithpa'ei: 

TT  T 

r\'i)r\n,  n'linv  minn,  rr^inp. 

7.  NV^  ^0  forth-Qa] :  N^;,  NV.V  NV'  NT:*';.  HNV-  NV^ ;  Hipli-  N^VIH, 
N'VV,  NVin,  NVin,  N^Vin,  N^VIt:;  Hoph.:  N*Vin,  NVItD. 

......  -y  ^ 

8.  ;^T  /.-^rny-Qrii:  ;?T,  ^^i^,  ^x  ^i^y,  nyij  ^ly,  ^)y;  n^pIl: 

^T^^^  ^^IT.^  ^l)p^  ;^T^.  Hiph.:  ;;nin,  j;nv,  ;;nin,  ;;niD; 
Hithpa'oi :  ;r^inv  ;;iinn. 

9.  NT  ie  a/mic?-Qal :  NT,  NT»,  N^V  N'I*  (HNT);  NIph.:  NTV 

"T  "T  T    •  t:  :  t     :■  "t* 

Nnl:. 

T 

10.  HT  cas^  tWr«c^-Qal:   HT,   HNT,   HT,   HT,   niT,   nnV; 

TT  TT  '.■:■•* :  T  ;  V 

mph.:  nnin,  nnv,  nnin,  nnin,  htd. 

T 

11.  HDJ  «^/-eteA-Qal ;  HDl  HD^  (D^,  DH),  ni21  nroi  HDJ,  ^Dl 

T    T  T    T  .....—  ..  ...  ..  ^ 

Hiph.:  HDn,  .Tl?i  (D!1),  npn  (dh),  ni^n,  np^. 
12.  n^^  smite-uivh.:  HDH,  H^i  C]:^!),  n^H  (^H),  n^n,  non, 
n;?^;  Hoph.:  HDH,  ngv  n^p. 

13.  Ntr:  Uft  «p-Qal :  NtTl  Nb*V  NtT,  Nlt^^l  HNt^^   (also  HNtT 

TT  TTT-T  T 

and  Ntr^),  i<m  Nitri 

:  ■'  T 

14.  ^'p;  R-a//o-Qai:  "^'p*,    ^S,    HD';' ;    mph.:    ^''pin    (rarely   -|»yn), 

'q^'pr,  T]'7in,  ^*'7in,  'q^'?!!:. 

15.  T|Hn  «;«?7c-Qal:  T)"?,*!,   r|'?n!,   TJ'?,'!,   ^l'?n,   ^'?.'l,  "l^H ;   Xiph.: 


iG.  np"?  ^a/.e-Qai :  Hp'^,  Hpv  Hp,  Hip'?,  nnp.,  np'?,  nip"? ; 
Ntph.:  np'71  np'pv  np'^H;  Hoph.:  np^. 


^  103.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  3IETHOU.  121 

17.  jn^  g(ve-Qa\:  pi   fnV   p,   pHl  Dn,  [ril  pnj;   Niph.:  [ni 

tn|v  Pin,  pj;  Hoph.:  p\ 

18.  ntr;;  «iaA-e-Qai :  H^,  ^tr;^^  n'^y,  nir^r^  ni W-  n w, 
^itr;;;  Niph.-.  ntrjL'*;  (nnb'j^^j),  n?^^> 

19.  Hisn  see-Qai :  HN^-  HNT  (NTi,  N")ni),  HN"),  HN*")-  nwn, 
HN");  Niph.:  HNni  HN^T;  HNnp.  niNnn.nNni  Hiph.:  nxirr, 
Hi^"!!,  nii^n,  r\)^in,  nxn^;  Hoph.:  nNnn,  ^^en9. 

20.  HTO"  ^o((;  </oic»  —  Hithpaiei :  niiipir'n,  ninpc'^  (innrn), 
n."!nn*^rn,  nnqip^p^n,  n"inn:p>p. 

705.    Defective  and  Kindred  Verbs. 

1.  a.  CJ^"13  he  ashamed,  Hiph.  Ji^'^DIl ;  hut  also  tT'^niH  from  ^y, 
I.  2)0  he  good;  but  Impf.  ^D**,  and  Hiph.  D*D\1  from  DD^ 

_      .  ...  _  ^ 

c.  ijl»  ie  afraid;  but  Impf.  IIJ^  from  'y\^, 

T  T 

(Z.  t^p*  awake,  used  only  in  Impf.;  the  Hiph.  Perf.  ppll  (from  Tip) 

being  used  as  Perfect. 
e.  pfij  Z;/T«A;  ui  pi'eces,  Pi.  pfp^? ;  but  Impf.  pl£)»,  Imv.  pIQ,   Niph. 

ri51  Polel  pyl£),  Hithpo.  'pV'iSnn,  Hiph.  p»5n  come  from  p*l£). 
/.  r\Tyi^  drink,  in  Qal ;  but  Hiph.  HPtJ^'n  from  HpC^^'. 

T    T  |t    :        •  It  T 

2.  a.  iXO"*  udd,  used  in  Qal,  but  the  Inf.  const,  and  Impf.  (fl^piH  and 

fl^DV)  are  taken  from  the  Hiph'il. 
h.  Jj/J^  approach,  with  Qiil  Impf.,  Imv.  and  Inf.  const.    (IJ'JI*,  tJ^JI^ 

-T 

nm\  but  Niph'al  Perf.  (tTJ^. 

c.  nnj  ?e«^?,  with  Qal  Perf.  and  Imv.  (,1111,  but  Hiph.  Impf.  (,1111). 

d.  rinJ  pour  out,  with  Qal  Impf.  (T^H^)  and  Niph.  Perf.  ("]ni. 

3.  D^^n  and  on*  he  loarm;  Q.tDt^  and  QLJ'^  ?«y  icaste;   Dt^n  and  DIH 

-T  -T  -T  -T  -T 

/»<???;    ^^"7  and  T^l'^  mock;  119  and  115  hreak;  ^♦(l  and  (I'll  ^''i"<?; 
11(1  and  ilDII  engrave;  3^1  and  ,121  midtiply;  7J31  and  1.31  shout ^ 

)|-T  |tt  -t  tt  I-t  tt 

^y^  and  r\y^  ^rr;  '^DJ  and  '^1^  circumcise;  IDJ  and  TIID  anoint; 
n3J  and  113  ^^^'^if'';  '^Di  and  tl'l^f^de  away;  fl^  and  ,10  despise; 

-  T  -  ~T  TT  TT 

D::1,  dm  and  ,1!21  ^^  sUent;    1^1.  Ill,  N01  and  ,1^1  crush; 

-  T  TT  |-t|  tt  tt 


122  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [?  104. 

nny,  "ly*  and  '^))^  press;  ^^^^  SS^r  and  Tlbt^  draic  off;  00^2,  Di<t2 

-T-T  -r-T  TT  -T-T 

and  HDD  riif^f- 

T     T 

1.  In  some  cases,  stems  from  different  (though  kindred)  roots  are  used 
to  make  up  the  inflection  of  the  same  verb;  such  verbs  are  called  defective. 

2.  In  other  cases,  forms  from  different  stems  (of  the  same  root)  are  used 
to  make  up  the  inflection  of  the  same  verb. 

3.  In  many  cases,  two  or  more  roots  exist  which  have  two  radicals  in 
common,  and  also  the  same  general  signification.  These  are  called  kindreU 
A'erbs.  This  fact  seems  to  point  back  to  a  time  when  A'erbs  were  bilit- 
eral,  the  third  radical  in  each  case  being  a  later  addition  to  modif  j'  the 
fundamental  meaning  of  the  original  biliteral  root,  or  to  make  this  triliter- 
alitj^  after  it  had  become  characteristic,  universal. 

"^Z      W4.    A  Comparative  View  of  the  Strong  and  Weak  Verbs.  \ 

I.  THE  QAL  perfect  AND  IMPERFECT. 

Perfect.  Impf .  with  o.     Impf.witha.  Impf.  withi 


■J 


/ 


Strong 
'5  gut. 

';;  gut. 
'b  gut. 

f"£3 

rv  ■ 

r'£) 

yy 


[qatal] 

'^^\} 
'7d:i 

-    T 

Dpp.  Op 
b\2' 

~    T 

'?P  (a) 
'r^pia) 

Ntpp 

nop 


[j^aqtiil] 


op;.  u^\ 


bVi^i?:' 


[yaqtal] 

N*pp' 


[yaqtil] 


A- 


b'T^' 


1  Cf.  also  bpp,  Sbp  (8  64.2,;j).    =  Or  Hoy]''  also  Sui''.       ^  Only  in  verbs  ?"£)  and 
Jy  gut.    4  Jussive  and  with  Waw  Consec.  in  pause.    •'•  Also  ipjt''.       60nlyin|ri\ 


104.]  BY  AN  INDLX'TIVE  MIETHOD.  123 

2.    THE  Pl'EL  AND  pO'Al  PERFECTS  AND  IMPERFECTS. 


Pi'el  Perfect. 

Pii'al  Perfect. 

Pi'el  Impf. 

Pii  al  Impf. 

[qattal] 

[.liittal] 

[y'qattal] 

[y'quttal] 

Strong 

•^gp,  ':'Dp^ 

':'op 

'^'t^p' 

yop* 

'5  gut. 

':'P)^ 

'^d;; 

"^^c^v:. 

y^i;?* 

'V  g'lt- 

':'Np'  '^'Hp 

'?Np,  '?np 

':'Np^' 

'7NP'' 

'"->  gut. 

nop^ 

nop 

nop^« 

nop* 

f-D 

':'^)4 

':'Qj 

':'tD:^. 

'7^:* 

rv 

^Qp 

Du)p 

tjop* 

DOp* 

.(. 

opip-^ 

DiDIp 

*opip^ 

ooip* 

u 

t^DDp* 



^\^\:y\^\ 



V'lD 

':'y^ 

'^G^ 

'?0'^ 

'70** 

ryi 

"ly 

'^.^P! 

" 

'7'7ip<^ 

'?'?1p 

'?'?ip^ 

'iiV'. 

(1 

^p^p^ 

^t>^>l 

N"'7 

J<*LDp 

Nop 

N*'Op' 

N-Op' 

nb 

n-^P 

nop 

•"^'^P' 

nep; 

3.    THE  HIPH'IL  AND  HOPH'AL  PERFECTS  AND  IMPERFECTS. 


Hiph'il  Perf . 

Hoph'al  Perf. 

Hipli  il  Impf. 

Hoph'al  Impf. 

[haqtal] 

[huqtal] 

[j-aqtal] 

[yiiqtal] 

Strong 

'7'Ppn 

'?ppn  CH)^^ 

■^'Ljp! 

'7pp: 

'5  gut. 

'^'^J?:Vl'' 

':'p;jn^2 

t^i^^^vis 

"l^V^l 

'V  gut. 

'^'^\>'^ 

'7Nprr 

'7'5<p! 

"^W^ 

''?  gut. 

n*ppn 

nopn 

n*op! 

nop: 

f'-iD 

''>'^r) 

yon 

':''P! 

'?p* 

;;-';; 

^^^x^ 

<  opin 

op: 

opv 

V'3 

':'*pin  • 

'?pin 

ypi* 

yji* 

*"£3 

'?*o*n 

^7*0** 

r-r 

':''pn 

':'pin 

'^^p: 

'?pi* 

.X"'7 

N**pprT 

iXopn 

N*'£3p! 

^?p: 

n*? 

nopn 

nopn 

npp! 

nyp: 

1  Forms  with  a  under  the  second  radical  are  quite  frequent.  2 
sPo'el.  4  Pilpel.  s  Rare,  o  Polel.  i  Also  brip'.  s  In  pause  n^p\ 
10  Also  VpJ'H.      11  There  are  a  few  forms  like  SupPI.    i-s  Also  S:0;'n. 


In  pause  n£3p. 

9  Also  Snp\ 

13  Also  V£p^;\ 


124  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  104. 

4.    THE  NIPH  AL  AND  hVTHPA'EL  PERFECTS  AND  IMPERFECTS. 


Nipli'al  Perf. 

Niph'al  Inipf. 

Hithpa.  Perf. 

Hithjia.  Inipf. 

[naqtal] 

[yiqqatal] 

[hithqattal] 

[yitliqattal] 

Strong 

yjpj 

^W 

Vopnn 

'^'Ppn* 

'£3  gut. 

'?Pi;j:= 

"^m:- 

Vo;^nn 

'^'Pl^n* 

y  gut. 

':'Np;i 

"^n'. 

'^N^pnn' 

':'N*piT 

H  gut. 

nopj 

n*op» 

nDpnn 

nppn* 

1'^ 

':'y^ 

'PDi^ 

'^Pi'^n 

'^'Pi*^' 

V'V 

•jp^ 

£3p* 

-^DDipnn 

toppin^ 

V'V 

Dpipn* 

V'£) 

'?D1^ 

'?LDV 

'?D^-in 

':'P!n^ 

XV 

•^ip^J 

'7lp^ 

/■':''?iprin 
':'p'?prin 

'iiy\>T\\ 

rv 

'^'p'Ppn* 

N"'? 

N-Opj 

^*^R^ 

NDpnn 

NPpn* 

n'? 

ntpp:? 

npp^. 

nopinn 

nppii* 

5.    THE  VARIOUS  INFINITIVES  CONSTRUCT. 

Qal. 

Nipli'al. 

Pi'el. 

Hiph'il. 

Hoph'al. 

[q'tiil]             [ 

liKiqatal] 

[qattal] 

[haqtal] 

[huqtal] 

Strong 

'I'O'p'' 

'?ppn 

'^^yp 

'p^ppn 

''PpD 

'£3  gut. 

"i'^V. 

''Pi^P 

':'Pr 

'^''P^n 

">'^m 

'V  g^^t. 

'?N*p 

''^*i?n 

'^'Np'  '^'np  '?\vpn 

b^^r^ 

'*?  gut. 

nop 

nppn 

nop 

n^topn 

nppn 

I'tD 

Vdi  rb*o 

'^LDJjn 

■^-oj 

'?'pn 

;;-y 

dp 

topn 

DLOlp 

Dpn 

Vt) 

'?b^  n"?:: 

'?D'in 

'?P! 

•^'pin 

bvm 

V'f, 

'?b^ 

'?*D\n 

rv 

^ip 

'?ipn 

'?^1p 

'^'PO 

yy 

^? 

N-'? 

}^Dp 

N*Ppn 

NPp 

N't3pn 

T  ):    T 

H"'? 

niDp 

riiopn      niop 

0  Su;'3.     3  Also  Snpjnn. 

nropn 

4  Also  Snp.jT. 

niDpn 

1  Rarely  StDp'..       2  Als 

6  Rarely  S^P. 

XII.    ilVovms. 

705.    The  Inflection  of  Nouns. 

1-  "1!2N*  Saying,  from  "I^N* ;   "OT  Word,  from  "1^1 ;   flltD  />t'«^/^  from 

■:     A  T      T  V-IT 

nit:. 

2.  pN*-1iTn(l:24);  piy-^^St:  (14:18);  nnN(20:l);  HJiDV  (13:14). 

3.  ,Tn  (1:24);    iTtiW  (1:1);    D*-DrtD^  (1:22);    niN*-nhiV   (1:14); 

T   -  ...  ^  .    - 

u'}::^  (3:6). 

4-  j;'pl-rp"|  (1:14);    mi-njn  (1:26);    OOS-^^i?  (1:2). 
5.  T-1T  (3:22);    p;r-D:)*r;^  (3:5);    C^X-^^'W*  (3:16). 

The  inflection  of  nouns  includes, 

1.  The  formation  of  the  noun-stems  from  the  root  (?i  106. — 118.),  or 
from  other  nouns  [I  119.) ; 

2.  The  formation  of  cases  (?  121.), — a  means  of  inflection  almost  lost  in 
Hebrew ; 

3.  The  addition  of  affixes  for  gender  and  number  (?§  122,  125.) ; 

4.  The  changes  of  stem  and  termination  in  the  formation  of  the  con- 
struct state  [U  123,  125.); 

5.  The  addition  of  pronominal  suffixes  (§?  124,  125.). 

106.    Nouns  with  One,  Originally  Short,  Formative  Vowel. 

1.  «•  ['7Dp,A^'' qatl] ;  *^^^  Earth ;   T))^^,,  Evening ;    p{<   Stone;    p^ 

Swarm. 
Z*.  ['^PP/orqiti];    '^^^^Herh;   ^^^^  Book ;   ^]);HeIp;   'p^Eden. 
c-   ['^pb /o?"  qiitl] ;   "Ip^  J/onim^;   "1^^^  Darkness ;   *ipX  Saying. 

2.  a.  pr  Seed;  fli'^  Perpetuity;  rVi^  Path;  11?:  Youth;  rW^TS  Under. 

i.  w^Ni  (=  f]:Nt)  (cf.  »£)K  =  *3iv)  ^^W;  r;r  (=  ^^j;)  G^oa^ 

<^.  DN  (=  D!:iy)  i'/oMe/v  ph  (=  r^r^ry)  statute;  d*  (=  nry)  Sea. 


V 

126  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBUEW  [§  106. 

d.  mt:   Death;    nin  Mid>it;    Ql*  (=  DV)  Day;    rS'^'Il  House;    ^^7 

V-iT  |v-iT  :   :-  J-  --i- 

Night;  rjlD  (=-^10)  End;  IIC^'  {=^^)  Ox;  p"!  (=]n)  Judgment; 
4.  «.  HDH,!:   ^»fe»;   nirJ  Maiden;   H^H  i^'/e;    Hl'^li'  ^fs^ 

T    :    -  T^-:\-  T  -  T  :    - 

h.  nnnD  C'^^-^''^-   nilDt:^  Gladness;   HlDi^  Saying;   nHJ^  G^'/i^. 

t:-  t:-  t:-  t:' 

c.  rh'2^  F'X'd;  n^Dfi  ^visdom;  Ty'^T}  (=  npprr)  >s'^«i»/('. 

1.  These  nouns,  called  Segholates,  had,  originally,  one  short  vowel  (a,  i 
or  u),  which,  generally,  stood  with  the  first  radical.  A  helping-vowel  was 
then  inserted  under  the  second  radical  (?  37.  2),  and  the  formative  vowel, 
now  standing  in  an  open  tone-syllable,  was  heightened:  a  to  e  ;  i  to  e  ;  u 
to  o. 

2.  When  the  root  contains  one  or  more  weak  radicals,  certain  changes 
occur :— 

a.  In  '^  or  /  guttural  stems,  a  is  the  helping-vowel,  instead  of  e ; 
and,  in  '^  guttural  n-class  stems,  the  original  formative  a  stands  un- 
heightened.i 

h.  In  V'^  stems,  j  is  assimilated,  represented  in  the  following  con- 
sonant by  Daghes-forte,  and  then  rejected  from  this  consonant  whenever 
it  is  not  followed  by  a  vowel. 

c.  In  37"3^  stems,  the  second  and  third  radicals  are  contracted  ;  but 
the  doubling  shows  itself  only  when  a  vowel-addition  is  made. 

d.  In  V'^  and  ^"J/  stems,  ")  and  *  are  sometimes  preserved  in  the 
absolute  state;  but,  in  many  nouns,  they  suffer  contraction  with  the 
preceding  vowel. 

e.  In  n'  /  stems  occur  formations  ending  in  ^ ,  ^  and  H     • 

3.  In  a  small  number  of  nouns,  the  formative  vowel  stands  under  the 
second  radical,  instead  of  under  the  first ;  in  these,  a  sufi"ers  no  change  ; 
but  1  and  u,  under  the  tone,  become  e  and  o  ;  no  helping-vowel  is  needed. 

4.  Many  feminine  nouns  are  formed  from  Segholate  stems ;  the  femin- 
ine ending  being  added  to  the  primarj^  form  (7pp,  T'pp,  7pp) ;  ^iit.  an 
original  ii  is  generally  deflected  to  o. 


1  Cf.,  however,  DPlS  Itrcad,  DPIT  womb. 


?  107.]  KY   AN   INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  127 

Note  1.— The  Qii\  Infinitive  const.  ('7bp^  =  q'tul  =  qutl)  is  really  a 
Segholate  ;  while  the  Inf.  const,  of  verbs  |"5  anJ  V'3  (r)'?tP  —  til^),  as 
well  as  such  Infinitive  forms  as  nX*1*  and  tlVI,  are  Segholate  formations. 

Note  2. — Segholates,  "standing  at  the  first  remove  from  the  root, 
express,  as  nearly  as  possible,  its  simple  idea,  either  abstractly,  or  as  it  is 
realized  in  some  person  or  object  which  may  be  regarded  as  its  embodi- 
ment or  representative. "2 


107.    Nouns  with  Two,   Originally  Short,  Formative  Mow  els. 

1.  a.  [Sop   for   qatal];    DTN   ^l'^ ;    DDH   Wise;    "l^l    Word;    ^t^i 

t|t  tt  tt  tt  tt 

Upright;   ^'^'2  Flesh;   ^f2^   Camel;   M*l    Corn;    DOH  Violence. 

TT  TT  Itt  tt 

Dp  f=  qawam)  Rising  ;   Q"|  {—  rawam)  High. 

\t  t 

mt!^  (=  sadhay)  Field;  Hfi*  Beautiful;  T\1T\  Pregnant;  "1^  [for 

V  T  .    T  V     T  T 

HT)  Hand;   Ql  [for  HD^)  Blood, 
h.  ['^Dp  for  qatil];    f^r  Old  man;    153  Heavy;    f^X  Truly;  fj^ 
Shield;  20}^  Heel ;  fj^^;  Weary;  y^f^^  Fat ;  ^'QV}  Deficient ;  jlD 
(=  mawith)  Dead ;  ^J  (=  gawir)  Stranger. 

c.  tep/o'-qatul];  '?j|j;  7?o»Ju?;    pr2^  Deep ;   'i.'p^  Spotted ;   ^H^ 
Naked;  IpT)  (cf.  D^^tDp)  A^/?m7^- _□!}<  Red. 

d.  L^DP  /(>>•  qital] ;  DD'?  /^'«'-/  -•  l^^V  Rlh  ;  "IDh  Bitumen. 

T    {••  T     ■•  ^     T     ■■  T      •• 

2.  [n'?Dp];  npiyi?'yi^eoMS"fss;  ^0'^^^  Ground;  n^Jl^  Chariot; 

T    T  ) :  )t    T    ;  T    T   -:  t  t^-: 

[n'?Dp];  r\*2n'2  CattU;  irh-Cpl]  r^-^n^  Possession. 

t    ■   I  ;  T    ■■     ;  T    ••.  |:  t   ■.    -: 

A  second  class  includes  nouns  which  are  formed  by  the  employment  of 
two,  originally  short,  vowels,  a — a,  a — 1,  a — ii,  i^a.  These  nouns  are,  for 
the  most  part,  adjectives  or  participles  :— 

1.  a.  Original  a — a,  in  strong  stems,  are  heightened  to  a — a;  in  \'^ 
stems,  they  contract  and  give  a;^  in  H  "7  stems,  the  second  a  is  height- 
ened, after  the  loss  of  "1  or  ^  to  e  ;   in  a  few  cases  of  T\ '^  stems,  the  final 

n has  been  lost. 

h.  Original  a— 1,  in  strong  stems,  are  heightened  to  a — e ;  in  V'^ 
stems,  they  contract  and  give  e. 


1  Cf.  Stop,  the  form  before  suffixes.  2  Green's  Hebrew  Grammar,  p.  208, 

3  This  is  the  participial  form  of  1  "^  verbs  in  Qal. 


128  ELEMENTS   OF   HEBllEW  [I  108. 

c.  Original  ii— u  are  heightened  to  a— o  ;  the  latter  (o),  however,  goes 
back  to  ii  before  additions  for  gender  and  number,  a  Daghes-forte  being 
inserted  in  the  final  consonant. 

d.  Original  i — a  are  heightened  to  e — a. 

2.  The  feminines  of  these  stems  are  made  bj'  the  addition  of  ,*1     ;  this 

T 

addition  requiring  a  change  of  tone,  the  vowel  of  the  first  radical  is  vol- 
atilized {§  36.  3.  h). 

108.    Nouns  with  one  Short  and  one  Long  Formative  Vowel. 

1.  a.  ['^lOp  =  b\2\>for  qatal]  ;   ^T\^  Great;  mi'^Holy;  '^^^2  Honor; 

Ui70  Peace;  [HN  Lord;  ^yn\^  Pure;  plilD  Sweet, 
h-  ['7^DD  for  qatil] ;    ")^DN  Captive;  pQ*  Right  hand;  J<»Ji^J  Prince; 

■   |t  ■    t  I      •  t  •     t 

TV\y'0  Anointed;  }<^3J  Prophet;  I^Hfl  Overseer;  "I^VVf  Little. 
c-  ['?1Dp /o'"  qatul] ;  ^*)1J<  Cursed,  and  all  Qal  pass,  part's;    DIV^ 
Strong;  D11^  Cunning;  )l'^yr;Weeh;  ^['2)^ Grain;  ^*\'2Z' Bereaved. 

d.  top  or  '7')Opfor  qital] ;    ^H^  Writing;  T}pWar;  "Ipl'f  TForA-; 
ri7i^  God;  C^'IJN  Man;  niOll  Ass;  Dl'^H  Dreavi;  ^N^  Piver. 

e.  l^VP  Z^''  ^^^1^  ^^  fl^t^^^ !    '^n?  ^"^'  '^*P?  ^«^^''   ^*V^  Column; 
^^0$  Idol;  ym  Swine. 

f.  ['?'lOp  for  qitul  or  qiitul]  ;''?1DJ|  Limit;  m^b  Dress;  '^']f2^  Benefit; 
n?;^  Strength;  2^0  Cherub;  t^^'l^")  Property/. 

2.  tlb'il}  Great  (f.);    HN^IIJ  Prophetess;  n"n")N  C«?wcZ  (f.);    H'^im 

T  :  T      ■    :  T        -:  t  : 

Virgin;  H^ljin  G^tVtZ?e;  n'^^HJ  Fl"fr;  nWii  Truth. 

T        -:  T      ■    :  T         v: 

A  third  class  includes  nouns  which  are  formed  by  the  emploj-ment  of 
an  originally  short  vowel  in  the  penult,  and  an  originally  long  vowel  in 
the  ultima.  These  nouns  are,  for  the  most  part,  abstract  substantives, 
neuter  adjectives,  or  passive  participles  : 

1.  a.  Original  a — a  become  a — 6,  the  first  vowel  being  heightened  to  a, 

the  second,  obscured  to  6  ;  this  formation  is  to  be  distinguished  from  that 

with  0,  described  in  §  107.  1.  c.    Here  belongs  the  Qal  Infinitive  absolute. 

h.  Original  a — i  become  a — i ;  here  belong  many  nouns  with  a  ijassive, 

and  a  few  with  an  active  signification. 

c.  Original  a — u  become  a — u ;  here  belong  all  Qal  passive  parti- 
ciples. 


M  109,  110.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  3IETH0D.  129 

d.  Original  i — a  become  ' — a  or  ' — 6,  the  first  vowel  being  volatilized, 
the  second  (a)  being  sometimes  retained,  but  more  frequently  obscured 
to  6. 

e.  Original  i — i  or  u — i  become  ' — i,  the  first  vowel  being  volatilized. 
/.   Original  i — u  or  ii — u  become  ' — u,  the  first  vowel  being  volatilized. 

2.  The  feminines  of  these  stems  are  generally  made  by  the  addition  of 
n ^  the  vowel  of  the  first  radical  becoming  S'wa. 

T 

109.    Nouns  with  one  Long  and  one  Short  Formative  \/owel. 

1-  ['?D1p/o^  qatal];  Ch)V  Eternity;  *^^f^^{  Treasury;  OPt^H  /^ig'i'^t'ring; 

T        I  T      ^  T  T 

n::f^  [for  'osay)  Makinrj;  ntTD'l-l/or  TS'^VO  Creeping. 

2.  ['?pip/orqatil];  y^y^  Enemy;  ^^2)^^  Pilot;  jfe  Priest;  H^f  Going 
forth;  ''^12'~\  Creeping;  'T^T^  Walking,  etc. 

3.  [^:D^pfor  qutal];  ^^)^  Flute,  organ;  ^};^'\^  Fox. 
Bemark.—i^'im  for  qital];  ^)^'>p  Smoke;  lIH^Ji^'  -Nile;  LT'lO^p  Mttle. 

A  fourth  class  includes  nouns  with  a  naturally  long  vowel  in  the  pen- 
ultima,  and  an  originally  short  vowel  in  the  ultima. 

1.  Original  a — a  become  6— a;  here  belong,  besides  many  substantives, 

all  il"'?  Qal  active  participles,  and  also  the  Qal  act.  part.  fern,  (in  jl or 

Jl )  of  strong  forms.  The  vowels  do  not  change  before  af-^xes  of  gender 

and  number. 

2.  Original  a— i  become  6— e  ;  here  belong  a  few  substantives,  and  all 

strong  Qal  participles  ;  also  those  feminines  of  the  form  H'^'lODt 

■^  ■■  li 

3.  Original  u — a  become  u— a. 

Remark. — There  are  a  few  nouns  with  an  originally  long  vowel  in 
both  penult  and  ultima ;  the  former,  however,  is  probably  long  in  com- 
pensation for  an  omitted  Daghes-forte  (2  30.  2.  c). 

7  70.    Nouns  with  the  Second  Radical  Reduplicated. 

1.  [bW  for  (isitai]  ;   '7^}<  Hart;   n^tl^  Sahbath;  ^20  Burden;  niu*y, 

T    \-  T-  T-  T-  TT- 

jlt^'3*  J^ry  land;  nNtOll  Sin;  r)Tl5»{  Magnificence. 

■:  j\-  -  T    T    -  ■.•J'.-  - 

Remark. —:3::i  Thief;  n2D  Cook;  t^^lH  Artificer;  KJH  Jealous. 

T  -  T     -  T  T  t|- 

2.  ['?Dp  for  qittai] ;  ^33  Talent;  Jl'^IN  Folly;  mikX  Blindness. 


130  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  110^ 

3.  top/o'-qattil];  '7|i30  Shoot,  rod;  C"lp  To  consecrate. 

4.  ['?pp/o'-qittil];  d^^ D ami ;'y\};  Blind;  ^^S^Deaf;  ^^)^ Perverse; 
npD  Char-sighted;  XDD  Throne;  '^SH  Mast. 

5.  «•  ['?0p  =  qatt^il] ;  see  examples  under  1.  R.  above. 

?>•  ['?Dp  =  qitt''il  /''o»^  qattal] ;    ")3{<  Husbandman;   1.  R.  above, 
c.  frlDp  =  qittol] ;  I'DJ  ^^''-o;  "113::^'  Drunkard;  '^15^  Sparrow. 

6.  ['?*pp];  T"TK  <^'-e«^-  f^p^J  *S'<?-o«i/;pnVi?«fi'A<eo?<s;TpN^e«erec7. 

7.  ['?rOp] ;  ll^Dj;  i^'V?«'';   '?'1D^'  CMldless;  pin  Mercifid. 

8.  DiGp] ;  "ll.tD'?  Learner;  Tlpti^  Abomination;  D^PD^  Consolation. 

A  fifth  class  includes  nouns  whose  second  radical  is  reduplicated.  This 
doubling  intensifies  the  root-idea,  giving  it  greater  force  or  greater  firm- 
ness : — 

1.  Formations  like  qattal  are  frequent,  but  with  no  special  signific- 
ance. 

Remark. — It  is  a  question  whether  nouns  of  this  form  indicative  of 
occupation  have  a  or  a  (see  5.  a  below);  the  corresponding  Arabic  have  a, 
yet  some  of  these  shorten  the  vowel  to  a  in  the  construct  state. 

2.  Formations  like  qittal  are  few;  the  femiuines  are  generally  ab- 
stract nouns. 

3.  Formations  like  qattel  are  rare,  except  as  Pi'el  Infinitives  construct. 

4.  Formations  like  qittel  are,  mostly,  adjectives  designating  deform- 
ities and  faults,  physical  or  moral. 

5.  a.  Formations  like  qattal  are,  properly,  nouns  indicative  of  occu- 
pation ;  but  see  1.  R.  above. 

b.  The  form  qittal  is  the  same  as  qjittal  with  the  penultimate  a 
attenuated  to  i. 

c.  The  form  qittol  is  the  same  as  qittal  with  a  obscured  to  6. 

6.  Formations  like  ([at  til  are  adjectives  expressing  a  personal  quality. 

7.  Formations  like  q  a  1 1  u  1  arc  descriptive  epithets  of  persons  or  things. 

8.  Formations  like  qittul  are,  for  the  most  part,  abstracts,  and  are 
often  used  in  the  plural. 


1??  Ill)  112.  BY   AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  131 

7  7  7.    Nouns  with  the  Third  Radical  Reduplicated. 

1-  ]y^^  Tranqxu'l;  f^J^^  Green;  m.N*^(=nN*J)  Comely;  '^'l^i^i  Faint; 
1)>:}^ Splendor;  ^^^7:^11  Dark;  ^hr\^Pasture;  D^DlSNJ.^f^w^^en-e.s. 

2.  'ir\'7n$  Full  of  twists;   r[DDt)n  FuU  of  tums;   DiPli?  Reddish; 
"in")n:r  BlacMsh;  f]1Dt3DN*  RaUle;  bTf^'pM.  Crooked. 

3.  "itl^Wheel;  mm  Frightful;  l^l^  (/or^DDD)  'S'tor;  i:i']^Euly; 
ip-]^  Crown;  Jl'^il'?^  'S'/v»7?;  p)2p2  Flask. 

A  sixth  class,  closely  related  to  the  fifth  class,  includes : — 

1.  Noun-formations  with  the  third  radical  reduplicated,  the  signification 
being,  in  general,  the  same  as  when  the  second  radical  is  doubled. 

2.  A  few  words  in  which  the  second  and  third  radicals  are  reduplicated, 
the  signification  being  that  of  intensitj',  or  repetition  ;  in  the  case  of 
adjectives  of  color,  there  is  a  diminutive  force. 

3.  A  few  ^"^  and  V'^  stems,  in  which  the  contracted  biliteral  stem  is 
reduplicated. 

7  7.2.    Nouns  with  {<,  n  and  ^  Prefixed. 

1.  ;r3VN*  Finger;  fjln^lX  Fist;  fH'N  Lasting;   ^pN*  Violent. 

2.  DDC^'n  To  rise  early;  ^^'■]2n  To  divide;  n^NH   To  shine;   H^^H  De- 

■■    :       -  •  :    -  •     T  T  T    - 

liverance;  Jlfi^il  Waving;  UnJH  Grant  of  rest;  (113(1  Aspect. 

TT-:  TT-:  TT- 

•3.  inV^  Oil;  Dip'?!  Pouch;  U)T>\  Being;  yy^  Adversary ;  cf.  the  proper 
names  pHVS  HflfiV 

A  seventh  class  includes  nouns  formed  by  prefixing  {«i{,  d  or  *: — 

1.  A  few  nouns  are  formed  by  means  of  a  prosthetic  }»{  ;  this  {<  is 
merely  euphonic  and  has  no  significance. 

/  2.  A  larger  number  are  formed  by  means  of  a  prefixed  1 ;  here  may  be 
included  Hiph'il  Inf's  abs.,  and  Inf's  const.,  besides  many  verbal  nouns 
formed  after  the  analogy  of  the  Hiph'il. 

.3.  Xouns  with  a  prefixed  ^  occur  rarely  as  appellatives  ;  but  frequently 
as  proper  names. 


132  "^  ELEMENTS  OF  ^EBRE^V  [§  113»- 

7  75.     Nouns  with  r2  Prefixed.  '^"^'^ 

1.  ['?t:p::  for  ^DptD] ;    '?DN!:  Food;    nD'7,t:D  Kingdom;  r\b'2^D 

t|;-  -|:-  t-:|-  tt:-  vjv  ":  r 

Cover;  HN"!.^  (=  ^N"l^)  Aiypcarance. 

2.  ["^OpP  /o/-  '?Dpp] ;  f3^P  Dwelling-place;  ^^ip  i>eser^•  D|)^b 
Judgment;  HDn'pP  TF«7V  jl^ipro  TTa^c^;  ^pD  (=35pp)  Circle; 
ri:^'P'2  (=  *jpp)  Proi>er^2/. 

3.  ['?PpP  /or  '^pppi ;  pnnp  ^?a?/,;  nn^p  Zey;  :i'?tP  Flesh-hook; 
nmi*2  Plough;  nfiiP  >Sm?Yi«5r;  ^O  (- p;ip)  Shield;  t^pID  (= 
t:»pTP)  *S'«are. 

4.  ['?Ppp/o'-  '^Ppp] ;  nsrp  ^?'«r;  2D0  (=  D5PP)  i>*'f««. 

5.  fepp/o'-yppp];  n'7?i^p^«^^-  HDopi;^";^)  coren«(7. 

6.  ['71DpP,'?1Dpp/or'7ppp];  nlDHP  F-««^-  mp'7P  ^oo^y;  D'IpD 

Place;  "lIDrp  Song;    /IC^pp  Stumhling-hlock. 

7.  ['^^PpP,  '?*Ppp];  '^n^P  Dividing;  ^^pPP  i?«^»«*f7;  D^pP  (  = 
DIpP)  Estahlishing. 

8.  ['?1Dpp];  t:n3'7P  C^«'-»i^"^;  '?U*JP^«?'/  DIDN.p  G^ra»ary/. 

An  eighth  class  indudes  Nouns  formed  bj^  prefixing  Q,  the  same  ele- 
ment which  is  used  in  the  formation  of  participles.  So  far  as  concerns 
the  vowels  employed  the  following  combinations  may  be  noted  : — 

1.  a — a,  the  latter  of  which  is  heightened  from  a.     Feminines  in  H . 

T 

and  Jl  _  occur.  In  7"5  stems,  J  is  assimilated  ;  in  V'^  stems,  aw  be- 
comes 6 ;  in  ^"^  stems,  the  usual  contraction  takes  place,  and  the  vowel 
of  the  preformative  is  heightened  ;  in  H"?  forms,  the  second  a  is  height- 
ened to  L 

2.  1 — a,  the  former  of  which  is  attenuated,  the  latter  heightened  from 
an  original  a ;  the  usual  vowel-changes  take  place  in  weak  stems. 

3.  a — e,  the  latter  of  which  is  heightened  from  i ;  the  usual  vowel- 
changes  take  place  in  weak  stems. 

4.  1 — e,  the  i  of  which  is  the  attenuation  of  a  (cf.  3.). 

5.  a — o,  the  o  of  which  is  heightened  from  an  original  u. 

6.  a— 6, 1 — 0,  of  which  6  is  ob.scured  from  a,  while  i  is  attenuated  from  a. 


U  114,  115.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  133 

7.  a — i,  i — i,  used  onlj^  in  the  formation  of  Hiph'il  participles  (m.);  the 
latter  (i — i)  being  used  in  VJ/  verbs. 

8.  a — u,  not  used  to  anj'  great  extent. 

7  74.     The  Signification  of  Nouns  with  0  Prefixed. 

1.  Jl^nC^Q  Destroyer;  '^^ptj^Q  A  didactic  poem  (=  instructor);  ^'"1^0 
S^e  who  inspires  terror;   75Q  What  falls  off,  chaff;   flDDD  Covering. 

2.  '?DNp  Food;  nip'pD  Boof7j;  Jf)^  Gt/t;  ^)D^D  Psalm;  "IJ/VP  That 
tchich  is  small;   T)tl'^*2  That  tchich  is  remote. 

3.  n'^DNp  £:>iife;  nni2*2  Key;  fj^  Shield;  1^70  Goad. 

4.  f3tp'P  Dwelling-place;  ")3"I,p  Desert;  r\'2\J2  Altar;  Qp,^  Place. 

5.  n5J!D  Smiting;  TVH'O  Sickness;  It^''^  Straightness;  nDn7/!3  TTar. 

T  ■■  -  •.'     :  -  T       *•  T    T    ;     ■ 

The  letter  f2  is   from  ^tD   [icho]  or   n!2   {ichat),  and  is  used  in  the 

T 

formation  of  nouns, 

1.  To  denote  the  subject  of  an  action  ;  cf.  its  use  denoting  agency  in 
Pi'el,  Hiph'il  and  Hithpa'el  Participles. 

2.  To  denote  the  object  of  an  action,  or  the  subject  of  a  quality ;  cf.  its 
use  in  Pii'al  and  Hoph'al  Participles. 

3.  The  instrument  by  ■n'hich  an  action  is  performed. 

4.  The  2ilace  (or  time)  in  which  an  action  is  performed. 

5.  The  action  or  quality  which  is  contained  in  the  root. 

)(  115.    Nouns  Formed  by  Prefixing  n. 

1.  topn/oryOpni;    Dpnni?);    yi'Sn  Tenant;   m^^n  Reproof ; 
]ryr\  South;  r^'i'\r\  Thanks;  n"l'in  Law. 

2.  ^gpr^for^JlDpny,  -^niDFlm;  n>V5n  Ghry;  r\)pnTTope. 

3.  &Cpn  for  '^Lppni ;   yy^^n  checkered  cloth;   Hp^^n  Deep  sleep; 
n'^nn  Praise;  n'^^n  Prayer. 

T    •      :  T    •      ; 

4.  ['^^ppni ;    ydlPi  Disciple;   Tinpn  Cloak;   r\'*b'2T\  completeness. 

5.  ['^lOpri];    "mpn  Bitterness;    Din^n    Consolation;    p^n    ZTiicZer- 

Remark.— n!2lin  ^<?ep  s^ef/*;   iiriCTl  Deliverance;  n^lNSH  G^?ory. 

T    •  •     :   -  T-  :  V  J".'  :     • 


134  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  116,  117. 

A  ninth  class  of  nouns  includes  those  with  the  prefix  fl-  This  prefix 
is  the  same  as  that  used  in  the  Impf.  3  fern.  It  is  used  in  a  neuter  sense, 
■and  is  employed  in  the  formation  of  abstract  nouns,  though  rarely  of  con- 
crete nouns.  The  cases  cited  above  exhibit  the  various  forms  assumed  by 
nouns  of  this  class,  as  well  as  the  vowel-changes  which  take  place  in  for- 
mations from  weak  stems. 

Remark.— Nouns  with  jl  prefixed  have  also,  in  the  majority  of 
instances,  the  feminine  ending  H— • 

T 

116.    Nouns  Formed  by  means  of  Affixes. 

1-  "•  '?t?"l5  Garden;  '^n^/roH;  ^"^^^  Cup  of  afloicer;  '?D")p  Ankle, 
h.  D'v'D  Ladder;  D'^IJ^  Porch;  Ob")!!  Sacred  scribe;  DHB  Ransom. 
2.  a.  jnnjs*  Last;  [V^kV")  First;  JV^N*  Poor;  Ijy^^  Most  Ugh. 

b.  p:p  Gain;  jrt>0  Table;  p^p  Offering;  ^'l^H  Destruction. 

c.  fnnS  Interpretation;  pl^D  Success;  \)1)}^  Blindness;  pflpD 
Confidence;  fn^t  Memorial;  \^'2^)^  Pain;  [IJ^^  Majesty;  ]^X2T] 
Noise. 

d.  j'n^P,  'T\yO  Megiddo;  t\'6b\^^  LXX.  SoAw/^wv,  Solomon. 

A  tenth  class  of  nouns  includes  those  with  affixes,  '^,  t2  and  j  : 

1.  Nouns  formed  by  the  addition  of  '^  and  0  are  few,  and  have  no 
special  significance. 

2.  Nouns  formed  by  the  addition  of  J  are  numerous,  including 

a.  Adjectives  formed  either  from  a  noun-stem  (cf .  §  119.  3),  or  from 
a  root. 

b.  Abstract  substantives  ending  in  an. 

c.  Abstract  substantives  ending  in  on,  obscured  from  an. 

d.  Proper  names,  in  which  the  ^  is  often  lost. 

7  77.    Nouns  Having  Four  or  Five  Radicals. 

1.  D-injt^  Scorpion;  n^tj)   Treasurer;    t^rTT)  Sickle;   '^Qjn  Frost; 
Z'^d^r^  Flint;   ^^Q   Concubine;    Th'QV  Bat. 

■    T   -  v-iv    •  I  "  : 

2.  I9^"ij<  Purjiie;  n:2^_iy  Akind  of  cloth;  pnt:*^^<  muIc. 

1.  Nouns  with  four  radicals  are  comparatively  few ;  they  have  no 
special  classification  or  signification. 


^§  118,  119.]  BY  AN   INDUCTIVE   INEETHOD.  135 

2.  Nouns  witli  five  or  more  radicals  are  still  fewer,  and,  for  the  most 
part,  of  foreign  origin. 

7  75.    Compound  Nouns. 

1-  r\')'gb%  {'^■)  Shadoio  of  death  ;    ^y^^^^  Anything ;   ^^^j'^'Z  Worthless- 

ness. 
2.  p'lV"^3'7^  King  of  righteousness;  ^i^)^J2W'*  God  hears. 

1.  Compound  words,  as  common  nouns,  are  few  and  doubtful. 

2.  Compound  words,  as  proper  names,  are  very  numerous. 

r  7  7P,     Nouns  Formed  from  Other  Nouns. 

1.  ^^p  Porter  (cf.  IJ^Ji^"  Gate);   D"13  Vine-dresser  (cf.  D"15  Vineyard). 

2.  [^J^^  Place  of  the  fountain  (cf.  1^'>]^_  Fountain);  rsilTS'Q  Plnce  of  feet 
{ct^T}Foot). 

3.  p"lllJ<  Last  (cf.  nrrj^  After)-,  fnj;;  BUndness  (cf.  n*);;  ^?inc?). 
fnn'7  CotYecZ,  serpent  (cf.  PlJ'l'p  Tfrea^/t) ;   frit^'D^  ^/•aze?i  (cf.  nji-'flj 
bronze) ;    ^X^l^''^  Apple  of  the  eye  (cf .  tT'^X) ;    p")!!:^'^  Upright  (from 

T 

4.  a.  ^0'>^\r;  Third  (cf.  C^'^tr');  ^W^  Sixth  (cf.  t^^'C^'). 

.  -J.         .    . 

^-  ^DNID  Moahite;  ^Q")J^  Aramoian;  ''^0'^^  Gershonite. 
^J15V  Northerner;  ^^J  Foreigner;  ^HQ  Villager. 

•   ;   T  •    T  : 

5-  n^Ii^l^'^  Beginning;  JIID'^D  Kingdom;  ri'l^D'7N  Widowhood. 

Nouns  formed  from  other  nouns,  and  not  directly  from  the  root,  are 
termed  denominatives.    The  most  common  formations  are  : — 

/    1.  Nouns  with  the  form  of  the  Qal  active  Participle,  indicating  agency. 

\    2.  Nouns  with  the  prefix  ^,  indicating  the  pilace  where  a  thing  is  found. 

3.  Adjectives  and  nouns  formed  by  the  affix  p  or  7      (seldom  p). 

4.  Adjectives  formed  by  the  affix  * ;  these  are, 

a.  Ordinals  formed  from  cardinals  ; 

h.  Gentilics  and  patronymics  ;  and  a  few  others. 

•5.  Nouns  formed  by  the  affixes  H^^  and  HI,  designating  abstract  ideas. 


136  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [U  120,  121.- 

120.     The  Formation  of  Noun-Stems. 

From  ?§  105. — 119.  it  has  been  seen  that  noun-stems  are  formed, 
f         1.  Directly  from  the  root: — 

a.  By  means  of  vowels  given  to  the  root ;  as  in  the  case  of 

(1)  nouns  with  one,  originally  short,  vowel  (?  106.); 

(2)  nouns  with  two  (originally)  short  vowels  (I  107.); 

(3)  nouns  with  one  (originally)  short  and  one  long  vowel  (?  108.); 

(4)  nouns  with  one  long  and  one  (originally)  short  vowel  (I  109); 
h.  By  a  reduplication  of  one  or  more  of  the  consonants  of  the  root ; 

as  in  the  case  of 

(1)  nouns  with  the  second  radical  doubled  (§  110.); 

(2)  nouns  with  the  third,  or  the  second  and  third,  or  with  the 
contracted  stem,  doubled  (§  111.); 

c.  By  prefixing  vowels  and  consonants  to  the  root ;  as  in  the  case  of 

(1)  nouns  with  }<{,  H  or  '>  prefixed  (?  112.); 

(2)  nouns  with  0  prefixed  [U  113,  H*.); 

(3)  nouns  with  H  prefixed  (?  115.); 

d.  Hy  affixing  vowels  and  consonants  to  the  root ;  as  in  the  case  of 

(1)  nouns  with  7,  Q  or  J  affixed,  with  a  vowel  (?  116.); 

(2)  nouns  with  four  or  five  radicals  (§  117.); 

(3)  nouns  compounded  of  two  distinct  words  (^  118.). 

2.  From  other  nouns  (and  called  denominatives),  by  the  various  means 
indicated  above  (§  119.). 

Remark. — It  is  important  to  keep  in  mind  two  things  : — (1)  that  the 
original  stem-form  of  nouns  ended  in  a,  the  stem-form  and  the  accusative- 
form  [I  121.  3)  being  identical  (cf.  the  verb-stem  and  the  Perfect-stem, 
which  also  are  alike);  (2)  that  in  Hebrew  a  short  vowel,  when  final,  was 
always  lost ;  and  consequently  the  noun-stem  appears  in  its  full  form  only 
when  this  stem-ending  is  protected  by  suffixes  (cf.  I  127.  below). 

121.     The  Formation  of  Cases. 

1.  a.  pN-in;n(l:24);  -)^:^  U^  ;i  iSV  1^?  i'  0'^  I^^IfO-^ 

h.  Cf.inp  in  ':'N?^intp  (4:18);    IDJp^"  m  '7i<)*2l^  ]'   1J$  in  '^NIJiD 
(32:32). 

2.  a.  n'7^5  Wp;i  (31:39);  UhN*  ^J?  (49:11);  DSTO  'Hi^'lD'' 

h.  p-i>;-*3'7,^ (14:18);  '^xH^j ;« bmn-;'  bm^mm-,  rprz^m.^ 

1  Num.  24:3, 15.      2  Num.  23:18.  3  Ps.  114:8.  O  Sam.  1:20.         sjsa.  1:21.. 

«  Dan.  8:16.  i  Num.  34:23.  si  Sam.  21:2. 


[^121.  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  137 

c.  VDK(2:24);   ^T^nj^  (4:9);   n*3  (4:11);    T^^V}   'rb'2  (3:11);     ^JJD^ 

•T  l-iT  T-i"  -T 

(=[!?). 

d.  inyt:'?(l:12);  n^i}V;^(3:16);  IJ!:^:;^  (1:26);  1ini!:"lD  (1:26). 
3.  a.nilDV  (13:14);  n9M13:14);  DJJJH  n>nNM20:l);  n'?riN*n  (18:6). 

h.  i^r*:'?(i:ii)/o/-*in-jrt:'7;  nc^'*NM3:6)/orn-c'\s*;  'r^iw 

c.  :r]'7p  (3:10);   :^jm  (3:14);    ^jj^^ir  (3:15);    DD'7?J<  (3:5);    ^Sia;i^3 
f?.  D-DV;*    0-^11(29:15);  D-1C^''7ir' (31:2) /or  silsam.  [(3:17). 

T  T   '  :     ■ 

There  were  originally  in  Hebrew,  as  in  Assyrian  and  Arabic,  three  cases. 
Only  relics  of  these  remain  in  Hebrew  : — 

■     1.  The  nominative  was  formed  by  the  addition  of  u  (from  wa)  to  the 
stem  ;  but  this  has  been  entirely  lost,  except 

->^  a.  In  a  few  archaic  construct  forms,  in  which  it  appears  as  6  (per- 
haps a  contraction  of  the  stem-ending  a  and  the  case-sign  n)\ 

h.  In  the  first  part  of  a  few  proper  names  ;  as  in  the  examples  cited 
above,  ^iX2  =  inian  of;  ^QtJ^  =  name  of;  ^^Q  =  face  of. 

2.  The  genitive  was  formed  by  the  addition  of  i  (from  ya),  which  took 
the  place  of  the  stem-ending  (a).     It  is  seen 

or.  In  the  archaic  ending  i  of  the  construct  state,  which  is  quite  fre- 
quent  in  poetry. 

h.  In  the  i  which  occurs  in  a  few  proper  names. 

c.  In  the  i  which  appears  in  the  nouns  2Ji{,  fli^  and  115  in  thff 

XT  '.'  ^ 

construct  state  and  before  sufltxes  ;  likewise  in  the  i  with  which  certair 
particles  close. 

d.  In  the  e  (heightened  from  i)  which  stands  before  the  suffixes  Ir 
^J  and  sometimes  in» 

3.  The  accusative  had  the  ending  a  and  was  the  same  as  the  noun-stem, 
just  as  the  Qal  Perf.  3  m.  sg.  (?  58.  N.  5)  was  the  same  as  the  verb-stem 
This,  likewise,  has  almost  disappeared,  but  is  seen 

a.  In  the  so-called  He  directive  (H ),  which 

T 

(1)  is  u.sed  to  denote  direction  or  motion;  but 

(2)  is  often  used  in  a  weaker  sense  to  designate  the  place  wherCf 
and 

(3)  in  many  cases  seems  to  have  entirely  lost  its  original  force. 
h.  In  the  a  which  stands  before  the  suffixes  ^H  (in =  o),  H  (H- 

=  n_),  D  and  |. 


iDeut.  1:36.       2judg.  5:14.       3  Ruth  1:9.       4  Ex.  13:21. 


138  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [?  122. 

c.  In  the  ~r  (volatilized  from  a)  which  stands  before  the  suffixes  !n, 
D^  and  75,  which,  under  the  tone,  is  restored  to  a,  and  heightened  to  e 
(«  38.  1.  Nj. 

d.  In  the  sj'llables  am  and  om  (the  latter  by  the  obscuring  of  a), 
which  are  found  in  certain  adverbs. 

Kote  1.  — It  will,  therefore,  be  seen  that  the  vowel  which  stands 
between  the  noun  and  its  suffix  is  not  a  connecting-vowel,  but  the  ease- 
ending. 

Note  2. — A  clear  idea  of  the  Semitic  case-endings  may  be  gained 
from  the  declension  of  an  Assyrian  and  an  Arabic  noun  : 

Assyrian.  Arabic, 

tribute.  country.  the  book.  a  book. 

Nom.  madattu  matu  al-kitabu  kitabun 

Gen.  madatti  mati  al-kitabi  kitabin 

Ace.  madatta  mata  al-kitiiba  kitaban 


122.    Affixes  for  Gender  and  Number. 

1.  niN*(l:3);  nV0(l:4);  DV  (1:5);  ^p?(l:5);  rpn(l:6). 

2.  a.  iiTH  (1:24);  ^nDJ"!  (31:39);  ^nn^N*  (4:23);  m^N  (2:24);  InmO 

(4:5). 

r\in  (H^r?)  (i:25);  r\r}  (m^)  (i:26);  r\r2m  ^'nr2m)  (2:7). 

h.  iTpW   (1:1);   r\'\*y\  (1:26);   nDlinp  (1:2);  ntTp'l  (1:21). 

n5|)ni7P(3:24);  n'?ro,p(i:i6);  rsij,  (4:2);  n;;'i(2:9);nn[^_ 

(4:11). 

c.   rT^"3!(l:9);  n,^n3(l:24);  ,Tn(l:24);  n^lN  (2:5);  H^'N*  (3:4). 

3.  nAV  (1:14);    nHN!?   (1:14);     nijn    (3:7);     r\Th^T^   (2:4). 

4.  a.  D^n^N*  (1:1);  D*/tD*  (1:22);  U'r^'  (1:14);  DHyTD  (1:14);  D0tr'(l:14). 
Z-.  ^J£)   (1:2);    ^j;-i^   (3:5);    ^t^'J   (4:23);    ''^  (6:4);    ^NJ   (6:4). 

5.  U\y(if,    whence  Ot^'  (1:16);    Q^^j;   (3:6),   but   ^^^^   (3:7). 

The  Hebrew  has  two  genders, — masculine  and  feminine  ;  and  three 
numbers, — singular,  dual  and  plural. 

1.  The  masculine  slnguhtr  has  no  particular  indication,  the  case-ending, 
as  well  as  the  final  stem-vowel,  having  been  lost,  excejit  in  a  few  instances 
{I  121.  1-3). 


§  122.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  3IETnOD.  13& 

2.  The  sign  of  the  feminine  singular  is  Hi — with  the  stem-ending,  JH--; 

with  a  helping-vowel  (§  37.  2.  h),  jl »  or  H— •     This  feminine  sign  has  a. 

three-fold  treatment : — 

a.  It  is  retained,  in  accordance  with  its  original  use,  whenever  the 
noun  of  which  it  is  a  part  is  in  close  connection  with  what  follows ;  a& 
when  it  (the  feminine-sign,  JH)  stands 

(1)  before  a  case-ending  {"],  *> ,  H ,  ?  121.  1. — 3) ; 

T 

(2)  before  a  pronominal  suffix  [l  124.) ; 

(3)  at  the  end  of  a  noun  in  the  construct  state  (?  123.  4). 

b.  It  is,  in  accordance  with  a  later  usage,  attached  to  the  stem  (by 
means  of  a  formative-vowel,  or  a  helping-vowel,  viz.,  ^r,  or  with  a  guttural, 
-^),  in  the  formation  and  inflection  of  many  nouns,  participles  and  infin- 
itives. 

c.  It  is  changed  to  tl ,  by  apocopation  of  H  ^n^tl  heightening  of  the 

stem-ending  a  to  a.     This  form  is  the  more  usual  indication  of  the  fcmiii- 
ine  gender. 

Note. — The  original  sign  of  the  feminine  was  ta,  which,  with  the 
stem-ending,  made  ata\  but  the  final  short  vowel,  as  always  in  Hebrew,, 
was  lost  (?  36.  8.  N.) ;  there  remained,  therefore,  at  =  ]!__■ 

3.  The  feminine  plural  is  indicated  by  the  ending  jll  {6th  for  ath), 
which  is  unchangeable. 

Note. — This  6th  (=ath),  which  includes  the  stem-ending  a,  is  perhaps 
a  repetition  of  ta  the  feminine  singular  ending  :  a-tata  =  a-(t)a-ta  =  ata 
=  at  =  ath  =  6th. 

4.  The  masculine  x^lural  is  indicated  by  the  endings, 
a.  D^ (im)  in  the  Absolute  state  (?  123.  1). 

l>.  ^_  (e)  in  the  Construct  state  [l  123.  2). 

Note. — Many  masculine  nouns  have  plurals  in  6th,  and  many  feminine 
nouns  have  plurals  in  im. 

5.  The  dual,  used  chiefly  of  objects  which  go  in  pairs,  is  indicated  by 
the  endings, 

a.  D^ (ayim)  in  the  Absolute  state. 

h.  ^ .  (e)  in  the  Construct  state. 

Note  1.— In  the  inflection  of  nouns  in  Hebrew,  it  will  be  seen  that 
use  was  originally  made  of  certain  affixes  :  (1)  t  (orig.  ta),  for  the  feminine; 
(2)  u  (orig.  wa),for  the  nominative;  (3)  i  (orig.  ya),  for  the  genitive  ;  (4)  a, 
for  the  accusative.  There  was  also  a  fifth  affix,  viz.,  m  (orig.  ma),  which 
was  equivalent  to  an  indefinite  di\i\(i\G.  This  m. has  almost  disappeared  ; 
it  is  found,  however,  (1)  in  a  few  old  accusatives  {I  121.  3.  d);  (2)  in  the 


140  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  123. 

absolute  form  of  the  plural-ending,  im  ;  (3)  in  the  absolute  form  of  the 
■dual-ending,  ayim.    (See  Note  2,  below.) 

Note  2.— Just  as  (1)  u  (the  plural  sign  of  verbs),  which  is  for  an  ear- 
lier un  (H  (§  63.  6)  =  Q)),  is  the  nominative-ending  u  reduplicated,  with 
the  addition  of  the  indefinite  m  (see  above,  N.  1);  so  (2)  im  (plur.  ending 
of  nouns)  is  the  genitive-ending  i  reduplicated,  with  the  addition  of  the 
same  m.  On  the  other  hand  (3)  e  (*_)  the  ending  of  the  construct  plural 
and  dual  is  for  a-y,  i.  e.,  the  stem-ending  a,  with  the  genitive-ending  i  or 
y,  the  indefinite  on  having  never  been  emploj'ed  in  the  construct  state, 
which  is  made  definite  by  what  follows ;  while  (4)  ayim  (D|-^))  the  dual- 
ending,  consists  of  the  stem-ending  a,  the  genitive-affix  %  or  y,  and  the  in- 
definite affix  m,  with  a  helping-vowel. 

Note  3. — The  following  analyses  of  forms  will  explain  more  clearly 
the  foregoing  remarks  :— 

Form  in  use.        Intermediate  steps.  Original  form. 

1.  Nom.  sg.  DID  =  susii  =  sus(a)u  =  susa-wa 

2.  Gen.  sg.  DID  =  ?usi  =  sus(a)i  =  susa-ya 

3.  Ace.  sg.  (def.)     HDID  =  susa  =  susa 

T       J 

4.  Ace.  sg.  (indef.)     DID  "=  susam  =  susa-m  =  susa-ma 

5.  Fern.  sg.  (1)        HDID  =  susat(h)  =  susa-ta 

6.  Fem.  sg.  (2)        PfDID  =  susa  =  susat  =  susa-ta 

T 

7.  Fem.  pi.  HIDID  =  susat(h)  =  susa(t)a-t  =  susa-ta-ta 

8.  Masc.pl.(indef.)D*P"lD  —  su.si-i-m  =  sus(a)-i-i-ma  =  susa-ya-ya-ma 

9.  Dual                    D^DID  —  susa-y(i)m  =  susa-y-y-m  =  susa-ya-ya-ma 
^^'   Dmii  coiistf         'DID  =  susa-y  =  susa-y-y  =  susa-ya-ya. 

Note  4. — D'D  [waters)  and  D^t2^  [heavens]  do  not  have  the  usual 

■J-  -J-     T 

plural  in  im,  but  take  as  their  plural-ending,  what  was  once  a  plural- 
ending,  but  is  now  used  as  the  cZwaZ-ending:  e.  g.,  D^^tJ^  =  sam(ay)-a-y-m. 

7.25.    The  Absolute  and  Construct  States. 

1.  D^n'?{<(l:l);  DWn(l:l);  pKHd-.D;  "llNH  (1:3);  P;pT(l:6). 

2.  Dinn  03  (1:2)  faccs-of  abyss;    D*n'?i<  Hll  (1:2)  (the)  spirit-of  God; 
D^D^n  l^*D'*1-J  (1:1-4)  in-[th.e)-expanse-of  the  heavens. 

Of  two  nouns  closely  related,  the  second,  in  Latin  or  Greek,  is  in  the 
genitive.    The  same  relation  is  indicated  in  Hebrew  by  pronouncing  the 


4- 


■?  123.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  141 

second  noun  in  close  connection  with  the  first.    The  effort  thus  to  unite 
the  two  words  in  pronunciation  results  invariably  in  a  shortening  of  the 
Jirst  word,  because  the  tone  hastens  on  to  the  second. 

1.  A  noun  which  is  not  thus  dependent  upon  a  following  substantive 
or  pronoun  is  said  to  be  in  the  absolute  state. 

2.  A  noun  which  is  thus  dependent  on  a  following  substantive  or  pro- 
noun is  said  to  be  in  the  construct  state. 

Note. — It  is  the  first  of  two  nouns,  therefore,  and  not  the  second., 
which  suffers  change. 

3.  n;;'-)  (4:2),  cf.  n;;'n ;  mjp/t:  (i:io),  o/.  n^pD ;  n'?i;  (3:7),  c/.  n"?;;; 

♦n  (42:15),  cf.  »n  ;  m.^  cf.  ivp 

4.  n^n  (1:25)  instead  of  .I^H ;  r\T\  (1:26)  instead  of  n:i1. 

—  T  -  -      :  T     T 

5.  03  (1:2),  cf  D»J5;   'r2'  (3:17),  cf  Wf2'\   'Dl  (4:11),  cf  D^t:n;   ^JT" 

...  .  ^        ..  .  .  ^        ..    .  .    ^       .. . 

(1:16),  cf  DOtr';  0^;^  (3:7),  cf  DO*;^. 
R.  Ahs.,nQ  (1:11),   const.,  n5  (1:29);  ahs.,  ND1>?  const.,  i^y^-^  ahs., 

■   :  ■   :  T   T  T    : 

XT  (32:12),  co?(s«.,  K~)M22:12);   abs.,  T)'?.!?  (14:17),  cohs/.,  TT'^P  (14:1); 
abs.,  ")DD,^  co»s^.,  ^5D  (5:1);  a&s.,"|VJ  (37:2),  co«s^.,  "ItT^e 

So  far  as  concerns  endings  or  affixes,  the  Construct  state  differs  from 
the  Absolute  in  the  following  particulars  : — 

3.  Final  pf (i-  e.,  e  heightened  from  an  original  a,  after  the  apocopa- 

tion  of  a  final  radical  ♦)  gives  place  to  H (i-  e.,  e  =  a?/,  the  original  a 

and  the  final  radical  ♦  having  united). 

Note. — Compare  with  this  the  fact  that  in  jl"?  verbs,  the  Imperfect 
ends  in  H (e),  but  the  Imperative  in  H (e)  (?  100.  1./). 

4.  The  original  form  of  the  feminine  affix  jH ,  preserved  bj'  its  close 

connection  with  what  follows,  appears  instead  of  the  later  pf • 

T 

5.  The  definite  affix  ^ [^  ay)  a^opears  instead  of  the  ordinary  plural 

and  dual  endings  D^ and  D^ . 

Note. — The  feminine  plural  affix  6th  is  the  same  in  Absolute  and 
Construct. 

Remark. — Final  vowels,  other  than  those  just  mentioned,  as  well  as 
final  a  when  followed  by  J<,  and  Segholates  (strong  and  guttural)  do  not 
suffer  change  in  the  Construct  state. 


iJosh.  15:8.     2  Num.  21:20.     3  Num.  1:3.     ^Deut.  4:19.     6  2Kgs.5:5.     el  Sam.  2:13. 


142 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


[§  124. 


Note.— The  Construct  form  may  best  be  explained  bj'  understanding 
that  it  is  really  an  unaccented  word,  the  tone  having  passed  on  to  the 
next  word.  Everj'  such  noun,  it  is  true,  has  an  accent,  unless  it  is  joined 
to  the  following  word  by  3Iaqqeph  {'i  17.  2);  but  this  accent  is  usually  a 
Conjunctive  (§  23.  2.  h),  and  serves  only  to  bind  the  words  more  closely 
together.  Two  words  standing  in  the  Construct  relation  may  be  said  to 
have  but  one  principal  tone,  which  must  rest  upon  the  second  part  of  the 
combination. 


124. 

The  Pronominal 

Suffixes. 

[See  Paradigms  H.  and  N.] 

TABULAR    VIEW. 

Masc.  sg. 

Masc.  plur. 

Fern.  sg. 

Fem.  plur. 

Absolute 

DID 

D^DID 

HDID 

niDiD 

Construct 

DID 

'DID 

npiD 

niDiD 

Sing.  1  c. 

^PID 

*P1D 

^IDID 

•      T          1 

^nlDID 

2  m. 

ripip 

^l^piD 

^;ppiD 

n^ilDiD 

1  -'■■■         1 

2f. 

"[DID 

^51D 

W9 

Tj^niDip 

3  m. 

1D1D 

VD1D 

T 

inDiD 

T           1 

VnlDID 

T                     1 

3f. 

riDID 

T 

•TDID 

T       J'.* 

nriDiD 

.TniDip 

Plur.  1  c. 

IJIDID 

J"" 

^rDiD 

iinDiD 

-I-       T           1 

ij^niDiD 

-■•■          1 

2  m. 

DDD1D 

DD'DID 

V     ■■        1 

DDilD^D 

■.•    :     -       1 

D^P^nlDID 

2f. 

PPID 

P'PID 

pripiD 

f^'niDiD 

3  m. 

DD1D  , 

T                    1 

D.7P1D-- 

DnpiD 

D(7nip*iD 

3f. 

[did' 

lO'Pit: 

inD^D 

|.7ni9iD 

1.  a.  \y>r2b  (1:11)  for  1,^-^0'?;    IT  (3:22)  for  in'T;    I^Kif  (4:4). 

-IT        ■      :  T  JT  T 

nrO'7(l:24)/orn-rD'?;  HtT'^N*  (3:6) /or  H-JJ^'^N  ;  H^^r  (3:15). 

T         ■       :  T       JT       •       :  T  ■  T         JT  •  T        -.- 

u-byp-^  D-v"iN;2  n-Tr\:'  dw;^  r'?^;'  ["?'?•' 

r^^  (3:10);    :r];in^   (3:14);    :r]J^-|r  (3:15);    Dp'pDJS^   (3:5). 
I.  in-lt:^  (23:9);    ^"^^1  (3:16);    r\'^'>i^  (3:JG) ;   ^^'dl^^  (1:26). 
VDN   (2:24);    '7\>ni^  (4:9);    V^^i   (4:8);    ,TQ   (4:11). 

■      T  I     J'      T  •      T  T       J- 

JNum.l4:l.      2Deut.4:38.      3iKgs.2:4.      4Jer.l5:9.      r.Iluthl:9.      bEx.35:26. 


§  124.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  143 

2.  nn!3N* hut ^rr\*2i^  (4:23);  n^DH hut >rr\'2n (4:23);  inpiirn  (4:7). 

T   :     •  •     T    :     •  T   •.   -  •     Tl-.    -  It      1       : 

The  relation  existing  between  a  noun  and  its  pronominal  suffix  is  really 
tlie  construct  relation.  Hence  the  form  of  the  noun  before  suffixes  is,  in 
general,  the  form  of  the  construct.  In  this  section  only  the  endings  of 
the  noun,  as  affected  by  the  suffix,  are  treated. 

1.  Masculine  nouns  in  the  singular  take, 

a.  The  original  stem-ending  a  (§  121.  3.  «), 

(1)  in  the  form  of  a,  before  in?  T^,  D  and  7,  the  suffixes  of  the  3d 
person ; 

(2)  in  the  form  of  ~,  before  iTT,  D^,  ID- 

h.  The  original  genitive-ending  ?',  which  displaces  the  stem-ending  a, 

(1)  in  the  form  of  e  before  ^H  (in  H"/  stems  and  a  few  poetical 
forms),  %  O ; 

(2)  in  the  form  of  i  before  all  suffixes  in  the  words  3}i{  father^ 

T 

HN  hrotJier,  HG  mouth. 

T 

Remark  1. — Certain  contractions  take  place,  viz.,  ^H .  to  1,  H to 

-IT  T    JT 

H-  (5). 

T 

Remark  2. — The  t  before  T],  DD;  |D  is  restored  to  a  and  heightened 
to  e  in  pause  (?  38.  1.  N.). 

2.  Feminine  nouns  in  the  singular  preserve  before  suffixes  the  earlier 
form  of  the  feminine  affix,  which,  with  the  preceding  stem-vowel,  is  H^; 
but  the  ^~  standing  in  an  open  syllable  is  heightened. 

Note. — The  feminine  affix  is  followed  by  the  same  ease-  and  stem- 
endings  as  those  which  occur  with  masculine  nouns  (see  above,  1.  a,  h). 

3-  «•  rPV-^  (2:23);    »5ni;i   r]'y^'-}■.^-   T|*J5;3   T.5^?'' 

h.  DnOjr"  (2:25);   DD^rj;  (3:5);    pa'pn^  (4:4);   Orjl't^Y  d^^l). 
c.  in^^n  (3:14);    TON*  (3:19);    ^^3  (4:6);    H^JlG.e 

I  J-.-  -  I  -1  .■     -  )  -IV  T  T  J  .     T 

d.VQii  (2:7);    r^-Tl;'    V^Q  (4:5);    V3J3.« 

T-  tt:  tt  tt: 

4.  1^^:;  (2:21);  Vnn'l(6:9);  ^ih^;^  IJJ^ninN* 5 ^'^  'niJ2  (31:26); 

)yr\)n  (34:9);    T]»nJ3;ii    ^»nJ5  (19:12). 
Remark.-DniaN*^-  and  Dn\"inN*;^=^  cf.  also  DillD::^' (25:16);  DiinX;^* 

T  -:  V      ••  -:  T  :  t 

Diinn  (17:7). 


Usa.  58:3.                    aJer.  3:33.                    siSam.  35:&5.  4jer.  3:31. 

5  With  -  written  defectively,  instead  of  '-.                  «  l  Sain.  1 :18.  t  Dent.  10:13. 

sDeut.  33:11.               »  Ex.  7:3.               loPs.  74:9.               uEzek.  16:30.  12  Ex.  4:5. 
i3lChron.  4:38.              nPs.  74:4. 


10 


144  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBIIEW  [^  125. 

3.  The  masculine  plural  has  before  all  suffixes  the  ending  ay,  which,  in 
the  construct,  appears  under  the  form  of  e  (§  30.  4).  But  certain  modifi- 
cations in  the  form  of  this  ending  take  place,  due  to  the  character  of  the 
following  consonants : — 

a.  The  original  form  ay  (* )  appears  unchanged 

(1)  in  the  1  c.  sg.  ^^,  the  *  of  the  suffix  having  been  absorbed  by 
the  final  *  of  the  ending. 

(2)  in  the  2  f.  sg.  T]*_-,  T]  being  joined  by  the  helping-vowel  ^-■. 

h.  The  original  form  ay  {''_)  is  contracted  to  e  {"> )  before  all  plural 

suffixes. 

c.  The  original  fo;-m  ay  (^ )  is  contracted  to  ^ [c]  before  '7\  and  H 

(§  30.  5.  h). 

d.  The  original  form  ay  (^ )  loses  '>  and  heightens  a  to  a  before  (?in 

changed  according  to  ?  44.  4.  c.  to)  ^,  the  *  being  generally  retained  ortho- 
graphically. 

4.  The  feminine  plural  with  suffixes  has  (1)  Jll,  the  usual  affix  of  the 

fern,  plur.,  (2)  the  masculine  plural  ending  ^ ,  which  is  modified  in  the 

manner  just  described  (see  above,  3.  a — d);  and  then  (3)  the  same  suffixes 
which  were  used  with  the  masc.  plur. 

Remark. — Verj'  frequently  the  suffix  is  attached  directly  to  HI ;  this 
is  done  probably  in  order  to  obtain  a  shorter  form. 

Note. — This  strange  anomaly,  viz.,  the  occurrence  of  a  double  plural 
sign  may  be  explained  by  supposing  that  the  real  origin  and  character  of 
the  ending  * was  lost  sight  of  by  those  who  spoke  the  language. 


125.    Stem-Changes  tN  the-Inflection<>f  Nouns. 

•    T  T   ■■    :  T  T    ■•  T    :  T 

hut  n'?nJi-7  tiJD'  hut  Q't^^y,^  bm^  uu  d^'^hj.^o 

T  ;  ITT  -J-  T  ;  T  •  : 

Timii  hnt  nym;i2  ^^y.z  lut  nm-,''  "iDtr^^^  hut  nnDtr.^^ 

It  I-|:  tt  -t:  tt  tt: 

nnn^"  hut  n_n'i;^«  fpp  hut  r^p\-p  nvn-'  hut  nn^^n.^^ 
2.  nni;^  hut  nD*!;-^  fpp  hut  ^:p;;24  nvfi-'  hut  ni")yn.-5 
-ID"!!'  hut  Dnn^i;'-"  ;pp  hut  Dy;\\)i:-'  ^?'7'  ^"'^  iD'?;^'?''' 

1  Gen.  15:16.  sDeut.  25:15.  a  Gen.  1:16.  4  Deut.  28:38.  6  l  Chron.  28:9. 
6  Gen.  1:16.  v  Gen.  15:13.  a  Gen.  1:31.  9E.x.  25:20.  lo  Gen.  1:16.  u  Lev.  11:43. 
)2Gen.  3:14.  is  Gen.  3:21.  w  Gen.  2:23.  i'.  Num.  18:3L  is  Jon.  1:3.  n  Gen.  18:14. 
isGen.  24:33.  is  Gen.  10:4.  20  Isa.  24:23.  2iiKgs.  7:8.  22  Josh.  21:12.  23  Gen.  24:30. 
24  Gen.  60:7.       25  3Kgs.  21:5.       2c  Gen.  24:52.       27Deut.  39:9.       28Nah.  2:8. 


■^  125.]  BY  AN   INDUCTIVE   3LETII0D.  145 

.3.  nDT   hutl^lf     ]\)f   hut    f]^r;4     '2'nfhut  DHN^ 
^l^TTV  hut   TO"1;«     y^  hut  T;io    DT^  ^«<  DV- 

^5^3  hut  d;)D5'7;i^  ntr?^''  Z'w^  D:?")t^3.^« 

R-  1.  DIDDD'?^-'  =  Pbha-bh'khem;  nD"(^"  =  di-blrre. 

R.  3.  HD-iD  (12:2)  from  nns;  (1)  noi3r«  (2)  n'Dna  (49:25),  (3) 

T    T  :  I    T  T  T  :  :  * 

n3-)3  (28:4). 

The  noun-stem,  if  it  contains  changeable  vowels  (§  7.  4),  is  subject  to 
change, 

(1)  when  terminations  of  gender  and  number  are  added  ; 

(2)  when  the  noun  stands  in  the  construct  relation  with  a  following 
word  ; 

(3)  when  pronominal  suffixes  are  added. 

The  changes  which  take  place  are  due  to  the  shifting  of  the  tone  : — 
1.  Before  affixes  for  gender  and  number  [absolute],  viz.,  H >  iHl)  D* > 

T 

D^  ^,  and  before  the  light  (^  51.  1.  h)  suffixes,  the  tone  is  shifted  one  place; 
in  which  case, 

a.  A  penultimate  tone-long  a  or  e^"  becomes  tone-s/tor#,  i.  e.,  S°wa ; 
h.  An  ultimate  tone-long  a  or  e  is  retained,  since  it  stands  now  directly 
before  the  tone. 

.    2.  Before  affixes  for  gender  and  number  in  the  construct,  viz.,  * ,  Jl1 

(also  the  sing.  fem.  H ),  and  before  the  grave  suffixes  when  attached  to 

plural  nouns,  the  tone  is  shifted  two  places;  in  which  case, 

a.  A  penultimate  tone-long  (originallj^  short)  vowel  is  shortened,  viz., 
e  to  i,  and  a  to  a,  but  a  is  often  attenuated  to  i ; 

h.  An  ultimate  tone-long  (originally  short)  vowel  becomes  tone-short, 
i.  e.,  S'wa. 

3.  In  the  case  of  the  construct  singular,  and  before  the  grave  suffixes 
(DDi  ID)  when  attached  to  singular  nouns,  the  tone  is  shifted  one  place; 
in  which  case, 

a.  A  penultimate  tone-long  (originally  short)  a  or  e  becomes  tone- 
short,  i.  e.,  S'wa,  (see  above,  1.  a); 

1  Gen.  18:4.  2  Gen.  20:18.  s  Gen.  19:4.  4  Gen.  24:2.  s  Gen. 2:11.  6  Gen.  2:12. 
V  Gen.  1:6.  a  Gen.  1:20.  0  Gen.  38:28.  10  Gen.  41:35.  u  Gen.  37:23.  12  Gen.  9:6, 
13  Deut.  28:28.  h  Deut.  10:16.  is  Gen.  2:21.  i«  Gen.  17:13.  n  Gen.  24:30.  is  Gen.  20:6. 
19  Gen.  40:19.  so  Ps.  21:7.  21  Gen.  14:18.  22  Gen.  47:22.  23  Ps.  119:162.  21  Gen.  4:14. 
2s  Gen.  18:25.  26  Deut.  16:18.  27  The  vowel  o,  except  in  u-class  Segholates,  is  gen- 
erally unchangeable. 


146  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [^  125^ 

b.  An  ultimate  tone-long  (originallj'  short)  a  or  o  is  shortened  to  a. 

Remark  1. — The  S'wa  preceding  the  grave  suffixes  when  attached  to  a 
singular  noun,  and  the  S'wa  preceding  the  const,  plur.  affix  ^  ^  is  ahrays 
a  half-vowel,  and  the  syllable  preceding  it  is  a  half-open  sjdlable  (§  26.  4). 

Remark  2. — While  the  long  vowel  (a)  is  retained  before  the  ^f^,  it 
is  shortened  before  DI3— • 

Remark  3. — The  principles  here  given  apply  also  to  the  formation 
and  inflection  of  feminine  nouns. 

Remark  -t. — Qal  Active  participles  and  nouns  of  like  formation 
(§  109.  2),  in  whose  inflection  an  ultimate  e  becomes  S°wa  before  all 
affixes  (except  T],  DDi  0)i  furnish  an  important  exception  to  the  prin- 
ciple stated  in  1.  b  above).  The  difference  in  treatment  is  due  to  the  fact 
that  the  participial  forms  have  an  unchangeable  vowel   in   the  penult. 

4.  a.  rp^  (14:17)  abs.;  rp^  (14:1)  const.;  1$3pi  abs.;  ^^0  (5:1);  l^j.^ 

b.  »3'7,P;3  rij;7_(3:15);  lO'^V  (1:27);  IJO'pV  (1:26);  H^D.^ 

c.  D*D'?!D(14:9);  n'O^tD;^  Dn'?M33:l);  Dnp:j.« 

■    T    :  T     :  -T  :  Jt    : 

d.  n^D'^D;^  »!:v;r(2:23);  ^^7^30:26);  nmi^  n»t:^-!p.9 

T    -1  .•  T    :  -    T^-:  -  T  :  |   -iv  t  ;  )  jv     t|t 

e.  »:)'?0  (17:16);  DDHllio  'C/lT^;^'  D^^Ji^'lp.i^ 

••    :    -  •.■••:•  ••         :)t  v  :  |t 

/.  D*:V=^  but  D^:i"lp;i4    D^ID;!^  OnnV  (43:16). 

•J-  t):  -J-   :)-  ■-!-  :     T  •  J-  t;  |t 

5.  a.  r]W^  r]ln  (1:2),  HDin  (41:48);  m^,^^  niD  (25:11),  ♦fllO  (27:2),. 

VniO;i«    n*3  (17:12),  iT3  (12:15),  »n^3  (15:2),  iH'^  (12:17). 

T  -J-  ••  •         •• 

b.  :3-!   (24:25),    n^n   (6:5),    U'T)   (21:34);    D{<   (3:20),    'im   (2:24), 

DnbN*;^^  pn  (47:22),  Dpn  (47:22),  D^pf7,2o  npn.^i 
6.  mtr  (2:5)  z;../  nitr  (14:7),  n)i'::^r-  n't:;-P  n^Q  [not  in  use),  0^:13 

'.•  T  ;  *  ■    :  •.■  T  ■   T 

(32:31),  »:|)  (6:13),  but  ^JQ  (1:2),  D.T;!?)  (9:23). 

4,  Segliolate-stems  [l  106.)  deserve  particular  attention  : — 

a.  The  form  assumed  in  the  absolute,  viz.,  70p  from  7tpp,  7tDp. 
/rowi  7Pp'  ^tpp  /^'o?*?-  7tpp)  remains  unchanged  in  the  construct  of 
words  with  strong  consonants  or  gutturals. 

b.  In  the  singular  before  all  suffixes  the  noun  takes  the  primary 
form  (?  106.  1). 


iSKgfS.  5:5.  2  1  Sam.  2:13.  3  2 Sam.  19:44.  4  Ex.  33:33.  o  Cant.  6:8.  6  Ps.  73:14. 
'Isa.  T:lfi.  8Deut.  13:17.  9  Deut.  12:30.  m  Deut.  13:6.  u  Lev.  33:15.  12  Ezek.  30:40, 
"Dan.  8:0.  iiHab.  3:4.  i-^  Dent.  33:11.  le  Jud.  10:29.  n  Josh.  3:13.  islsa.  53:9. 
isjer.  16:3.       20  Deut.  4:5.       21  Ex.  13:10.       22  Neh.  13:29.       23Kuthl:3. 


-2  125.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  3IETnOD.  147 

c.  Before  the  plural  afi^xes  (absolute)  a  pretonic  a  is  inserted,  and 
the  primary  vowel  becomes  S'wa. 

^    d.  In  the  plural  before  light  suffixes  the  pretonic  a  is  retained. 

,.  e.  In  the  plural  const,  and  before  grave  suffixes  the  a  becomes  §'wa, 
and  the  primary  vowel  is  restored. 

-  /.  In  the  dual  the  form  is  generally  that  which  is  found  in  the  plural 
(see  c),  sometimes  that  used  in  the  sing,  before  suffixes  (see  h). 

5.  a.  'Ayin  Waw  (V'J/)  Segholate-stems  of  the  a-class  have  a  (height- 
ened from  a)  in  the  abs.  sing.,  but  everywhere  else  this  a  unites  with  the 
following  "I  and  gives  6  ;  in  like  manner  the  a  of  *"^  Segholates  unites 
with  the  following  *  and  gives  e  outside  of  the  abs.  sing. 

h.  'Ayin  Doubled  (^"^)  Segholate-stems,  before  affixes  of  gender 
and  number,  and  before  suffixes,  receive  Daghes-forte  in  the  contracted 
radical,  and  a  preceding  tone-long  vowel  is  shortened  (§  36.  6). 

6.  Lamedh  He  (H"'?)  stems  ending  in  pj^—  lose  this  before  affixes  and 
suffixes  beginning  with  a  vowel ;  the  tone-long  a  of  the  first  radical, 

a.  Is  retained  when  it  would  be  pretonic,  but 

h.  Is  changed  to  S''wa  in  the  construct  (sing,  or  plur.),  and  when  it 
would  be  ante-pretonic.^ 

126.    Classification  of  Noun-Stems. 

1.  pK,  "iflp,  np3,  -ij;i  DN,  iTO,  ns,  iriri. 

2.  ^T\.  DIN'  "1^?'  ipi  ■'5?'  ^i?'?^  n-i.tr,  onj;. 

3.  D'^ii?,  n*iN,  nW,  nW,  d'pn*'  dsto,  n")pi. 

4.  '^nj  n^DiX,  Nqi  ni-iiSt,  niN*9,  °'P^' 

5.  DHD,  M!Dn,  nii,  ni/tD;;,  did,  nit^s  fn,  on. 

For  purposes  of  inflection,  nouns  may  conveniently  be  divided  into  five 
classes  : — 

1.  The  first  class  includes  the  so-called  Segholates,  nouns  which  origin- 
ally had  one  foi-mative  vowel  [I  106.);  stems,  however,  in  which  this 
vowel,  by  contraction  with  a  consonant,  has  become  unchangeable  in  the 
absolute  sg.  will  be  referred  to  the  fifth  class. 

2.  The  second  class  includes  nouns  which  have  two  changeable  vowels  ; 
here  belong  stems  which  had  originally  the  vowels  a — a,  a — i,  i — a,  a — u, 
etc.,  (?  108.). 

3.  The  third  class  includes  nouns  which  have  an  unchangeable  vowel, 
-whether  by  nature  or  position,  in  the  penult,  and  a  changeable  vowel  in 
the  ultima. 


1  c£.  T  (=  rw),  'T  but  n\ 


148 


ELEMENTS   OF   HEBREAV 


[§  127. 


4.  The  fourth  class  includes  nouns  which  have  a  changeable  vowel  in 
the  penult,  and  an  unchangeable  vowel  in  the  ultima. 

5.  The  fifth  class  may,  for  convenience,  include  all  nouns  of  whatever 
origin  the  vowel,  or  vowels,  of  which  are  unchangeable. 

127.    Nouns  of  the  First  Class. 
i.  strong  and  guttural  stems.-tabular  view. 


Sg.  abs. 

nialk 
(liing) 

siphr 

{hook) 

n5D 

qiidhs 

{holiness) 

na'r           ni^h           pii'l 
{ayouth)     {perpetuity)         {work) 

1^)      nv;.      '?;?3 

const. 

h^ 

niDD 

^*1i? 

^i^      nvj.      ':';!3 

1.  suf. 

''D'7r2 

'lOP 

^^'ip 

n^rj      »nvJ      ^'?;l^3 

gr.  suf. 

nDD^p 

DP'^t^P 

DP^'lp 

Dp"i:;p.  Dpnv;  DP'?!?^ 

PI.  abs. 

DO"?.*: 

onDD 

D^L^np. 

on^:    D^n^;;    d^'?;j|) 

const. 

^D'70 

n£)D 

^^ii? 

nj^^.     'nvj     ^'^J^^B 

1.  suf. 

o'?-*: 

n3D 

'l^lp. 

'11^^     'HVJ     ^'?;;d 

gr.  suf. 
Da.  abs. 

DD^D'?D  DDn^P  DD^Cnp  D?ni^,^  D^'DV;  D?''?;i^3 

{feet)       {two-folds)           {loms)        {sandals)                            {noon) 

D''?Ji    □^'753*    D^i-i^    D^^'?;^;             Dnn^^ 

const. 

^'?^"^- 

■•   :    T 

''7i?p_ 

REMARKS. 

[For  general  remarks  concerning-  the  inflection  of  Segholates  see  §  125.  4.  a—/.] 

1.  While  the  —  under  ^7  in  Dp?'?^  is  a  syllable-divider ;  that  under  ^ 
in  Dp*p'70  is  a  half -vowel. 

2.  instead  of  the  original  pure  vowel  ^,  there  appears  everywhere  in 
M-class  stems  the  deflected  vowel  —  (6),  the  latter  always  representing 
the  former  in  closed,  as  distinguished  from  sharpened,  syllables  (§29. 5. a). 

3.  Instead  of  simple  S'wa  as  a  volatilization  of  the  original  u  in  the  pi. 
abs.  and  the  pi.  with  light  sufl&xes,  a  compound  S'wa  (— )  is  generally- 
found. 

4.  In  the  guttural  stems,  —  and  —  before  —  become  -^  and  ~  (o) 

(§  37.  3). 

NOTES.i 

1.  In  reference  to  the  o-class  stems,  it  may  be  noted  that, 

a.  In  pause  the  a  generally  becomes  a  (^^t),-  though  sometimes  6 
remains  (D"tp.);^ 

1  Under  "Notes"  there  are  given  the  more  important  variations  from  the  para- 
digm-forms.      2  Gen.  1:29.       3  Gen.  2:8. 


^  127.] 


BY  AN  IXDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


149 


h.  In  such  forms  as  N*;2^'l  (1:11),  KIB  (16:12),  the  ^<  is  to  be  treated 
as  a  full  consonant. 

c.  In  many  forms,  the  original  a,  before  suffixes  and  before  tlie  dual 
ending,  is  attenuated  to  i  (TTDD-^ 

d.  In  a  few  a-class  stems,  especially  '^  guttural,  before  suffixes,  e  (^) 
stands  under  the  first  radical  instead  of  the  primary  a  (IIJIJJ).^ 

e.  In  a  few  plurals,  like  D*J^Dti^  D^^C'ili  pre  tonic  -^  does  not  appear. 
/.  There  are  a  few  forms,  especially  "7  guttural,  which  make  a  con- 
struct like  ;?Dp  instead  of  ^^pP^f-  ^It)-^ 

2.  In  refei'ence  to  I'-class  stems  it  may  be  noted  that, 

a.  In  a  few  cases,  ^r  (e)  stands  under  the  first  radical  instead  of  the 
original  -  {n^};,^  ^^^^^)- 

3.  In  reference  to  »-class  stems  it  may  be  noted  that, 

a.  The  heightened  o  is  sometimes  retained  before  suffixes  (I^IKn)-** 

b.  The  writing  -=-  (6)  is  sometimes  found  as  a  substitute  for  tt  {") 

t||t  _ 

4.  Segholates  with  the  vowel  under  the  second  radical, 

a.  In  some  cases  have  the  usual  inflection  (nD^t^*/''0"i  3^C^),^but 
with  vocal  S'wa. 

h.  In  others  treat  this  vowel  as  unchangeable  (^^N?)-^ 

c.  In  still  others  preserve  it  by  an  artificial  doubling  of  the  final  con- 
sonant before  affixes  (D*p^D)-^*' 

2.    I'X  '''y,  n"'?  AND  ^'y  STEMS.-TABULAR  VIEW. 


Sg.  abs. 

mawt 

(death) 

V-IT 

zayt 

(olive) 

pary 

(fruit) 

/  yamm 

1       (sea) 

T 

^/'imm 
(mother) 

huqq 

(statute) 

const. 

ni:: 

r\'r 

'"^3 

T                - 

0^ 

■pc^ 

1.  suf. 

^nn 

'n^ 

^n$ 

'-P! 

'QN* 

'prr 

gr.  suf. 

°?r^!-^ 

°?n9 

^W- 

n:?'^N* 

DDj-^fl 

PL  abs. 

D^nn 

D'r\'t 

(gazelles) 

•  T    : 

□rtD! 

niDN* 

D^prr 

const. 

'n)D 

'iJl 

'^! 

ni35:? 

'pn 

1.  suf. 

'r\)D 

'n'l 

*^! 

^nitDN* 

'prr 

gr.  suf. 

D^'nip 

o:^'n'i 

ny:2[ 

1    ■ 

D^'prr 

Du.  abs. 

(crjcs) 

(checks) 

(hands) 

(teeth) 

.J-  . 

const. 

.      2  Gen.  3:; 
8  Gen.  19:33. 

20.      3  Num. 
9  Zeph. 3 

*■  T   : 

.  11:7.      4  Ex 
::3.        10  Ps.: 

.  18:4.      5  ] 
109:8. 

I  Kgs.  13:28.      « 

1  Ex.  23:18 
'Ex.  30:36. 

!lsa.  53:14. 

160  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [?  127. 

REMARKS. 
[For  general  remarks  see  §  125.  5.  a,  b,  and  6.  a,  b.] 

1.  Vy  and  ^"^  Segholates  jxenerallj'  contract  {a-{-io  =  6,  a-\-y  =  e)  in 
the  sg.  const.,  and  to  the  contracted  form  all  affixes  and  suffixes  are 
attached. 

2.  In  ^^5?  the  —  is  a  volatilization  of  the  original  -^,  while  i  =  ly,  the 
third  radical  with  a  helping-vowel ;  the  i  of  5  in  ^^"15  is  an  attenuation  of 
the  original  ---,  while  the  -^  of  DI?*"liD  is  a  deflection  of  this  i. 

3.  In  J/"J?  stems,  the  original  vowel,  a,  i,  ii,  is  heightened  in  the  abs. 
sg.;  but  before  affixes  the  second  radical  is  doubled  and  the  original 
vowel  restored,  though  6  is  rarely  found  for  ii. 

NOTES. 

1.  In  reference  to  V'^  and  *  "^  stems,  it  may  be  noted  that, 

a.  Uncontracted  forms  sometimes  occur  in  the  plural  (D**?*!!),^  and 
before  suffixes  and  He  directive  (nn^3)-^ 

h.  The  contraction  has  already  taken  place  in  the  abs.  sg.  in  some 
stems;  a-class  (DV^  =  yawm,  p^H^  =  hayq),  i-class  (P*'!^  =  diyn,  *1^^^ 
=  sij'r),  «-class  (HII"  =  ruwh).  For  convenience,  these  are  included 
under  the   fifth  class. 

c.  Stems  K"I^,  (e.g.,  C^NT  =  l^'N*),  fN*^f^=]kXV)  are  a-class  Segho- 
lates, the  a,  heightened  to  a,  becoming  6 ;  these  also  will  be  included  in 
the  fifth  class. 

2.  In  reference  to  H  7  stems,  it  may  be  noted  that, 

a.  Forms  like  ^15  become,  in  pause,  ^"ID,^*^  the  e  being  a  heightening 
of  the  original  a. 

h.  Inflected  forms  like  n'^t^^V^  ni'^t^'.^^  □♦•|Sj^,i3  fllnN,^''  D'NDV^^ 
for  D^OV)  occur ;  cf.  also  forms  like  nip3/°  ^ilD  '^^  these  are  some  of 
the  seemingly  irregular  forms  assumed  by  H''^  stems. 

3.  In  reference  to  J/"^  stems,  it  may  be  noted  that, 

a.  While  ")n^^  stands  even  in  abs.,  D*^^  stands  even  in  const. 

~  T 

h.  Forms  like  ^H  (=  ^^H)  have  const,  like  ^n.-° 

c.  -^  is  often  attenuated  to  ^  {T\T\Q^^  for'7\r\B)- 

d.  Many  uncontracted  forms  are  in  use. 

e.  |";r  forms  like  w'^{<  (=  "anp)  are  inflected  like  ^^''^^  forms  (VSN)--^ 

UKgs.  15:20.          2  Ex.  28:26.           3  Gen.  1:5.          «  1  Kgs.  22 :  35.  cDcut.  17:8. 

«Judg.  5:12.        -Gen.  1:2.        s  Gen.  3:15.        m  Gen.  4:2.        '"Eccl.  2:5.  ups.  30:7. 

iJjer.  22:21.          n  Num.  11:31.          uJudg.  14:5.          «  1  Chron.  12:8.  ifa  Ezr.  10:1. 

n  Gen.  1:2.       i8jer.50:6.       is  Gen.  14: 3.       20  Gen.  42: 15.       21  Ruth  2:14.  22  Gen.  2:7. 


^  128.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 

128.    Nouns  of  the  Second  Class. 
tabular  view. 


151 


da-bhar 

ha-kham 

za-qin 

ha-gir 

sa-dhay 

'a-miiq 

(word) 

(wise) 

(old) 

(court) 

(field) 

(deep) 

iig.  abs. 

T        T 

D:)n 

T      T 

m 

■      T 

'.'    T 

pb:i 

canst. 

"^51 

D^r? 

m 

"^Vn 

nib^ 

pb:;. 

1.  suf. 

•  T      : 

''P?rT 

'^Pf 

'^Vn 

■    T 

gr.  suf. 

D^)^?^ 

n:)P5n 

DD^i^r 

DD")vn 

DDIfT 

PI.  abs. 

•  T      : 

•    T    -: 

D^:pr 

D'")Vn 

•    T 

D'pPi^ 

const. 

n.?1 

'^^0 

*^p,^ 

'ivn 

nti^ 

'ppj^ 

1.  suf. 

n?"! 

'm 

^y>o. 

-  T 

gr.  suf. 

a^n^i  Q5^PP^ 

nyipr  D^nvn 

Du.  abs. 

(wings) 

■J-  T   ; 

(loins) 

(«n(/;i,s) 

D'5-).^ 

const. 

'5:5 

'^         X^  REMARKS. 

[For  general  remarks  on  stem-changes,  see  §  125. 1—3.1 

1.  This  class  includes  all  nouns  with  two,  orig.  short,  vowels  (§  107.). 

2.  While  the  original  penultimate  a,  in  const,  pi.  and  before  grave  suf- 
fixes, is  generally  attenuated  to  i,  it  is  retained  under  gutturals. 

3.  In  qa-til  forms,  there  appears  in  the  const,  sg.,  a  instead  of  1,  because 
the  latter  cannot  stand  in  a  closed  accented  syllable  ;  in  the  sg.  with  grave 
suffixes,  this  i  is  deflected  to  e. 

4.  The  n and  H in  the  abs.  and  const,  of  H"'?  stems  is  for  ay 

(§  123.  3) ;  this  original  "ay  disappears  entirely  before  affixes  of  gender 
and  number,  and  before  suffixes  (^  125.  6). 

5.  Many  words  artificially  double  the  last  consonant  before  all  affixes  ; 
the  preceding  vowel  is  then  necessarily  sharpened.  Here  may  be  included, 

a.  Adjectives  in  o.(g  107.  e),  ^}V,  "jpj,  DIJ^,  etc. 

,  T  I       T        _  T 

b.  Nouns  in  a  (§  107.  a),  7,t3jl,  the  adjective  form  ?Dp,  etc. 

NOTES. 

1.  The  ^ij of  Ji{"7  stems  may  not  be  shortened  even  in  the  construct. 

2.  1"^  stems  (qa-wal,  qa-wil)  lose  the  weak  1,  and  contract  the  vow- 
els to  a  and  e  ;  they  may  then  be  referred  to  the  fifth  class. 


152 


ELE3IENTS  OF  HEBREW 


[§  129. 


3.  In  general,  ^'^  forms  are  regular;  but  some  contracted  forms  are 
found,  6.  g.,  '71,^  '^p,-  in  which  the  short  vowel  is  retained  on  account  of 
the  implied  Daghes  in  the  second  radical ;  in  inflection  these  maj^  be 
classed  with  '^y  Segholates  (§  127.  2.  K  3). 

4.  Some  words  of  this  class  assume  in  the  construct  state  a  Segholate 
form,  e.  g.,  flilD^  from  wlH^.  7|1**  from  ^^* ;  some  of  these  words  have 
also  the  regular  form  in  the  const.,  e.  g.,  123,  both  "iDD^  and  123-^ 

5.  In  some  verbal  adjectives  the  e,  heightened  from  1,  is  retained  even 
in  the  construct  state,  e.  g.,  ^511,'^  DOC^,^  \^\^ 

^.  This  class  includes  a  number  of  monosj^llabic  nouns,  of  which  the 
third  radical,  with  the  preceding  vowel,  has  been  lost.  These  are  mostly 
n"*?  nouns,  e.  g.,  T-  D"!.  T\.  Ij^,  \V.- 


129.    Nouns  of  the  Third  Class. 
tabular  view. 


"6-lam 
(eternity) 

mis-pat 
(judgment) 

'6-yibh 
(enemy) 

'il-lim 

(blind) 

ho-zay 
(prophet) 

'6-phan 

(wheel) 

Sg. 

abs. 

D'?!^ 

D£Dt:'t: 

:iSn* 

d'^n* 

nrn 

m 

const. 

&>•)}; 

D5•J^p 

2NV 

nrh 

I?1N* 

1.  suf. 

''P"?"!^ 

T                   • 

'2\V 

7n 

^ilOlN* 

gr.  suf. 

D^^^'ri;; 

D;?D3cvp 

orjDw 

D^J^n 

PI. 

abs. 

D*^'?l;f 

D*D3i^'!: 

D»:i\v 

U'dliii 

Din 

D'^m 

const. 

'-P'^'ilf 

'P3rp 

»D\v 

in 

1.  suf. 

r^si;r 

^03-j't: 

o\v 

in 

gr.  suf. 

D;?'^t?'?1Jf 

d:?^P£)C'p 

Dll^nW 

oyfn 

Dii 

.  abs. 
const. 

(balances) 

REMARKS. 

[For  general  remarks  see  §  125.  1—3.] 

1.  This  class  includes  nouns  with  an  unchangeable  vowel  in  the  penult ; 
this  may  be  a  naturally  long  vowel,  or  a  short  vowel  in  a  closed  syllable. 

2.  The  following  formations  are  included  :  'y'C^p^  '^P'ip-  "^tSlp.  (UOO. 
1—3);  y^p.  '?pp,  b'Op.  '?0p  (?  110. 1—4);  m'any  nouns  with  the  third, 
or  the  second  and  third  radicals  reduplicated  {'i  111.);  some  nouns  with 
N»,  n  and  >  prefixed  (H12.);  '7Dp*2-  '?'0p*2-  '^Ppp,  '?Dpp.  '^Op!?  (? 


I  Ruth  3:10.       2  Am.  2:15.       :i  Num.  34:11.       i  Gen.  24:9.       o  Ex.  4:10. 
'Ps.  35:27.       sPs.  35:26.       »  Dan.  12:2. 


c  Isa.  1:4 


§  130.] 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


153 


113.  1-4);  'llDpri,  '?Lppn,  ^DpPi  {§  115.  1-3);  many  nouns  formed  by 
affixes  (§  116.  1,  2);  some  nouns  with  four  radicals  (§  117.). 

3.  An  ultimate  a  is  shortened  to  a  in  the  sg.  const.,  and  in  the  sg. 
before  grave  suffixes;  it  is  volatilized  in  the  pi.  const.,  and  in  the  pi. 
before  grave  suffixes. 

4.  An  ultimate  e  is  shortened  to  i,  sometimes  to  e,  in  the  sg.  before  !!, 
ODi  [5  ;  before  all  other  suffixes  and  before  affixes  it  is  volatilized  (§  125. 
3.  R.  4). 

5.  The  Qal  act.  participle  of  verbs  H"'?  has  the  same  ending  (H  ),  that 
was  seen  in  certain  nouns  of  the  second  class,  like  il"!^  (^  128.  11.  3) ; 
but  its  first  vowel  is  unchangeable. 

8.  Many  nouns  of  this  class  treat  the  ultimate  changeable  vowel  in  the 
manner  described  in  §  128.  R.  4,  i.  e.,  artificially  double  the  following 
consonant,  and  sharpen  the  vowel : 

«.  fllliS  (§  109.  1);    ft:n^-  (I  116.  2.  b);   ^JTO  (^  113.  2);   and 


others. 


^-  I^Jp'  \?^p  (^  m-  1) ;  D'^PIN  (?  111.  2) ;  and  others. 

c.  bm,  '7D")-)  (I  116.  1.  a) ;  '7J^J  (§  111.  1) ;  and  others. 

d.  y}p^,  Dbnn,  D'inp  (?  117.  D;  and  others. 

130.    Nouns  of  the  Fourth  and  Fifth  Classes. 
tabular  view. 


pa-qidh 

(overseer) 


ga-dhol 
{great) 

Sg.  abs.  '7n;i 

T  P  '      T 

const.        '^Il^         yip^ 
1.  suf.  n»p|) 

gr.  suf.  DDT^pS 

PI.  abs.    D^'piiJ  on^ps 

const.       ^"7114       n'-y^Q 

1.  suf.  nps 

gr.  suf.         D^n^pD  uy')::. 


a-niy 

{poor) 


sus 

{horse) 

DID 

DDDID 

'DID 
^PID 


tal-midh 

{disciple) 

y'chrs 


ki-thabh 
{writing) 


REMARKS  ON  NOUNS  OF  THE  FOURTH  CLASS. 

[For  general  remarks,  see  §  125. 1.  a,  2.  a,  3.  a.] 

1.  The  fourth  class  includes  nouns  which  have  a  changeable  vowel  in 
the  penult  and  an  unchangeaVjle  vowel  in  the  ultima.  Here  belong  many 
adjectives  like  'T'IlDD  ^^'^  '^'lOD  (?  1^8.  1.  a—b) ;  passive  participles  like 

It  •  |t 


154 


ELESIENTS  OF  HEBREW 


[?  131. 


'^^Dp  (?  108.  1.  c) ;  formations  in  which  a  — ,  originallj'  in  a  closed  sj'lla- 
ble,  has  become  —  in  an  open  syllable  ;  and  a  few  nouns  ending  in  on  with 
a  pretonic  "?"  (IIG.  2.  c). 

2.  In  a  few  H"'?  stems  with  the  form  '7*tDp  (§  108. 1.  h)  the  radical  ^ 
■when  final,  in  the  absence  of  an  affix,  is  absorbed  in  the  formative  vowel 
a;  but  when  affixes  of  an.y  kind  are  attached,  it  appears  in  the  form  of 
Daghes-forte  ;  C"^}/  =  ""ni-yim,  (not  '"niy-yim). 

REMARKS  ON   NOUNS  OF  THE  FIFTH  CLASS. 

1.  This  class  includes  those  nouns  which  do  not  suffer  change  of  any 
kind  in  inflection. 

2.  Here  belong  nouns  of  the  first  class,  like  D*lDi  V"!,  "llti^r  which 
were  Segholates,  the  unchangeable  vowel  arising  from  contraction  ;  parti- 
ciples of  the  second  class,  like  Dp  (qam  =  qa-wam),  and  H^  (meth  = 
ma-with),  in  which  1  having  been  dropped,  the  vowels  have  been  contract- 
ed ;  formations  like  '70p,  '?lDp,  '?^tpp,  '?'lDp  (^  108.  1.  d—f)  which 
have  an  unchangeable  vowel,  with  a  S'wa  volatilized  from  an  original  i  or 
u;  formations  like  '^iDp,^,  '^^Pp^;  '^lOp^  (§  US.  6—8);  formations 
like  '^^ppjl,  '^IDpri  (i  US'  4,  5J ;  some  formations  with  the  affix  on  (i 
116.  2);  and  a  few  denominatives  (§  119.). 

757.    Feminine  Nouns. 

i.  feminines  of  the  first  class, 
tabular  view. 


Sg.  abs. 

mal-kath 

(queen) 

hir-path 

(rtproach) 

n£D-)n 

hiir-bath 

(ruin) 

hiiq-qath 

(statute) 

nprr 

g^bhart 

(mistress) 

const. 

ri?'?^ 

ri£)in 

n^nn 

npn 

m:i"i 

1.  suf. 

^id'?!: 

*n3-in 

»n3in 

\npn 

'riiDJ 

gr.  suf. 

D:)nD'?t: 

DDn£)"in 

□Dn^nn 

D:)nprT 

05^1?^ 

PI.  abs. 

nD'?*j 

nii3"^n 

nnnn 

mpn 

[nnaji] 

const. 

no'pD 

miD"i.n 

nnnn 

nipn 

Du.  abs. 

(embnndery) 

D'H-pp") 

(eymhals) 

REMARKS. 

[For  general  remarks  on  inflection  of  feminine  nouns,  see  §§  123.  4;  124.  2;  125.  1,  2.] 

1.  The  feminine  ending  is  added  to  the  ground  form,  e  and  o  appearing 
in  i-class  and  w-class  stems  in  closed  syllables ;  the  older  form  H ap- 
pears in  the  const,  and  before  suffixes. 


?  131.] 


BY  AN  IXDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


155 


2.  The  pretonic  a  is  found  in  the  feminine  declension  as  well  as  in  the 
masculine. 

3.  Examples  of  weak  feminine  Segholates  are  (1)  Hl^l  (2)  IIIiIlD, 

(3)  nb')};,  w  ni%  (s)  nr^,  m  hgid-  (t)  .t^s*,  (Sj'nn  m  niq, 

(10)  n,pr,  (11)  njpn,  of  which  those  numbered  3-6,  8-11  suffer  no  change 
of  stem,  following  the  inflection  of  npH  given  above. 

4.  Just  as  Tl'^D  is  derived  from  Tl'^b,  so  il'^D-?  ^^  derived  from  "l^Jl 
by  the  addition  of  ri,  the  insertion  of  e  and  the  heightening  of  a  to  e. 
Before  suffixes  the  original  -^  is  attenuated  to  i. 


2.    FEMININES  OF  THE  SECOND  CLASS. 
TABULAR  VIEW. 


Sg.  abs. 
const. 

ga-dha-qath 

(rightousness) 

za-'a-qath 

(cry) 

nprr 

sa-nath 

(year) 

'a-ta-rath 

(crouvi) 

g'zi-lath 

(violence) 

1.  suf. 

^npiy 

'^■^pH 

^-1:11:^ 

^ripD*  (s(8(er-i?i-Jaw) 

gr.  suf. 

Q^^'^PI'^' 

°r'^'?p-?- 

D^n^^' 

PI.  abs. 

mpiv 

T 

ni"iDji^ 

const. 
Da.  abs. 

nipiv 

(lips) 

nintpj; 

const. 

'nstr 

REMARKS. 

1.  The  same  stem-changes  take  place  before  the  ending  H as  before 

T 

the  plural  endings  (§  125.  1). 

2.  In  the  const,  sg.  and  pL,  as  well  as  before  suffixes,  the  original  a  of 
the  first  sj'I.,  while  retained  with  gutturals,  is  generally  attenuated  to  1. 

3.  The  S'wa  before  the  endings  jl (const,  sg.)  and  jTJ  (const,  pi.)  is  a 

half-vowel,  being  in  each  case  a  volatilization  of  a. 

4.  Before  the  fem.  ending  the  final  *__  of  H"?  forms  is  lost;  in  this 
case  the  a  of  the  first  syl.  is  heightened  or  volatilized  according  to  the 
position  of  the  accent. 

5.  Several  nouns  with  the  form  (I'^Dp  i"  the  abs.  have  H'^DD  in  the 

T   T  |:  .  jv|: 

const.;  these, as  well  as  those  which  have  the  form  rwOp  in  the  abs.,  at- 
tenuate the  original  a  to  i  before  suffixes. 

6.  Nouns  of  the  form  H/lDp  frequently  retain  the  -^  in  the  construct. 


156 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


[§  132. 


NOTES. 

1.  Forms  like  qa-til  become  qa-tal  when  the  fem.  ending  jl  is  added. 

2.  yV  forms  like  n")J!-  HDl  HiltD.  in  wliich  the  stem-vowel  is  the 

^  TT  T  T  T       ■■ 

result  of  contraction,  retain  it  in  the  const. 

3.    FEMININES  OF  THE  THIRD  AND  FOURTH  CLASSES. 
TABULAR  VIEW. 


j'o-na(it 

gul-gult 

qo-ti-lath  g 

;'dh6-lath   fhil-lath  m'nu-hath 

(.speoKf) 

(Skull) 

(killing  f.) 

(great  f.)           (praise) 

(rcsf) 

Sg.  abs.        npJV 

n'?j'?;i 

n'^Dip 

n'?n;i    n'^nn 

nnij^ 

const.      np^V 

n'7J'?;i 

nyoip 

n"?"!-?    n'v'nn 

nni^p 

1.  suf.  ^np^v 

^*l'7Jl'?; 

^-i'?oip 

'rbnn 

^nm^p 

gr.s.DDnp:lM 

D::n'?;i'?ji 

D:^ri?nr\ 

PI.  abs.    [nip:i^] 

ni7:i7:^ 

niyjip 

r\i?i^    nivnn 

nimip 

const,  nmv 

1   ■■  1 

ni'7j'7^ 

ni'71-?    ni'?nri 

REMARKS. 

1.  Feminines  in  jl of  the  third  class  arise  in  the  same  manner  as 

those  described  in  'i  131.  1.  R.  4,  the  ground-form  generally  having  a  in 
the  ultima,  though  sometimes  ii. 

2.  As  before,  the  original  a  (or  o  deflected  from  ii)  appears  before  suf- 
fixes. 

3.  The  feminine  participle  most  frequentlj'  assumes  the  form  H/Opi 
though  lildp  is  common  ;  the  form  fll'?^  (Gen.  16:11)  is  of  special  in- 
terest, giving,  as  it  does,  the  ground-form  of  il"!?*- 

4.  Feminines  of  the  fourth  class  present  no  points  of  difficulty. 

132.    Irregular  Nouns. 

1.  DN  (for  riDX)  Father;  const.  ^^X ;  with  suff.,  ^X  [my  father), 
!r]^?NV  ^"I'DX  or  r^K  TONV  DD'DN  ('/121.  2.  c);  plur.,  h)2^ ;  const., 
j"l'13}<.  "The  feminine  ending  points  undoubtedly  to  an  original  abstract, 
indicating  dignity." 

2.  nX  (f<ii'  nilN)  Brother;  const.,  ♦flN  ;  with  suflf.,  »n{<  (tjit/  hrotJier), 
'n^nX,  b^'riN;  pbir..D*nN  with  artificial  (implied)  doubling  of  R  (cf. 
§  128.  R.  4);  const.,  ♦flX  ;  with  suff.,  ^flJsV  ^Tjm*,  D^^HNV  etc.  On  VHiX 
(for  VnX)  see  §  31.  2.  c.' 

3.  nnN  (for  "TIIN,  with  D.  f.  implied,  §  31.  2.  c)  0«e;  const.,  in}< 
(used  also  before  J,p);  fem.,  iinX  (=ninN),  in  pause,  HIINJ ;  plui"-, 
D'inj<  Some,  the  same. 


^  132.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  3IETH0D.  157 

4.  mnN  {'ahawath  ='ahath  ='a-h6th,  the  6  by  obscuration  of  a)  Sister; 
const..  ninN* ;  with  suf,  \'iinN* ;  plur.  with  suf.,  ViTHN ;  also  ^I'lriK. 

OD^mnN  from  nnN*. 

V       ■•        I     -:  T    T 

5.  C'*}<  (for  ti'J}<  attenuated  from  C^'Jf^)  iVan;  plur.,  D^:^'j{<  (three 
times  D^P'^^J);  const..  TO^<• 

6.  ^!3^{   Maid-sermnt;   with  suff.,   irTilt^N ;    plur.,   rilHt^N ;    const., 

7.  n:i'{<  (for  ^t^'J^^,  fem.  of  C',3N*)  TFomr/ji;  const.,  ri;^*>(  =  "ist ; 
with  suff.,  *ri^'N/^ntr>s ;   plur.,  6""^%  fi-om  D*Ji^JJ< ;    const.,  »^J ; 

with  suff.,  vcri  Dn'crj- 

T    T  •.■•■: 

8.  n*5  House;  const.,  H^^  '  P^^r.,  D^r)3(batim),  the  Daghes  being  used 
to  distinguish  this  from  D^HD  part.  of  J113 ;  const.,  ^Jl^ ;  with  suf., 

9.  f5  (for  \y2  =  ^^5  from  HJD  Z'"?'^)  >S'o«;  const.,  "p,  "p,  ♦^^ 
(Gen.  49:11),  S^'2  (Num. 23:18);  with  suff.,  »J3,  'Tj^D;  plur.,  D^J3;  const., 
^J5  ;  with  suff.,  ^J3.  :]V)5,  ori'js. 

10.  n5  (for  ri^5,  fern,  of  [3)  Daughter;  with  suf.,  ^H?  (=  'HJ^  = 

^nJD);  plur.,  ni:b"  (cf.  do3  som)-  const..  niJ3. 

11-  on  Fatlie r-iii-laic ;  with  suf.,  Tl^pn ;    HTtDn    Mother-in-laic ;   cf. 

T  I      J"      T  T 

12.  DV  (for  pV)  Day;  plur.,  D*PM=  □\pV);  const.,  »^*  and  n\!:^ 
<iual,D*QV. 

13.  *'p3  (from  (173  contain)   Vessel;   plur.,  D^7«) ;  const., '73;  with 

suff.,»'?3,  DrT'73. '^ 

14.  D^P  (plur.)    Water  (§  122.  5.  N.  4) ;    const.,  rp,   r^r^  ;  with  suff., 

rp^p,  Drrrp^p. 

15.  n^j;  67^?/;  plu.,  DHJL^  [for  DH^j;,  or  from  "Ij;);  const.,  n>;. 

16.  (15  (perhaps  from  an  original  ^£))  ^lonth;  const.,  ''Q  (cf.  *3N,  ^H?^, 
^  121. 2.  e);  with  suf.,  »£),  T]*!),  I.Ti?  or  V2,  TO,  Dp*£) ;  plu.,  D»£D,  nl^S- 

17.  t:?Nn  (/or  \i;^^  =  L^J<-))  Zre«cZ;  plu.,  D»^W(/o/-D*t:\NI1);  const., 

^j^\N{n ;  with  suf.,  ijtr'Ki-'  ' 

18.  D*!D'^  (plu.)  Heaven  (f  122.  5.  N.  4) ;  const,  ^r2^- 


168 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 

755.    Numerals. 
general  view. 


U  133. 


With  the  Masculine. 

With  the  F( 

jminine. 

Ahsolutc.                Construct. 

Absolute. 

Construct. 

1 

T     '.'                                                                  —      — 

niiN* 

nnN* 

2 

U'}\y              '^^^f 

D'riir' 

»n*f 

3 

n^^          ^^'i?' 

'^"i^ 

t^7t^* 

4 

nj.'3iN         nr3>Ni 

VTk 

;^5ii< 

5 

Hu'tDn          r\tyr2n 

••     T 

tJ^bri 

6 

^^ 

W 

7 

nj;Dtr'          n^i'zp 

V^^ 

:^y^ 

8 

T          :                                          ~          : 

Tipp 

9 

r^}:'c*n         t^t^'t) 

rt^'n 

V^'r\ 

10 

With  the  jMasc. 

With  the  Fern. 

^H 

rr\:^:;.'m:i 

12  {           ^    ' 

rri^:;,  n^m 

m^):,  'm 

13   ntr;^  r^vifb^ 

T    "t                  T 

n^itrj;  :r"7L^' 

100 

nN!3  /(?m.;  co«s^,  jlXtD  ; 

T    ■•                                                    "     : 

jffioo  D^3'-i{<  ni^JIN* 

i^?.,niN*!: 

'nDD"l,  but  in  later  books, 

T  T      : 

P.00 

D^"iN*^  f?««?  [for  D^nNrp) 

J0,000- 

kXini,  l3"l;p/i"-a/,nliV3n 

soo 

niN^  t^''?c^' 

(contrac 

ted  ril31) 

400 

niNp  VT^^ 

20fi00 

wriT)  idu.)  also  ni3-i  ^m 

1,000 

!r^^-,plural,n'tb^ 

SOfiOO 

niN3"i  c^'^t?'" 

2fi00 

D^D^N  {^^"^'0 

JiOpOO 

niN3")  ;^51J< 

spoo 

D^£3'?N*  W'lW 

GOpOO 

niN3-)-c'Lr' 

REMARKS. 

1.  The  numeral  inf<  o«e  is  an  adjective,  standing  after  and  agreeing 
with  its  noun. 

2.  The  numeral  D^JiS'  (fern.  O'^t^iy,  pronounced  sta-yim)  is  a  oioun,  used 
either  in  the  appositional  or  construct  relation  with  the  word  which  it 
enumerates,  and  agreeing  with  it. 


§  133.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  159 

3.  The  numerals  from  three  to  ten  are  abstract  feminine  substantives, 
used  in  appositional  construction  with  the  noun  which  they  enumerate. 
The  feminine  form  was  the  original  one,  and  is  used  with  masculine 
nouns  ;  the  masculine  is  a  shorter  form  used  with  feminines. 

4.  The  numerals  from  eleven  to  nineteen  are  formed  by  uniting  "IJi^V 
ten  (or  the  feminine  form  H^^b^^)  with  the  units  ;  here  it  may  be  noted  : 

<i.  In  eleven,  ^^^{  and  nflNI  have  a  form  like  that  of  the  construct. 
h.  ^nSTj/,  in  the  second  form  of  eleven,  is  to  be  connected  with  an 
Assyrian  word  istin  (=  one). 

c.  In  twelve,  D^JC^  is  a  contraction  of  D^i!C^\  find  ''^^  a  shortened 
form  of  D''^V/,  the  contraction  and  shortening  being  due  to  the  close  con- 
nection of  the  words  ;  these  forms  cannot  be  called  constructs. 

d.  The  feminines  from  thirteen  upward  have  a  shortened,  but  not  a 
real  construct,  form. 

5.  The  numerals  thirty  to  ninety  are  formed  by  adding  the  masc.  plur. 
ending  Q^ to  the  units,  but  twenty  (D^*lti^J^)  is  the  plural  of  ten  ("itj^j/). 

6.  The  units  are  added  to  the  tens  by  means  of  1 ;  in  the  earlier  books 
l)i"eceding  the  tens,  in  later  books  following  them. 

7.  The  units  take  the  noun  in  the  plural ;  the  tens,  when  before  it,  take 
the  noun  in  the  singular,  when  after  it,  in  the  plural. 

8.  The  numerals  eleven  to  nineteen  take  the  noun  in  the  plural,  except 
in  the  case  of  a  few  very  common  nouns  like  day,  man,  etc. 

9.  The  ordinal  first  is  ^WUrS  (from  t^J^h,  head). 

10.  The  ordinals  from  two  to  ten  are  formed  from  the  corresponding 

cardinals  by  means  of  the  termination  ^ ,  another  ^ being  inserted 

between  the  second  and  third  consonants. 

11.  Above  ten,  cardinals  are  used  for  ordinals. 

12.  The  feminines  of  the  ordinals  are  used  to  express  fractional  parts. 


11 


!XTTT.    Separate  Particles. 

754.    Adverbs. 

1.  a.  ^^  Wlieref;    ^V  There;    ^^  Not;    W  There. 

■  T  T 

h.  nr  Here;     ,1311  Hither;     tl^^Z^  Thrice;    ]y'2,\^  Seven  times, 
c.  "JNP  Very;    pH  Abroad;    in'p  Alone;    fl^jP   TFMm. 

d.  nT^ra  Much;  DD^n  TTc'??;  D3^n  ^«'Vy;  nn^  .v^^^^. 

e.  ?DX  i^iVmZ?/;    ^ID    TfeZZ;    HJlC^^Nn  Formerly;    nlN*'?5J    l^o«- 

I  ••    T  T  |-  T    :   • 

derfully. 

f.  vy^'o  {= ;^nj-nD)  whj?;  vh);dir2  (=  n'?;^^  with  p  and  'p) 

2.  a.  fn  ^ere  ts;    ^J^IH,      ^^IH,      1j;in,      D?3<1^      D^rr^  etc. 
h.  W\  There  is;    '^pi,      1jt^'>,      DIlLT^V 

c.  r{<  There  is  not;    ♦3J\S*,      ITi^,      IIUW*,      D^JW*,   etc. 

I  -J-  -JV     ••  ):      I"  JV     ■■  :     [■■ 

d.  rr\^   Where  is?;    HD^N*,      1"^,      DJN- 

e.  nl;;  ^s-^^vz  /s;  ^;iil;r,  ^ii;;,  ijiii;;  n|il;^,  IJll;;,  D"fi;^. 

1.  Adverbs,  and  words  used  adverbiall3',  maj'^  be  briefly  classified  as 
follows : 

a.  Those  which  maj^  be  called  primitive,  being  originally  related  to 
pronominal  roots. 

h.  Pronouns  and  numerals  used  in  an  adverbial  sense. 

c.  Nouns,  either  alone  or  with  a  preposition. 

d.  Infinitives  absolute,  especially  of  Hiph'il  and  Pi'el  stems. 

e.  Adjectives  of  all  formations,  especially  in  the  feminine. 

/.  Words  formed  by  the  composition  of  two  or  more  distinct  words. 

2.  Certain  adverbial  particles,  involving  a  verbal  idea  and  often  supply- 
ing the  place  of  tlic  copula,  take  suffixes.  The  suffixes  attached  are,  in 
most  cases,  the  verbal  suffixes.  The  so-called  Nun  Demonstrative  (§  74. 
2.  c.  (3)  and  N.  1)  is  of  frequent  occurrence. 


I  135,  136.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  161 

755,    Prepositions. 

1.  "iriN*  After;  p^  Between;  '^);'2Ahout;  ^'I'pir  Besides;  Ji;»_  On  account 
of;  ^\Q  Over  against;  113  Before;  "I^  During,  until;  ^^_  Upon;  0^, 

With:  nnn  under,  in  place  of. 

-  J- 

2.  nnm  from  under;  fp'7  Since;  p^-'?^<  TiU  between;   ^Jfj'p  Before; 
.'  ''th  According  to;  fl^p'7  On  account  of;  ''^'y2  Without;  11^3  During; 

^"13  According  to  measure  of 

3.  a.  IHN  After,  more  often  nHX  ;  with  suff.,  nPTN*,  IHIINV  etc. 

h.  -'7K  t'«/o,  poet.,  ^%V ;  with  suff.,  ^'^N,  :]'^%\*,  D^'^SV  p^'?^,  etc. 

c.  f'5  Between;  with  sg.  suff.,  ^^l^^.  Tj^^.  ir*!.  (Q'ri  VT^);  with  plur. 

suff..  i:o»3,  DD*:i^3,  also  irnirn^  onirn. 

d.  y2D  ^l''o»/K7;with  suff.,  ^'^:3':3p,-  V1^3D..  also  with  fern.  Vri^^Dp, 

ra'Dp,  □.Tn"T:iD.  etc. 

e.  "Ij;  Unto,  poet.,  ^'\^ ;  with  suff.,  HJJ,  ^n.^.  Vl|^. 

/. '?;;  Upon,  poet.,  ^'7_;;;with  suff.,  ^'p;;,  irj'^jj'  V'^JJ^T^'?;;.  DH^'?!^, 
^.  nnn  ^^'^?e/v  with  sue.,  ^i^n,  vnnn,  on^nnn,  onnri ;  cf. 

also  the  form  with  Nun  Demonstrative  n^rHiri- 

1.  Prepositions  were  originally,  in  most  cases,  nouns  ;   they  were  gen- 
erally constructs,  governing  the  following  noun  as  if  it  were  a  genitive. 

Note. — Many   words    in   common   use   as   prepositions    still    retain 
their  original  force  as  substantives. 

2.  Prepositional  phrases,  composed  of  two  prepositions  or  of  a  preposi- 
tion and  a  noun,  or  of  a  preposition  and  an  adverb,  occur  fi'cquentlj'. 

3.  Many  prepositions,  especially  those  denoting  space  and  time,  are  in 
reality  plural  nouns  ;  some  of  them,  when  standing  alone,  have  the  form 

of  the  plural  construct,  ending  in  * ;  before  pronominal  suffixes,  most 

of  them  assume  this  form. 

Xote.— For  the  inseparable  prepositions,  see  ^§47.  1 — 5;  51.  3 — 5. 

136.    Conjunctions. 

1.  1  And;  1J<  (from  HlkNI  Desire)  Or;  f]{<  Also;     D^{    When,  if,  or. 

2.  *3   That,  hecause,  for,  tchen;    "Iti''?;}  Because,  etc. 

3.  '?{<   That  not;  |£3   That  not,  lest;  D")pD  Before  that. 

4.  "Tlij^n*-'?:;,  ^d-*?;;,  ^m  nrrn,  ^3  nnn.  nc\v  np^,  »d  I'p^, 

Because,  since;   IJi^N  \]^*J?  I'^  order  that;  Ip'XD  According  as. 


162  ELE3IENTS  OF  HEBREW  [?  137r^ 

Conjunctions  may  be  classified  as  to  their  origin  as  follows  :— 

1.  Certain  words  used  only  as  conjunctions,  the  origin  of  which  is,  in 
most  cases,  doubtful. 

2.  Certain  words  which  were  originallj-  pronouns. 

3.  Certain  words  which  were  originally  substantives,  or  composed  of  a 
substantive  and  a  preposition. 

4.  Prepositions  which,  by  the  addition  of  the  conjunction  llJ^N  or  ^3, 
become  themselves  a  part  of  a  compound  conjunction. 

Note  1. — In  general  it  may  be  said  that  any  preposition  may  be  fol- 
lowed by  "nt^'X  ^^  *??  and  be  used  as  a  conjunction. 

Note  2.— in  many  cases  the  "^t^*^{  or  *3  is  omitted,  and  the  preposi- 
tion standing  alone  used  as  a  conjunction. 

757,    Interjections. 

1.  n.lN,  mAh!     n^r\,  HoI  aha!     DPI  Hush!    ^^  Alas! 

2.  IN,  nn    Woe!      jn.    mn  BehoU!      riNn  Lo!      'n'2'n   Come  on! 
r\'2b    Come  on!      H'?''?!!  Far  he  it!      ^3  /  beseech!     KJ  ^^oio! 

T      :  T      J-     T  •  T 

Interjections  may  be  divided  into  two  classes  : — 

1.  Those  which  were  originally  interjections,  "natural  sounds  called 
forth  by  some  impression  or  sensation." 

2.  Those  which  were  originally  substantives  or  verbal  forms,  and  which 
have  become  interjections  by  usage. 


PARADIGMS. 


164 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 

Paradigm  A.  The  Personal 


Nominative  of  the  Pronoun  or 
Separate  Pronoun. 


Sing.  1.  com.  *^JK,  in  pause 
*Di\*;  ^:X,  in  pause 

■    rt  T         J-  -: 

♦IS*  /. 


rm.nnx(nj<)  in  1 


JT      -  T 


2.  {       pause  HDN     V  «Aou. 


I 

3.^ 


fm.XinAe. 


/.    i^'nshe. 


piur.  1.  com.  ijnjx  (ijfi;.), 


m.  onx         ) 


m.  0,1,  n^n ) 

I    ••  T  J"  ■' 


Genitive  of  the  Pronoun,  or  Suffix  of 
the  Noun  (possessive  Pron.) 


With  Nouns 
Singular. 


_  my  (prop.  Gen, 
viei). 


pause  1 (.    t^y 


in.ii  n—Kri) 

J" 
Ats  {ejus  and  s««s). 


1J;1J_(1J_)o«r. 


on ;  D- 
10'  p.  I^ 


your 


their. 


With  Nouns 
Plur.  and  Dual. 


my. 


T.J 


thy. 


r_,  1_,  AtV. 


n*_  Aer. 


'IJ* our. 


I5V 


your.. 


their^ 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  165 

Pronoun  and  Pronominal  Suffixes. 


Accusative  of  the  Pronoun,  or  Suffix  of  the  Verb 


By  itself. 

With  Nun  demoustrative. 

*y,   ^J_;   ^J_me. 

■  -r-         •  JV 

^'  V'^^p-VV] 

^-.^  Mi-^' 

■  thee. 

not  found. 

irt,  1;  in_(n),  i;  in_Ai»>. 

JT                                                       J" 

:jv           -r.- 

(1;    T\—\   H—her. 

T                           T                T      -IV 

nil- 

T-iV 

JT                    J- 

JV 

DD;  DD_) 

These  forms 

1?^  P.  r""- 

do  not 

(on),  D  ;  D_,  D ;  D_,  D them. 

T                        -         J                              •■                     V          J 

occur. 

(fn),f;   f— -f^-;  f^^Aem. 

166 


ELEMENTS 

w. 


HEBREW       0*  '  V 


# 


ARADIGM  B.    \X.THE 


^ 


Qai 

Hithpa'el. 

— ^ 

Hoph'al. 

- 1—  ■    ..  ..: 

Hiph'ii. 

Middle  0.      Middle  E. 

nn'7Dp 

'7Dp 
'tt?R 

&c. 

'^'Ppnn 
n'^J^pnn 
rife.pnn 
n%pnn 
'ri'?Dpnn 

I'^Spnn 

Dri'^ppnn 

in'^Dpnn 

li'pgpnn 

'^'Ppn 
n'^t^pn 
rh'oph 

T^J-|:     T 

ri^Ppn 

^ri'^ppn 

iihph 

urbbph 

iJ^topn 

rp'^pn 

^'^'Ir^p^ 

rbhpn 
'rh^pn 
P'hpii 
nrsbhpr^ 
lAyppn 
'»i'?^pn 

Vltop 

('^bpnn) 

wanting 

'^'Ppn 
'r'^ppn 

''>^p. 

'"ihp 

^%p 

r\:htp 

"j^pm 

''PPpnn 

iSppnrr 

m'pppnn 

wanting 

'^'Ppn 
P'^pb 
'6'h:ph 

^p^pb 

''Qp' 

&C. 

"JIOP' 

'^^pn 

^';'Ppn 

':'bpN 

t>6p'> 

^p^p^ 

\%pT\ 

nj'popn 
Vppj 

"'Ppn' 
"^Ppnri 
•^ppnn 
^'pppnn 

%pni< 
i'?ppri| 

np\^pHn 
hi^pryn 

m'pDpnn 

':'Pp* 
"^^prs 
'?ppn 
'bi^ph 
hi^pk 
^"^bp^ 

I'^bpn 

t:   J-):    T 

'^''Pp! 
"^^ppn 

"j'^pT) 

'b'^prs 
"^'PpN 
^b^dp' 

^P^p^ 

iSppn 

r^:hhpr\ 

^'Pp^ 

*     . 

•^^p 

%P^'o 

■popp 

"^'PP^ 

^ 

rp\2>pm 

\0 


BY  A$"  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 

.0- 


167 


Strong  I/erl 

?. 

A= 

^ 

1 

Pii'al. 

Pi'el. 

Nipb'al. 

Qal.      - 

b^p 

b^p 

bDp^ 

b^p 

Sg.  3  m. 

- 

nbDp 

nb^p 

n'-^opii 

nb^p 

3/. 

r)bDp 

^"^9? 

r\%p2 

Dbop 

2  m. 

ph'op 

t)bop 

nbopa 

T      •     J     |t 

nbt^p 

2/ 

•*s 

^r\b6p 

'r)%p 

'h%p':i 

'hbop 

Ic. 

r^ 

'6hp 

)b6p 

6iDp:i 

*i''t5f5 

PL  3  c. 

^ 

DPbiup 

DDbtDp 

Dnb6p'i 

ar)biDp 

2  m. 

\r)%p 

]r\b'op 

]nb6p':i 

]^P 

2/ 

^^b^_p 

)^%p 

'(^b^Dp: 

^^^ep 

Ic.    J 

bbp 

ib^p)bbp 

^bbp:^)  bbpn 

b'):Dp 

ahs.  f  a 

6Q,i) 

b:Dp 

biDpn 

bbp 

const.  \  |3 

b\Dp 

btDpn 

bbp 

Sg,  2  m.  ^  ^ 

^b^p 

'bopn 

'bop 

2/      1 

wanting 

)bi3p 

66pn 

t>6p 

PI  2  m.      « 

t:   j\- 

nabDpn 

t:    j-|t  • 

n±>'6p 

T  :    -i  |: 

2/    J  J 

-      b^p' 

'7Dp^ 

bi2p' 

.  bbp' 

Sg.  3  m. 

b^pn 

biDp'h 

b^ph 

bbp'n 

3/ 

b^ph 

b^pr-] 

b\Dpr\ 

bbpr) 

2  m. 

^b\Dpr^ 

''bi^pr) 

'b:Dpri 

'bopf] 

2/. 

• 

bkpi< 

%pN 

bhpi^ 

bbpi< 

Ic. 

«§ 

ibiDp' 

)b^p' 

-ibw' 

)bbp' 

PI.  3  m. 

nab^Dpn 

n±>t3pri 

n:ibDpr\ 

n^bbpD 

3/. 

HH 

)biDpr) 

)b\3ph 

)b6pr) 

)b6pn 

2  7Ji. 

n:ib6pr) 

n:ibi^p3r) 

ii:bhpn 

n:hbpn 

2/ 

'  "^bp-? 

'  "^^P) 

^b^Qp^ 

^'"^bp^ 

Ic.    J 
ac^  1 

blDpD 

biDp 

.i: 

b^pr:? 

•^^P^ 

biop 

1 

pass.   ' 

S 

Jussive  )  c 

•'^!?^P*^ 

Cohort.   1 

"5 

168 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 

Paradigm  C.        Strong  Verb 


3  pi.  f . 

3  pi.  m. 

2  pi.  f . 

2  pi.  m. 

1  pi.  c. 

I'?9p 
P5^P 

W'?ap 

I'n^op 
i'n'7ap 

Iin'?Dp 

IU'?Dp 

°'?^P 
Dn'?ap 

-  JT  T  I : 

Dn'7Pp 

D^n'?Dp 

D'n'?Dp 

Dl'?L)p 

Din'ppp 
D*i:'?L)p 

wanting 

p*n'?pp 

wanting 

J?U'7Dp 

D^'pPp 
wanting 

Dip^n'ppp 

wanting 

D5"l^'?Pp 

IJl'^Dp 

-IT  T  |: 

ii'?5pP 

i^n'ppp 
*i^'n'7Pp 

iJi'pDp 
iJin^Pp 

I^9p 

D'^op 

tp'^PP' 

DD'?pp 

^^.^PP 

rvap 

D'ptpp 

P''!?P( 
P'?9P  i 

^*PP 

D^PP 

^*Pp 

fi'^Pp' 
p'7Dpn 

D'Ppp' 
Dl'^pp^ 

Di'?tppn 

P'?!?P' 
I?l'7tpp' 

D?'?tpp^ 

o?*i'?Pp' 

^^5PP^ 

iji^pp* 

iji^pop* 

i^i'pppn 

l'?t?P 

D^Pp 

P^ap 

D?'?Pp 

*ij'7Pp 

U'^\>^ 

D'^'Ppn 

pyopn 

D;?'?*ppn 

*i^,'?'PprT 

r.Y   AX   IXDUCTIVE   METHOD. 


169 


WITH  Suffixes. 


3  sg.  f . 


T  J-  T  I : 

nn'^Dp 
n^n^Lpp 


T\bw 


n'?PR 


nytpp  / 


n'ppp'  ^ 
nii^pp' 
ni^Pp' 


n'^DD 


n':'»Dnn 


3  sg-.  in.         j      2  sg.  f. 


!  Sg.  m. 


^^9P 


innSop? 

in'ppp  ^' 

in\n'7Pp  ] 

vn';'pp  '^»n'?Dp':i»n'?Dp 

im^op  i  T]iSop|  ^i^pp 
imn^jp 


iHpp  I   r^'ppp^  r^ 


i^pp      n^pp   ^^^^ 


•in':5DP 


tep      i^jp'  ^'^pp 


l^ppn  |-]'?*ppn':]'7^9pn 


1  sg.  c. 


':hm 


^jn^Dp 

on'^pp; 


»^'?DP 


'^'?-Ppi 


♦j':'Dp 


'4'?Pp' 
'^i^Pp' 


^J'^OD 


*:'?^LDDn 


3  m.  1 
3  /. 


2    /. 


u 


1  , 
7^/.  3   ( 

2  m.  j 

1    C.J 


/S'^.  3  m.  1  ^ 
Middle  E  (^ 


Construct 


\t 


^^.2m.l| 


^g'.  3  in. ' 

Withmn 
Epenthet. 

PI  3  m. 

2  /.J 


Sg.  3  ?>i. )  P4 


Hiph'il  ( ^^ 
<SV/.  3  m 


It* 


170 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 

Paradigm  D.     Verb  Pe  ('£))  Guttural 


Hoph'al. 

Hiph'il. 

Niph'al. 

Qal. 

n'7'p;:(7. 
^n'pp;;n 

i^'ppj^n 

'?p;^j_. 

r^'^p^p. 
r''?P:i^p. 
'^■ppi^p. 

Dr}^p;!;i. 

on'^pj;^ 
i^Xpij 

Sg.  3  ?H. 
3/ 
2  m. 

2/   . 
Ic. 
P/.  3  c. 
2  VI. 

2/ 

••  't;  It 

const.  )  HH 

wanting 

I'^'^pi^n 

n:';'pj;,n 

I'^pjL^       i':'p;^ 
n^Spj;     nj'^bjL^ 

Sg.  2  «i.  " 
2/. 

PI.  2  «i. 
2/ 

-S^.  3  m.  ; 

3/. 

2  m. 

2/. 

Ic. 
P?.  3  m. 

3/. 

2  m. 

2/. 

Ic. 

• 
.1 

s 

nj';'pj;n 

n:'7pr.n 

'■p'pj^n 

nj'7p:;n 
I'^^'pi^n 

'^PJ?P 
"^PJ^P 
^'?P^^n 

nj'7p;/jn 
I'^py,^ 

T  :    -.-■'t  I- 

':'Pj^;..       '7br^;_ 
•^pjL^n      bbj^n 
':'pj^^n      Sbirn 
^•ppj^n     *'7PI^p 
'7Pj;iV      '::'b;;N* 
I'i'D);;.      i':'pj[;;. 
nj'7p:i^5  ^P!^P^P 

n:'?p;;ri  nj'pbji^n 
'Spjp;:     'Vbi;p_ 

a. 

"^^^S 

'^"P;^? 

^mi 

':'P> 

pass.  ^  Ph 

T        J-     '-.|- 

n'ptOJ^N* 

Jussive  )  ^ 
Cohort.  )M 

r 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 

Paradigm  E.    Verb  'Ay7n  ('^)  Guttural. 


171 


Hithpa'el. 

Pii'al. 

Pi'el. 

Niph'al. 

Qal. 

'7Npnn 
n^kvpnn 
n'7N*pnn 
n'pNpnn 
'n';:>N*pnn 

I'^^^pnn 

P^vpnn 
*)^'^N*pnn 

?^.^p 

i^Np 

Dri%N*p 

|n'?J<p 

iJi'pxp 

T  -;||- 

ri^vp 

^^^^*P 
♦riSiVp 

Drl^^5p 

fri'?j^P 

'^'?^'^*P^ 
^"P^P^ 

h%P^ 

1''^fp^ 
Dri'?N*pj 

p%^p;i 

i-3>Npj 

T    :.-)t 

in^Kp 

^ri'pNp 

I'^^fp 

Dn';'Np 

!;^'?^<P 

Sg.  3  m. 

•r       3/. 

2  m. 

2/ 

Ic. 
J^l.  3  c. 

2  m. 

2/. 

■♦5 

"^f^prin 

wanting 

abs.  )  c 
const.  )  M 

':'i^prin 

'"?^?p^^ 
I'^Kpnn 

T  :    -.-It    :     • 

wanting 

•     -.-I  IT 

I'^Kp 

n^^'Np 

T     .    -|-)t 

'^J*!^pn 

'^^fpn 

^:':^^<p^ 

T  :     -/-|t     ■ 

^'^J^p 

*S'i/.  2  ??i. 
-         2/. 
-Fl.  2  ?». 
2/. 

/S^.  3  m. 

27M. 

2/. 
Ic. 
PZ.  3  »i. 
3/. 
2  m. 
2/ 
Ic.    J 

• 

s 

''N*pn' 
'^J^pb^ 
'^Ntp™ 

^'^Npnri 
■^J^pO^? 

m^Npinn 

^'^^fpn^ 

n^^vpnn 

'''{stpn; 

^'pNpn 
':'i<pJ< 

l'^N*pn 

•"'^'??^P^ 

'^^Pr' 

'^N*pr^ 

l'??<p» 

n^'pijpi^ 
•'^^^pT^ 

T  ;    -i-|t    ; 

'^Npi^ 

"'j^pri 

'';'j<pri 

'^J<pJ< 

nj'^Npri 

•i^J^pn 

m'r'Npn 

T  ;  J-  It    • 

''J^pn 

■^J^^^p^* 

i^'Vp' 

n^'pi^pn 

•i^vpn 

t:    .-I:     • 
^NpJ 

'^J^pOP 

^Npp 

''^P^ 

"^m 

':'^<P 

pass.   )  CL| 

in':'N*p» 

-!■•  T  ):   •   J 

Su^xes  \  M 

172 


ELE3IENTS  OF  HEBREW 

Paradigm  F.     Verb  Lamedh  (''?)  Guttural. 


Hithpii'el. 

Hiph'il. 

Pi'el. 

Niphal. 

Qai. 

^'^pP^K^       ^VpP^ 

npp 

npp;i 

npp 

Sg.  3  m. 

] 

r^mprsn  r^ri'i^pr^ 

nnop 

nfiDp: 

nn'jp 

3/ 

T^^'^p.^'n  rinppn 

nn*L3p 

rinpp;! 

nnpp 

2  m. 

r^npnnn  nnppn 

rinpp 

^nppj 

nnpp 

2/. 

*f 

♦nn'opnn 

♦nnppn 

'nnpp 

'nnppj 

'nnpp 

Ic. 

rl 

inDpnn  in^Dpn 

inpp 

inDp;i 

map 

PL  3  c. 

0^ 

onnopnn  ursmpr] 

Dfinpp 

onnppj 

onnpp 

2  m. 

innDpnn  jnnppn 

fnnpp 

pnpp; 

innpp 

2/ 

ijfiuipi'in 

i^nppn 

ijirr'pp 

ijntDp;i 

i:npp 

Ic.    , 

nppn 

npp 

nbp; 

niDp 

ahs.  )  j5 

nqpnn 

n^Ppn 

npp 

nppn 

nbp 

const.  )  >S 

n-gpnn 

nppn 

npp 

nppn 

npp 

1  Sff.  2  m. 

• 

^HDpnn 

'H'ppn 

'HDp 

^nDpn 

'npp 

2/. 

inDpnn 

in^Dpn 

inpp 

inppn 

inpp 

PL  2  VI. 

T  :-J-    1  -    :     -1         T    ;    j-|;     - 

njfipp 

n^ntopn 

T    :    -.-It    • 

mnpp 

2/. 
Sg.  3  m.  1 

nopn* 

n^Pp! 

npp^ 

npp' 

npp' 

nopnn 

n^'^pn 

nppn 

nppn 

nppn 

3/ 

nopori 

n^opn 

nppn 

nppn 

nppn 

2  m. 

^nppnn 

V^^p^ 

♦pTDpn 

'nopn 

'ntopn: 

2/ 

nppnis* 

n^PpN* 

nppN* 

nppN 

nppN 

Ic. 

inopiT 

*in^pp! 

inop^ 

inop* 

inpp' 

P?.    3  ?H. 

■    U 

n^nopnn  r^T{gpt^ 

mnppn  njnppn 

n J  nppn 

3/. 

5 

•in-opnn  in^tppn 

inGpn    inopn 

inopn 

2  m. 

mn-jpnn  njnopn 

n:nppn  n^nppn 

nJnppn 

2/.. 

nopn; 

n^Pp^ 

nppj 

npp: 

npp^ 

Ic.    J 

nppnp 

n^ppp 

nppp 

npp 

««^-  1 1, 

n?p^ 

mtop 

i  3 
pas*.   )  Q-i 

npp_' 

Jussive  '1  ^ 

, 

^^npp', 

W.  suff.  S 

1 

AZ^^^^^i^    g-tr^****  -^ 


BY  AX  INDL'CTIVE   METHOD. 


173 


Paradigm  G. 

Verb  Pe  Nun  (|"3). 

Hoph'iil. 

Hiph'il. 

Niph'al. 

Qai. 

! 

"70^ 

b'\^r\ 

b^i 

'?d: 

*Sr7.  3  m. 

nyon 

rh^'cr^ 

n'^D^ 

etc. 

3/ 

T\b\2r\ 

nVon 

n'^DJ 

2m. 

n'^on 

rb^'n 

n'^DJ 

2/ 

•*j 

•    :  J-    - 

i'7'Gn 

regulai 

Ic. 
PL  3  c. 

Dnyijn 

Dn'^on 

Dn'^DJ 

2  771. 

fn'pGri 

]rh^ri 

in'7'^J 

2/ 

Ic.    J 

'70(1 

'^t?n 

'^bJin 

'7'roj 

'^ICDi  ■ 

a6s.  )  - 
const.   )  5 

'7Dn 

ycsn- 

■■     T      ■ 

':'b;i 

•^DH 

'7D:in 

'7bJ 

':'P 

^(7.  2  HI.    ~ 

. 

^'^^on 

'b\2p 

^':'tDJ 

*':'D 

2/. 

wanting 

iVdh 

I'^D'in 

I'^OJ 

i':^o 

F/.  2  ??i. 

-  u 

p. 

T  :  -I"  - 

n:''7t3|n 

m'?b: 

T  :    J    : 

n^'^p 

2/ 
Sg.  3  ?>i. 

a 

'7-^^ 

'^^D^ 

"'Dil^ 

'?b^ 

'^q^ 

'7Dn 

'^'csn 

'7D3n 

'r'bn 

•^on 

3/. 

bXhT\ 

'^^on 

'^Diin 

b\2r\ 

•^iDn 

2  m. 

'h:m 

»'7^on 

'•^Din 

'b'on 

^':'Gn 

2/. 

bm 

'7'DJ< 

"^to-iN* 

bm 

':'D.^ 

Ic. 

l^t?* 

1^0^ 

iSor 

t^'O' 

'b'Q' 

P?.  3  m. 

njyon 

m'^qn 

m'^oin 

ri^'ii^Ts     nj'^Dn 

'         3/. 

- 

I'^pn 

I'^Dn 

I'^DJin 

t>\2n 

t>s2T) 

2  7?l. 

n:i'7Dn 

m"7Dn 

m'^Din 

r\±>\:in     r[:b\::ir-\ 

1 

2/     1 

'bDJ 

'7^t3J_ 

'•     T   ■ 

'?b: 

^70: 

Ic.    J 

T 

'7*00 

b^) 

pass.   )  5m 

'^'t?! 

T     ;    •.• 

Jussive  )  ^ 

,^ 


174 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


Paradigm  H.    Verb 


Hithpo'el. 

P6'al. 

Po'el. 

Hoph'al. 

Dpipnn 
nDpipnn 
jnDDipnn 
rippipnn 
♦riDDipnn 

ropipnn 

DfTopipnn 

friopipnn 

ijpoipri'7 

Dpip 

ntppip 
n\2*gyp 
rippip 
^nppip 

Di^ippip 

f;^ppip 
•i^pgip 

Dpip 

ntpoip 

i^L^pip 
jippip 

^ripp'ip 

iDpip 

Djippip 

ji^PPip 
•uppip 

Dpin 
npp^i 

T       -J     )-         1 

niDpin 
^•i'ippi.7 
lopin 
Dnrop"i,7 
fi7rL)p*i7 
ijrL)pi7 

Dpipnn 

Dpip 

Dpip 
Dpip 

Dpirr 

Dpipnn 

^PLDipnn 
vooipnn 

wanting 

DP'lp 

^pplp 

itopip 

njppip 

wanting 

Dpipn^. 

Dpipriri 

Dpipnn 

^ptpipnn 

topipriiV 

IDDIpn^ 

r\pt'\pr\r\ 

iDpipnn 

mpp'ipnn 

Dpipnj 

Dpipf 

Dpipri 
opipri 

'ppip^ 

Dpip^Nt 
IDpipi 

njpg'ipii 

iDp'ipri 

njoaipri 

Dpip^ 

Dpip; 
Dpipn 
Dpip;n 
'PP'ipri 

Op'IpiV 
lOD'ip* 

nJDpipn 
iDpipn 

n:ppip;i 
'  Dpip; 

(Dp.^)  Dpi* 

»pp:in 

Dplf^ 

i^pv 

nj;ppi;i) 

Vopjin 

DpU 

Dpipnp 

^typr2 

op'ipp 

DpiD 

X 

■  -i-    :      )|    : 

BY  AN  rSDTJCTIVE  31ETH0IJ'. 


17o 


'i///V    DOUBLED  {"^'yi 


Hiph'ii. 

Niph'al. 

Qal. 

^\>x!i 

^P^ 

ap 

Sg.  3  m.  1 

^'^?^1 

nop  J 

nQi?- 

3/ 

nvop.i 

nvopj 

niap 

2  m. 

nvopn 

nvopi 

niDp 

2/. 

• 

'O'l^pD 

'O'^Dpj 

♦nrop 

Ic. 

,£ 

b 

VLipn 

IDp.J 

IDp. 

PZ.  3  c. 

C^ 

Dnropn 

Dnropj- 

Dnrop 

2  m. 

pvopn 

fr^iDpf 

i^vop 

2/ 

ijiopn 

ijivop;! 

ijvop 

Ic.    J 

^P-rr 

Dipri 

Diop 

ais.  )  jj 

^P? 

Dpn 

Dp 

const.  )  5 

£^P'7 

Dpn 

Dp 

^gr.  2  m.  ~ 

• 

^PP.n 

^Dpn 

^•^P 

2/. 

g 

iDpn 

luipn 

vop 

PL  2  m. 

s 

•^^'?P0 

'■^^"^P'*^ 

•*^^^:^R 

2/    J 
Sg.Bm.  ' 

(Dpi)  Dp^ 

^p' 

•Dp^            'Cp\ 

Dpn 

Dpn 

Dpn       Dpn 

3/.- 

^P^ 

Dpn 

Dpn       Dpn 

2??i. 

^^PO 

^ppn 

^ppn      ♦Dpn 

2/ 

• 

^P^^ 

^pN* 

I2p^           \2pi} 

Ic. 

1 

vop; 

1Dp_^ 

IDp*          IDp^* 

PI.  3  m. 

n^'Ppn 

nr-opn 

nrDpn   n^Dpn^ 

3/. 

hH 

ropn 

iu)pn 

iDpn      iDpn 

2  m. 

nr^'DT) 

m^Gpn 

T    :   |j    •                 T    JV  I'-     : 

2/ 

m 

^i^j 

Dp^           ^p^^ 

Ic.     1 

1 

' 

Dpo 

Dpp 

act. 

QRJ 

DIDp 

pass. 

^iS 

^Pii 

Dpn 

W.^ns.    l^i. 

'^W: 

'np:. 

W.  suff. 

\a 

12 


176  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 

Paradigm  J.  Verb  Pe  'Aleph  (N"iD).   Verb  Pe  Yodh  (♦"3).  Para- 


Mph'al. 

QSl. 

Hiph'iKprop.  ♦"£)) 

Qal  (prop,  v'ij) 

Same  as  the  verb 
Pe  Guttural. 

Same  as  the  verb 
Pe  Outtural. 

-  T 

etc. 

^n'?D*n 

regular 

^Vp\'i 

uvsb^'r^ 

•^'lOi^ 

'?L:\-r 

b>a< 

'^^^. 

yp\'i 

"i^y^ 

bm 

'?0\1 

So» 

'b^i^ 

^'?^o\"r 

*'?D* 

t}*oi^ 

*l':''D^'^ 

l'?D* 

"^P^^: 

T  :  -J" 

6dk»)  bi^ii' 

':'»D»» 

So*» 

bmT\ 

"^^p^n 

'^D^n 

bm^ 

•^^D^n 

'^'P'n 

^ypivn 

»yc:»n 

''pp'i;^ 

Son 

^7^0%%* 

'r'P^j^ 

^'^DN*;  ' 

I^D'^ 

t>\y\ 

T  :   _i~ 

n:':'DNn 

nj':'tD»n 

nj'r'D^n 

'?p^cJ 

':)»p^;! 

•^p^^ 

bm 

yo»D 

':)to» 

T 

T 

bm'\ 

"^D^-^l 

':'D»n 

BY  AN  rSTDUCTIVE  METHOD. 

DiGM  I.     Verb  Pi  Waw  (V'£)). 


177 


Hoph'al. 

Hiph'il     '    Niph'al. 

1 

Qal                   ' 

i! 

'!'Pin 
ri'5'pin 

I'^pin 
□n'pp'in 
ffiSpin 

Vpin 
nb'iD)n 

T       -J- 

r)bh')n 
^nSpin 

J' 

Dn'pp'i^ 

ir^'ppin 

•^pi:! 
n'ppij 

I'i'Pij 
Dn'ppu 
fri'ppu 

:    -I" 

~   T 

etc. 
regular 

Sg.  3  m. 
3/ 

2  TO. 

2/. 
Ic. 
PZ.  3  c. 
2  m. 

2/ 

"jpin 

"^pin      wanting 

1 

const.  )  M 

wanting 

'7pin !     b'C]n 
^Vpin     *':'pjn 

''?P!         ^"PP 
i':'P^         I'^p 

T  :  J~  :                       T  :    X' 

aS^^t.  2  771.    ' 

2/ 

P?.  2  m. 

2/. 

>S^^.  3  TO.  ■ 
3/ 
2m. 
2/ 
Ic. 

PI.  3  m. 
3/. 
2  m. 
2/ 
Ic.    J 

• 

.1 

a* 

•^pin 

»'7Pi;i 
'7pii< 

)bov 

m'pp'in 
'  Vpo 

•^'pin 

^>pin 
':'^p'if< 
i':'»pr 

i^pin 

"  T  • 

etc. 
regular 

■^p^n .      bm 

b:Q'n       bm 

'biD'n      'bm 

biD'i^       bm 

^bi^'l       i?:pi 

n^bo^n    npg'n 

lyp'n      I'^pn 

npg'r)    np'cr) 

^bm      'Spj 

• 
1 

T 

':'»p'io 

bm 

bd' 
b)iD' 

T 

past.  )  0M 

V  J — 

With       )  ^ 

1     COW.9.       )  M 

178 


ELE^EENTS  OF  HEBREW 

Paradigm  K.    Verbs  'Ayin  Waw  (V'^T) 


Polal. 

Polel. 

Hoph'al. 

Hiph'il. 

'7'7)p 
etc. 

bb}p 

n'7>ip 
mhb')p 

"^^pin 
n'7p^7 

ri|^p.in 

r^bp-in 

'r6p)n 

6p)n 

Dr)'ip)r;\ 

ij'pp^-r 

"^'pr^ 
n'^'pn 

0'''?'P7 
ni^pD 

'ni'p'pL^ 
'I'^'p.n 

iJ'i'?*pn 

'^'Vip 

'^p'^rt 

'^P'7 
''?7 

wanting 

wanting 

'■p'pn 

i"^'p.n 

n:'7pn 

bb)pn 

etc. 

'?y'ipN 
n:'7yipri 

T  :   J-   1 

"ypv 
•^pin 
"ypm 
^^pi;p 
•^pw 
i^pi; 
nj'7p_in 

nppjn 

'7>pn 

'"p'ph 

^^'PJ 

T  :  |j-T 

i'''pn 
n:'?pn 

^yipP 

'^'?'lpP 

SpiD 

''•po 

^p: 

bp'^ 

Iv-ir- 

BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 
AND  'Ay1n   YODH  C'y). 


179 


Mph'al. 

Qai  (»";;). 

Qai  (V;;). 

•^ipj 

^P 

'^p     ^p  ■ 

^S*;.  3  m. 

n'?')^; 

n'^p^ 

tibp,      n'^p^ 

3/ 

ni'pip; 

n'pp 

^''P-      ^"^p. 

2  m. 

ni'7ip;i 

etc. 

n'7p      n'^p 

2/. 

^ 

^ni'pip;! 

'ri^p-     'riSp 

Ic. 

I'^j'ipj 

)hp.       i':'p^ 

PZ.  3  c. 

s 

oni':?ipj 

Dn'7p    Dn'^p 

2»?i. 

fnT:'ip; 
ij'i|7ip^ 

f^>P     fO^P 
o^p..    ij'?p_ 

-         2/. 
Ic.    , 

':''ipn 

Vip 

•^•ip 

afes.  )  ^ 

'^^'^prf 

Vp 

^ip 

'^'iprr 

^p 

b^p 

Sg.  2  w.  ~ 

« 

^■pipn 

''?'[? 

^'Pip 

2/. 

1 

i^'^pn 

i'7'n 

i':'ip 

PL  2  m. 

•^ 

m'pipn 

•^^':'P 

2/ 

^flt.  3  m.  1 

^ 

b')p' 

'^?: 

•^ip; 

'7)pr) 

"^'P^ 

"y^pr) 

3/. 

'7)pn 

''p^ 

"^^pn 

2  m. 

^b)pr\ 

'>\^.K^ 

^>ip^ 

2/ 

"^V^ 

^'''K 

Ic. 
PZ.  3  m. 

4^ 

.1 

n:';'ipn 

n^^l7,*pn 

nr'?.ipn 

3/. 

^ 

I'^'ipn 

I'^^pn 

i':'ipn 

2  m. 

nj';?ipn 

t^^'^'pr^ 

n:i*':'ipn 

2/. 

':'ipj 

'^'P^ 

^ip^ 

Ic.    , 

b)p; 

^p  ^ip 

b^p 

pass.   )  Pn 

^p; 

^p: 

Jussive     )  ^ 

bpi\ 

''i'^^'  ''■p!^- 

IT. Icons.  ' 

;5 

180 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


Paradigm  L    Verb 


Hithpa'el. 

Hoph'al. 

Hiph'ii. 

Pu'al. 

nppnn 

nopn 

T  )  ;     T 

nopn 

HDp 

nnDpnrr 

nnDpn 

T    :   |:    T 

nriDpn 

nnpp 

n^Dpiin 

n^Dpn 

T     j);     T 

TJ    ■         T    -.1:     ■ 

^'W 

T^'^p.^^ 

n^ppn 

(nvn^Ppn 

n^pj> 

♦iTopr^n 

(»n^_)^n^Dpn 

•  J    •             •      J-  ■  ) ;     • 

»n^Dp 

iDpnrr 

iDpn 

iDpn 

1C3p 

Dn^Dprin 

Dn^Dpn 

■  •   1 :    T 

(DOV^Dn'tDpn 

Dri'Pp 

\ry^'p,r}'n 

p'tppn 

(f;;)V)in^t:pn 

ir)'Pp 

i^LDporr 

1^'ppn 

iJ'ppn 

?ij^Dj^ 

nppn 

nppn 

niDpnn 

niDpn 

mopn 

niD|> 

ntpprin 

nppn 

^ppnn 
iDpnn 

wanting 

'Ppn 
iDpn 

wanting 

n:*Dpiin 

nj^gpn 

nppn' 

npp; 

npp! 

npp» 

r\\^\ir\n 

nppn 

nppn 

nppri 

nopon 

nppn 

nppn 

nppn 

^cppon 

'^P^ 

'Ppn 

»ppn 

nppni^J 

npp^ 

nppN 

npp^? 

iDpn* 

^'^'p: 

IDp! 

iDpi 

T   -IV  )  -    :     • 

nj^Dpn 

T    J.|:     T 

nrDpn 

T    J.'  1 :    - 

nropri 

T     J".   1  '• 

iDprin 

iDpn 

iDpn 

lopri 

nropnn 

T    s:  I  -    :     • 

nropn 

T    J-;  1  ;    T 

m^topn 

T   -J*.'  1  :     ~ 

nropn 

T      J  .J    ■ 

nppn4 

npp; 

npp^ 

nppi 

nppiiD 

nppp 

nppD 

npp!3 

t3pn' 

BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


181 


Lamedh  He  (H"'?) 


Pi'el. 

Niph'al. 

Qal. 

nap 

nap:i 

nap 

Sg.  3  m.  1 

nnap 

nnap^ 

nnan 

3/ 

(ri^Dp)i7pp 

(n^jn^apj 

T  J.       T     J-)  ;    • 

O^^P 

2  m. 

r^'^p 

n^t?pj 

n^ap 

2/ 

.1-3 

'H'pp 

'iTPp^ 

'O'PP 

Ic. 

rl 

IDp 

lap^ 

lap  -.: 

P/.  3  c. 

^ 

^^'^\> 

D^Ttpp^ 

on'Pp 

2  m. 

P'^P 

W'?Pp^ 

p^Pp 

2/ 

iJ'Pp 

1^'tpp^ 

irap 

Ic.    J 

(nop)  nbp 

rrap;i 

nap 

ahs.   )  ^ 

niop 

niapn 

map 

const.  )  5 

nap 

napn 

nap 

Sg.  2  »i.  " 

V 

'Pp 

^tppn 

'Pp  "^ 

2/. 

Is 

lap 

lapn 

lap 

i';.  2  »i. 

s. 

nrap 

nrapn 

T     -/vl  T     • 

n:*ap 

2/.    J 
^S^.  3  m. 

9 

nap; 

^m 

nap* 

napin 

napn 

napn 

3/. 

n:^pri 

napn 

napn 

2  VI. 

^ap;i 

'Ppn 

^Ppn 

2/ 

•^?P^* 

napN 

napNt 

Ic. 

4.S 

1 

iap» 

iap» 

lap: 

P?.  3  m. 

a. 

n:i^apn 

nj^apn 

T     -|-.|t     • 

nrapn 

3/. 

NN 

lapn 

lapn 

lapn 

2  m. 

r\Twn 

no^apn 

T      JvIt     ■ 

nrapn 

2/. 

n*^p;i 

ntpp: 

nap^ 

Ic.    J 

napp 

nap 

«c^  )^ 

'■^^p^ 

*^ap 

pass.  )  fH 

^P' 

m\ 

Dp* 

Jussive  1  "^ 

'W: 

'W. 

W.  suff.  < 

1 

r 


182  ELEMENTS   OF   HEBKE"W 

Paradigm  M.    Verb  Lamedh  'Aleph  (N"'?). 


Hithpa'el.         Hiph'il. 


nxqpnn 

nNppnn 

iNpp.nn 

Dnxppnn 

friNDpnn 


N^opn 
HN^ippn 
nxopn 
nNDpn 


Pi'el. 


HNpp 
HNtSp 

nxop 


Niph'al. 


^iNDpn,  ^nxDP 


ix*L?pn 

DHNDpn 

[riN^ppn 


DHNlDP 

fn^Pp 
i:ndp 


wanting 

Nonnn 


Nbp 


NPpnn 

wopnn 

iNopnn 

n:NDpnn 


tI-^ 


N*Ppn 
'N*'Ppn 
iN*'?pn 


f^tspn' 
Nppnn 
Nppnn 
wppnn 

iNopn' 
nJNopinn 

ixppnn 
nJN*L3pi*pn 

j<ppr^4 


N*'Pp! 
N^cppn 
N^ppn 
'N'tppn 
N^opN 
*|^^'Pp! 

iN**ppn 
njNLDpn 


Nop 


i^'Wn 


^<Pp; 
Nppri 
Npp;n 
\NjGp;i 

NppN* 
INDp^ 

n^Nopri 

ixqp;! 

ni\t3p];i 

NL3PJ 


i^Wr2 


*JNDP* 


riNDp^ 
n^^bp^ 
'-n?<pp^ 
iNDpj 
nriN*ppj 
iDNpp;i 


Kbpj 


Nppn 

>*Ppn 

iN^pprr 

n:KDpn 


N*£?pn 

N*ppn 
\s*ppn 
Nt?p\v 

iNPp; 
n^NDpn 

^NDpn 
n:N*Dpn 

^  Nppj 


Npp 

'NPp 

*i^<tpp 

n^KDp 


NtOPJl 


n>*L)pn 

NOPJ 


^J^{DP* 


ahs.  )  j5 
const.  )  5 


Sg. 

2  m. 

2/. 

PI 

2  m. 

2/    J 

3/ 


M 


Jussive  )  ^ 
W.  suff.  )  M 


"The  happy  result  of  a  thorou!?hly  scientific  study  of  the  language,  and 
years  of  experience  with  the  needs  of  the  class-room."—^.  Y.  IndciKudcnt. 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 

By  WM.  R.  harper,  Ph.  D., 

Professor  of  Semitic  Languages  in  Yale  College;  Principal  of  Schools 
of  the  American  Institute  of  Hebrew. 

SEVENTH  EDITION. 

An  Elementary  Grammar  of  the  Hebrew  Language, 

BY  AN   INDUCTIVE   METHOD. 

Comprising  systematic  statements  of  the  principles  of  Hebrew 
Orthography  and  Etymology,  according  to  the  latest  and  most 
scientific  authorities,  deduced  from  examples  quoted  in  the  work; 
with  a  practically  exhaustive  discussion  and  classification  of  the 
Hebrew  Vowel-Sounds. 

8vo.    Cloth.    Pp.  183.    Price,  S2.00,  net. 


American  Publication  Society  of  Hebrew,  Chicago. 

p.  o.  address:  jiohgax  park,  ill. 

"It  comes  nearer  to  being  a  satisfactory  text-book  for  teaching  Hebrew 
to  beginners,  than  probably  any  other  that  has  ever  been  published."— Boptist 
uarlcrly  Review.  

INTRODUCTORY 

HEBREW  METHOD  AND  MANUAL 

By  WM.  R.  HARPER,  Ph.  D., 

Professor  of  Semitic  Langiiages  in  Yale  College;  Principal  of  Schools 
of  the  American  Institute  of  Hebrew. 

THIRD  EDITION. 

A  Text-Book  for  Beginners  in  Hebrew, 

BY  AN   INDUCTIVE   METHOD. 

Containing  the  Text  of  Genesis  I- VIII ;  with  Notes  referring 
to  the  author's  "  Elements  of  Hebrew,"  Exercises  for  Transla- 
tion. Grammar-Lessons  covering  the  Principles  of  Orthography 
and  Etymology,  and  Lists  of  the  most  frequently  occurring  He- 
brew words. 

I'^mo.    Cloth.    Pp.  ^6.5.    Price,  «3.00,  net. 


American  Publication  Society  of  Hebrew,  Chicago. 

p.  o.  address:  morgan  park,  ill. 


FROM    THEOLOGICAL  SEMINARIES. 

Obkrlin  Theolooical  Seminary,  Obcriin,  O.,  June  25, 1886. 
[  have  used  Professor  Harper's  "Elements"  and  "  IVfctliorl "  with  the  Junior 
Classes  oi'  tliis  Sciiiinary  during  the  past  year.   Tlir  practical  test  has  only  con- 
firmed the  ta\'oralilc  opinion  with  which  the  books  were  introduced.    I  have  no 
doubt  that,  for  their  purpose,  thej'  are  the  best  woi'ks  now  before  the  public 

W.  O.  BALLANTINE. 

Newton  Theological  Institotion,  Newton  Centre,  Mass.,  July  9, 1886. 
I  have  used  Professor  Harper's  books  with  my  classes  for  the  past  three 
years,  and  am  convinced  that,  for  thoroug-hness  and  perspicuity  of  statement, 
for  simplicity  of  analysis,  and  for  economy  of  time,  both  in  and  out  of  the 
class-i-oom,  they  afford  just  the  aid  which  a  teacher  desires  from  the  use  of 
text-books.  IJy  systematic  arranaement  and  apjiroiiriate  reuteration  they  facil- 
itate an  accurate  and  rapid  aeciuaintance  with  the  Hebrew  language,  while,  in 
the  hands  of  an  independent  teacher,  they  may  l>o  so  used  as  constantly  to 
stimulate  the  pupil's  curiosity  and  power  of  discovery,  and  thus  greatly  to 
promote  his  interest,  in  the  introductory  stages  of  his  study. 

CHARLES  RtJFUS  BROWN. 

Seabury  Divinity  School,  Faribault,  Minn.,  June  26, 1886. 
We  have  used  Dr.  Harper's  Hebrew  "Elements"  and  "Method"  in  the 
work  of  the  Junior  Class  during  the  past  year.  I  do  not  know  of  any  other 
system  so  well  suited  for  beginners  as  this  is,  the  treatment  of  the  language 
being  at  once  practical  and  scientific  and  well  calculated  to  sustain  the  interest 
of  the  student.  W.  H.  BAMFORD. 

Pauline  Holiness  College,  College  Mound,  Mo.,  July  8, 1886. 
We  have  used  Professor  W.  R.  Harper's  "Elements  of  Hebrew"  and  "He- 
brew Method  "  theTpast  year.    I  do  not  hesitate  to  say  they  are  the  best  text- 
books on  Hebrew  I  have  seen.    To  my  mind  they  establish  the  practicability  of 
the  inductive  method  as  applied  to  the  study  of  Hebrew. 

A.  L.  BREWER. 

Richmond  Theological  Seminary,  Richmond,  Va.,  July  3, 1886. 
*  *  I  have  found  them  both  to  stand  the  test  of  the  class-room.  The 
"Elements"  treats  all  principles  thoroughly  and  exhaustively.  The  "Method" 
is  unique  and  in  all  respects  sui  generis,  it  secTiis  to  me  to  leave  nothing  un- 
done in  helping  a  student  to  a  knowledge  of  tlie  Hebrew.  It  is  a  vast  improve- 
ment on  the  old  methods.    The  typography  of  both  books  cannot  be  excelled. 

CHAS.  H.  COREY. 

McCoRMiCK  Theological  Seminary,  Chicago,  June  24, 1886. 
I  have  used  Professor  Harper's  "Method"  and  "Elements"  two  years  in 
the  class-room  with  most  gratifying  results.  I  regard  them  the  best  text-books 
for  beginners  in  Hebrew.  EDWARD  L.  CURTIS. 

Bangor  Theological  Seminary,  Bangor,  Me.,  June  30, 1886. 
I  have  used  Professor  Harper's  books  for  the  beginning  of  the  study  of 
Hebrew  during  the  past  three  years.    The  system  is  decidedly  the  best  I  have 
been  able  to  find,  for  it  tides  the  beginner  over  the  initial  ditheulties  of  the 
language  more  quickly  than  the  ordinary  method.  F.  B.  DENIO. 

Theol.  Sem'y  of  the  Reformed  Church,  Lancaster,  Pa.,  July  17, 1886. 
It  affords  me  i)leasure  to  say,  after  a  year's  trial  of  Dr.  Harper's  Hebrew 
text-books  in  the  class-room,  that  tlioy  have  given  entire  satisfaction.  Of  the 
fifteen  years  during  which  I  have  taught  Hcibrew,  this  has  been  in  all  respects 
the  most  i)leasant  and  satisfactory,  and  I  cannot  but  attribute  tlie  fact  to  the 
use  of  Harper's  method  of  teaching  the  language.  As  a  conse(iuenee  of  its 
introduction,  the  students  have  exhibited  unwonted  enthusiasm,  and  found 
great  delight  in  the  pursuit  of  what  is  commonly  regarded  as  a  very  dreary 
Study.  y.  ^.  OAST. 


Theolooicai.  Seminary,  Ncio  Bnmswick,  N.  J.,  July  16, 1886. 
I  have  used  Dr.  Harper's  Hebrew  "Elements"  and  "Method"  for  one  year. 
The  results  in  the  class-room  have  been  not  only  cxcecdinfiiy  gratifying-,  but 
more  satisfactory  both  as  to  amount  and  thoroughness  tlian  in  preceding' 
years.  I  not  only  expect  to  continue  the  use  of  the  "Elements"  and  "Method," 
but  hope  for  them  that  which  they  richly  deserve  — a  constantly  increasing 
demand  and  usefulness.  J.  G.  LANSINO. 

Ref'd  Episcopal,  Divinity  School,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  July  1, 1886. 
Success  is  the  best  argument.  What  the  Hebrew  Summer  Schools  under 
Dr.  Harper  have  succeeded  in  doing-,  in  giving-  the  average  minister  and  stu- 
dent a  i-eal  grasp  of  Hebrew,  that  exactly  the  "  Method  "  and  "Elements"  effect 
in  the  class-room.  They  are  invaluable.  What  other  books  give  a  treatment 
so  full  and  scientific,  and  yet  so  clearly  put,  of  Hebrew  nouns,  e.  g.,  and 
of  the  vowel-systein  ?  It  is  Davidson  and  Bickell  and  Gesenius  combined. 
The  debt  instructors  owe  the  Principal  of  the  Institute  of  Hebrew  has  not  yet 
been  fully  recognized.  IF.  W.  LOVE  JOY. 

Southern  Baptist  Theological,  Seminary,  Louisville,  Ky.,  June  29, 1886. 
I  take  pleasure  in  commending  the  Hebrew  text-books  of  Professor  W.  R. 
Harper.  They  are  in  my  judgment  practical,  convenient  and  adequate  to  in- 
troduce one  to  a  good  working  acquaintance  with  the  Hebrew  language.  We 
are  using  them  in  this  Seminary  in  the  Junior  Class,  and  propose  to  continue 
to  do  so.  BASIL  MANLY. 

Union  Theol.  Seminary,  Ham%Klcn  Sidney,  Va.,  July  24, 1886. 

*  *  Actual  trial  of  these  exponents  of  the  inductive  method  has  convinced 
me  that  they  are  the  best  text-books  of  elementary  Hebrew  that  have  yet  ap- 
peared. The  author  has  not  only  adopted  the  surest  method  of  mastering  the 
phenomena  of  the  language,  but  he  has  also  done  for  beginners  what  Bickell 
and  others  had  done  for  more  advanced  students:-  he  has  led  them  back  of  the 
mere  surface  facts  to  the  controlling  principles,  and  encouraged  that  kind  of 
analytical  study  which  makes  Hebrew  a  permanent  acquisition.  These  two 
books  are  simply  indispensable  in  my  class-room. 

W.  W.  MOORE. 

Garrett  Biblical  Institute,  Evanitton,  III.,  June  25, 1886. 
Dr.  W.  R.  Harper's  "  Elements  of  Hebrew."  and  "  Method  "  have  been  used 
in  Garrett  Biblical  Ijistitvite  during  the  last  year,  and  have  given  very  great 
satisfaction.    They  will  continue  in  use  as  the  elementary  text-books  tor  He- 
brew study  in  this  institution.  M.  S.  TERRY. 

AuGUSTANA  Theological  Seminary,  Rock  Island,  III.,  July  3, 1886. 
I  have  used  Dr.  Harper's  text-books  in  the  class-room  during  the  last  year 
with  the  most  gratifying  results.    They  are  stimulating  to  teacher  and  to 
pupil.    I  know  of  no  better  books  for  elementary  drill,  both  for  thoroughness 
and  rapidity  of  progress.  R.  F.  WEIDNER. 

Western  Theological  Seminary,  AUcoheny,  Pa.,  July  14, 1886. 

*  *  They  are  clearly  written,  so  that  no  one  can  misunderstand  what  the 
author  means  to  say.  They  are  beautifully  printed,  so  as  to  be  in  themselves 
attractive  as  mere  works  of  art.  The  " Method "  is  full,  easy,  and  progressive; 
slnd,  above  all,  is  liked  and  enjoyed  by  the  students;  while  the  matter  of  the 
"Elements"  is  well  chosen  bt)th  as  to  quantity  andqualit\",  and  is  paragraphed 
and  arranged  in  such  matchless  order  as  to  make  it  most  readj-  of  acquisition 
and  convenient  for  reference.  R.  D.  WILSON. 


FROM   THE   PRESS. 

[The  Congkeoationalist,  Boston,  Feb.,  1886.] 

"*  *  A  peculiar  merit  of  the  "Elements"  is  that,  although  elementary, 
the  book  is  not  superficial  but  philosophical." 

[New  York  Independent,  Dec,  1885.] 

"  The  whole  grammar  aims  to  lead  the  student  not  only  into  a  practical 
knowledge  of  the  language,  but  also  into  a  rational  explanation  of  its  phe- 
nomena." 

[Prof.  S.  R.  Driver,  in  Contemporary  Review,  February,  1886.] 

"*  *  Remarkably  full  and  precise,  and  appear  well  designed  to  train  the 
learner  in  a  sound  philological  method,  and  to  lead  him  on  gradually  until  he 
acquires  a  firm  grasp  of  the  principles  of  the  language." 

[Northwestern  Christian  Advocate,  Jan.,  1886.] 

"*  *  So  logically  and  self-consistently  arranged  that  the  student  who 
goes  faithfully  through  the  lessons  will,  by  a  very  natural  process,  come  into 
possession  of  all  the  fundamental  facts  and  principles  of  the  Hebrew  language. 
We  are  of  opinion  that  for  the  beginner  in  the  study  of  Hebrew  no  better  text- 
books can  be  had." 

[Reformed  Quarterly  Review,  January,  1886.] 

"*  *  In  this  way  the  labor  of  acquiring  the  language  becomes  compara- 
tively light  and  is  always  pleasant.  *  *  Anyone  of  moderate  capacity  can 
acquire  from  Dr.  Harper's  books  a  good  working  knowledge  of  Hebrew  with- 
out a  teacher.  *  *  The  arrangement  throughout  is  clear,  and  the  statement 
of  principles  concise  and  accurate.  *  *  Will  contribute  much  to  the  advance- 
ment of  Hebrew  learning." 

IProf.  Barnard  C. Taylor,  in  Baptist  Quarterly  Review,  July,  1886.] 

"The  plan  of  the  book  ('Method')  is  admirable.  In  arrangement  it  is  nat- 
ural, simple  and  scientific.  It  comes  nearer  to  being  a  satisfactory  text-book 
for  teaching  Hebrew  to  beginners  than  probably  any  other  that  has  ever  been 
published.  *  *  Every  teacher  must  welcome  this  book  ('Elements')  as  the 
best  published  aid  to  his  teaching.  There  is  certainly  no  other  grammar  of 
Hebrew  so  well  adapted  to  the  work  of  the  class-room  as  is  this." 

[Prof.  Francis  Brown,  in  Presbyterian  Review,  April,  1886.] 

"  *  *  The  '  Method '  puts  the  learner  at  once  face  to  face  with  the  language 
in  concrete  and  connected  form,  and  teaches  him  to  dei-ive  its  facts  and  princi- 
ples from  actual  observation.  *  *  The  'Notes,'  'Observations,'  'Grammar- 
Lessons,'  etc.,  are  distributed  with  great  judgment  and  clear  understanding, 
born  of  experience,  of  what  students  need.  *  *  His  ]ilea  for  historical  explan- 
ations of  linguistic  facts,  as  not  only  not  foreign  to  an  elementary  treatment, 
but  essential  to  its  intelligent  pursuit,  is  thoroughly  sound,  and  the  conven- 
ience, as  well  as  accuracy  of  this  course  is  amply  illustrated  in  the  '  Elements.' " 

[Bibliotheca  Sacra,  April,  1886.] 

"  *  *  Two  works  which  seem  destined  to  supersede  all  the  other  introduc- 
tory manuals  now  in  use  in  our  theological  seminaries.  *  *  A  rigidly  scientific 
and  consecutive  presentation  of  the  elements  of  Hebrew  grammar.  *  *  A 
unique  contrivance  of  lessons,  exercises,  vocabularies  and  explanations,  de- 
signed to  introduce  the  learner  to  the  grammar  and  to  the  Bihle.  *  *  The 
combination  of  an  un])recedented  amount  of  help  to  the  beginner  with  the  sci- 
entific rigor  of  a  Bickell.  Everything  is  nnide  as  lucid  as  skillful  explanation 
can  make  it,  but  nothing  is  passed  over  superficially.  *  *  Works  which  show 
U])on  every  page  the  evidence  of  conscientious  use  of  the  latest  authoritie 
upon  the  Hebrew  langiiage,  directed  by  a  natural  genius  for  teaching." 


AN  ARAMAIC  METHOD. 

By  CHARLES  RUFUS  BROWN, 

Associate  Prof,  of  Hebrew  in  Newton  Theological  Institution. 

PARTI.  TEXT,  NOTES  AND  VOCABULARY. 
A  Text-book  for  the  study  of  the  Aramaic,  by  a  metliod  at  once 
comparative  and  inductive.  Commended  by  eminent  scholars 
and  teachers.  Coxtents:  I.  Genesis  I.-X..  The  Hebrew  Text 
and  Targimi  of  Onlvclos  on  parallel  pages.  II.  Xote  of  References 
*o  the  Biblical  Aramaic.  III.  Targum  Pseudo- Jonathan,  Genesis 
ch.  Mil.  IV.  largum  of  Jonathan  Ben  Uzziel.  Joshua  ch  XX 
Isaiah  ch.  VI.  V.  Targum  on  the  Psalms,  Psalm  XXIY  Psalm 
CL.  VI.  Targam  on  the  Megilloth,  Ruth  ch.  II.  VIl"  Xotes 
on  the  Text:  Onkelos,  Genesis  I.-X.  Biblical  Aramaic.  Other 
Targums.    YIll.  Vocabulaiy. 

liimo.    Cloth.    Pp.  132.    Prioe,  .'»i.75,  net. 

PART  II.     GRAMMAR. 

The  second  part  of  this  work  includes  brief  statements  of  the 
principles  of  Aramaic  Orthography,  Et\mology  and  Syntax.  The 
method  pursued  is  comparative  and  inductive.  As  in  Part  I  a 
knowledge  of  Hebrew  is  presupposed,  and  the  agreements  or  dis- 
agi-eements  of  Aramaic  therewith  are  carefullv  noted.  Instead  of 
bringing  the  principles  for  all  the  dialects  under  one  head  the 
gi-ammar  of  Onkelos  is  carefully  distinguished  from  that  of  the 
Biblical  Aramaic,  and.  to  some  extent,  from  that  of  the  more  cor- 
rupt Targums.  and  all  dialectical  variations  from  Onkelos  are 
printed  in  special  type.  For  the  convenience  of  those  using 
Harper's  Elements  of  Hebreiv,  the  arrangement  has  been  adapted  as 
far  as  possible,  from  that  work.  ' 

13mo.' <"lotli.    Pp.96.    Price,  !»1.00.  net. 


c.rm,  T''"i-  ^'^^<^  J-  Bcecher,  D.  D.,  Aithurn  Tlicidogical  Scminai-y.l 

The  result  of  my  examination  is  altogether  favorable.    We  shall  use  it  in  our 
Seminary." 

»T.  ■  ^^^'"/,-  ^''"'■y  P-  Smith.  D.  D..  Lane  TJieohmcal  Seminaii/,  CiminnaU  1 
It  is  well  adapted  to  the  purpose  which  the  author  had  in  view." 

..  T  X-         s,  ^^'"^-  ^"*'"  -^^«"'W,  D.  £».,  So.  Bapt.  Theol.  Sem.,  iou(sr/»e.1 
1  have  decided  to  use  it  in  my  classes." 

,       ,  IProf.  S.  Burnham,  D.  D.,  in  "J7eferaico."] 

A  real  and  valuable  contribution  to  the  study  of  the  so-called  Chaldee." 

iProf.  Geo.  H.  Sdiodde,  Ph.  D.,  in  '' Hehraica."'\ 
'The    Method '  is  a  manual  of  exceptional  merit,  and  richly  deserves  recogni- 
tion and  success.    It  is  just  the  kind  of  a  book  we  need  for  our  Seminaries 
our  bummer  Schools  and  for  private  study." 

["Tlie  Independent."  New  Tork.1 
"  Excellently  adapted  for  purposes  of  instruction.    A  text-book  of  this  charac- 
ter is  very  useful." 


American  Publication  Society  of  Hebrew,  Chicago. 

p.  o.  address:  mokgan  park,  ill. 


THE  FIRST  ARABIC  GRAMMAR  PRINTED  IN  AMERICA. 


An  Arabic  Manual 


BY 


J.    G.    LANSING,  D.  D., 

Professor  of  Old  Testament  Languages  in  Theological  Seminary  of 
Reformed  (Dutch)  Church,  New  Brunswick,  N.  J. 


This  is  an  Elementary  Arabic  Grammar^  the  need  of  which  was 
made  evident  by  actual  work  in  the  class-room.  Various  reasons, 
which  will  be  apparent,  made  the  larger  and  more  exhaustive  gram- 
mars of  Wright  and  Palmer  impracticable  for  such  class-room  work, 
while  they  continue  still  to  be  the  authorities.  On  the  other 
hand,  other  elementary  grammars  were  found  impracticable  on  ac- 
count of  their  many  deficiencies,  the  instructor  being  under  the  ne- 
cessity of  constantly  supplying  that  which  belongs  essentially  to  the 
very  rudiments  of  the  language.  To  supply  many  of  these  deficien- 
cies has  been  one  of  the  chief  designs  of  the  author. 

It  has  been  also  a  chief  object  with  him  to  secure  not  only  a 
more  thorough  Elementary  Arabic  Grammar,  but  one  more  clear^ 
logical  and  i<i/ste7natic  in  its  treatment.  The  Arabic  language  Is 
unique  as  to  the  logical  character  of  its  structure ;  and  should  be 
studied  logically.  The  three  short  vowels,  constituting  as  they  do 
the  lirst  and  most  important  key  to  the  language,  receive  especial 
treatment  botli  in  a  separate  preface  and  in  connection  with  the 
various  parts  of  speech.  Orderly  arrangement,  and  conciseness  of 
statement  have  been  sought  throughout ;  while  ample  examples  fol- 
low each  section,  illustrating  the  rules  contained  therein. 

While  the  Manual  is  an  elementary  treatise,  it  is  intended  to 
be  more  complete  in  every  part  than  other  elementary  grammars 
lieretofore  published,  and  to  meet  as  far  as  possible  the  demands 
that  have  called  it  forth.  While  essential  points  are  noted,  the 
more  special  treatment  of  Arabic  Syntax  proper  has  been  left  for  a 
future  work. 

Full  paradigms  follow  in  regular  order.  The  Chresiomathy  fol- 
lowing the  paradigms  is  composed  of  three  parts  :  tlie  first  contains 
selections  of  Arabic  text  from  (ienesis  and  the  Kuran.  The  sec- 
ond contains  specimen  translations,  transliterations  and  analyses 
of  portions  of  the  selected  text.  The  third  contains  a  vocabu- 
lary of  all  the  words  to  be  found  in  the  texts  selected,  besides  a  few 
other  words. 


Kvo.    Cloth.    Pp.  1«0.    Price,  $'^.00,  net. 


American  Publication  Society  of  Hebrew,  Chicago. 

V.  o.  address:  morgan  park,  ill, 


KE  ASSYEIM  MAFJAL. 

By  D.  G.  LYON,  Ph.  D. 

Hollis  Professor  of  Divinity  in  Divinity  School,  Harvard  University. 


For  the  use  of  beginners  in  the  study  of  the  Assyrian  language. 
This  book,  designed  specially  for  those  who  have  no  access  to  oral 
instruction,  contains  an  outline  of  Assyrian  grammar,  twelve  pages 
of  syllabic  and  ideogra'phic  signs,  sixty-four  pages  of  texts,  thirty 
pages  of  notes  on  the  texts,  with  references  to  the  grammar,  and 
forty-four  pages  of  glossary.  Some  of  the  passages  are  accompanied 
by  a  literal  translation,  and  there  are  twelve  pages  of  text  in  the 
cuneiform  character.  It  is  believed  that  this  work  will  greatly  les»- 
sen  the  task  of  beginners  in  the  study  of  the  Assyrian  language. 


8vo.     Cloth.     Pp.  xlv,  138.     Prioe,  $4  OO. 


American  Publication  Society  of  Hebrew,  Chicago. 

p.  O.   ADDRESS:    MORGAN  PARK,  ILL. 


THE  ORIGIN  AND  VARIETIES 

OF  THE ^ 

SEMITIC  ALPHABET. 

By  JOHN  C.  C.  CLARKE, 

Prof,  of  Greek  in  Shurtleff  College. 


The  plates  give,  from  many  monuments  and  authorities,  the 
various  forms  of  Egyptian,  Phoenician,  Punic,  Libyan,  Ilimyrite, 
Ethiopic,  Moabite,  Assyrian,  Ilauranitic,  Sinaitic,  Aramaic,  Men- 
dsean,  Estranghelo,  Peshitto,  Syriac,  Cuflc,  Arabic,  Palmyrene, 
Samaritan  and  Hebrew.  Tlie  tabular  arrangement  sliows  their 
relation  to  each  other  and  to  tlie  Phrygian,  Roman,  Greek  and 
Indian. 


One  Vol.    tai'ge  Octavo.     Text,  18  Pages;  Plates,  S50  Pages. 
Price,  75  Cents,  net. 


American  Publication  Society  of  Hebrew,  Chicago. 

p.  O.  ADDRESS:    MORGAN  PARK,  ILL. 


American  Publication  Soc'y  of  Hebrew, 


oxxxeAG^o,  xxsSi,, 


HEBREW    AND    SEMITIC    TEXT-BOOKS. 

Elements  of  Hebrew.    By  Prof.  William  R.  Harper,  Ph.  D.    8v().    Cloth.    Pp. 

is;}.    Price,  net .^ ^ $2.00 

Introductory  HelA-ew  Jletftoil  and  Manual.^.  By  Prof.  Win.  U.  Harner,  Ph.  D. 

ISmo.^Clotli.    Pp.265.    Prlfe,  net..S. 2.00 

Ariiiiiaic  Method.  %Bylfr^'.  CRarles  li.  Brown.    12iuo.    Cloth. 

^Part  1.,  pp.  132.    Price,  net ^ f 1.75 

"Part  II.,  pp.  96.    Price,  net 1.00 

Assyrian  Manual,    By  Prof.  D.  G.  Lyon,  Ph.  D.    8vo.    Cloth.    Pj).  180.    Price, 

net 4.00 

Arabic  Manual.     By  Prof.  J.  G.  Lansing,  D.  D.     8vo.     Cloth.     Pp.  180. 

Price,  net 2.00 

Hebrew  Manual.    By  Prof.  Wm.  R.  Hai-pcr,  Ph.  D.    12mo.    Cloth.    Pp.  93. 

Price,  net 1.00 

Hebrew  Word-Lists.    By  Prof.  Wm.  R.  Harper,  Ph.  D.    12mo.    Cloth.    Pp. 

42.    Price,  net 50 

Semitic  Alphabets.     By  Prof.  J.  C.  C.  Clarke,  M.  A.    Large  8vo.    Cloth. 

Text,  18  pp.    Plates,  20  pp.    Price,  net 75 

MISCELLANEOUS   BOOKS. 

Notes  on  the  Greek  Text  of  Galatians  and  Romans.     By  Prof.  Jas.  R.  Boise, 

D.  D.    12mo.    Cloth.    Pp.  iS,— 131.    Price,  net $1.00 

Christ  in  the  Gospels.— A  Harmony  on  a  new  and  vaUiable  plan.  By  Jas.  P. 
Cadman,  A.  M.  12mo.  Cloth.  Introduction  by  P.  S.  Hen- 
son,  D.  D.    Pp.  382.    Price,  gilt,  $2.00;   plain 1..50 

Lectures  on  the  Pentateuch.    By  Prof.  Franz  Delitzsch.    Translated  by  Prof. 

S.  Ives  Curtiss,  D.  D.    Svo.    Paper.    Pp.16.    Price,  net 25 

TVateh-Beu-Hazael.    By  Prof.  Paul  Haupt,  Ph.  D.    Svo.    Paper.   Pp.  16. 

Price,  net 25 


PERIODICALS. 

Hebraica,  a  quarterly,  devoted  to  the  Hebrew  and  cognate  languages.  Editor: 
Wm.  R.  Harper,  Ph.  D.;  Associate  Editors:  Paul  Haupt,  Ph.  D., 
H.  L.  Strack,  D.  D.  Price,  $2.00  a  year,  in  advance  (Foreign— 
9s.  3d.    M.9.50). 

The  Old  Testament  Student,  a  monthly,  devoted  to  Old  Testament  investigation. 
Editor:  Wm.  R.  Harper,  Ph.  D.  Price,  $1.00  a  year,  in  advance 
(Foreign— 5s.  6d.    M..5.40). 


Any  of  the  ahovc  Publications  sent  post  paid,  oti  i-eceipt  of  price. 

American  Publication  Society  of  Hebrew,  Chicago,  Lll, 

p.  O.  ^VDDllESS:    MORGAN  PAUK. 


u 


Ti 


% 


/-^v^e^ 


.w< 


yr 


'        r\r\r\ 


coc 


f^Ar\ 


i 


^ 

•^ 

•^ 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 

This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


REO'DL) 


URL       JUN 


25 


'JAN  13 

fElTD 


DISCnARGE-UR 
*APR     4198q 


UKL 

76 


% 


f  JUL  1 3  i^o 

KCTJco-jfiJ^ULls  1987 
77 


URL     FE|EB:!3??977 


Form  L9-Series  4939 


L   009  535   040   1 


T 


/, 


'-\*. 


ml?ir:i:'^'o,,, 


AA 


007  246 


960   7 


